Template:New Testament Concordance

Alpha (Strong's 1-895)

‭15. αγαθοποιεω agathopoieo ag-ath-op-oy-eh’-o; from agathos meaning benefit like 17 agathopoios with 4160 poieo to make or do which appears in 1 Peter 2:“‭14 Or unto governors, as unto them that are sent by him for the punishment of evildoers, and for the praise of them that do well.” AV; to be a well-doer (as a favor or a duty): —  (when) do good (well). ‭

18 ἀγαθός agathos [ag-ath-os’] a primary word; adj; TDNT-1:10,3; [{See TDNT 8 }] AV-good 77, good thing 14, that which is good + 3588 8, the thing which is good + 3588 1, well 1, benefit 1; 102

1) of good constitution or nature [{#Lu 8:8,15 Mt 7:18 Jas 3:17 }]

2) useful, salutary, a gift which is truly a gift [{#Jas 1:17 Mt 7:11 Ro 7:12,13 Lu 10:42 Php 1:6 Ro 8:28 }]

3) good, pleasant, agreeable, joyful, happy [{#1Pe 3:10,13 Ps 34:13 2Th 2:16 Tit 2:13 }]

3a) a good conscience [{#Ac 23:1 1Ti 1:5,19 1Pe 3:16,21 }]

4) excellent, distinguished [{#Joh 1:46 }]

5) upright, honourable [{#Mt 12:34 19:16 Lu 6:45 Ac 11:24 1Pe 3:11 Mt 5:45 22:10 Lu 23:50 8:15 }]

5a) fulfulling the duty or service demanded [{#Mt 25:21,23 }]

5b) upright, free from guile, particularily the desire to corrupt the people [{#Joh 7:12 }]

5c) pre-eminently of God, as consumately and essentially good [{#Mt 19:17 Mr 10:18 Lu 18:19 }]

5d) denotes the soul considered as the repository of pure thoughts which are brought forth in speech [{#Mt 12:35 Lu 6:45 }]

5e) the fidelity of servant due to his master [{#Tit 2:10 }]

5f) in a narrow sense, benevolent, kind, generous [{#Mt 20:15 1Pe 2:18 1Th 3:6 Ro 5:7 }]

The neuter used substantively denotes:

1) a good thing, convenience, advantage

1a) in the plural, external goods, riches [{#Lu 1:53 12:18 16:25 }]

1b) the benefits of the Messianic kingdom [{#Ro 10:15 Heb 9:11 10:1 }]

2) what is upright, honourable, and acceptable to God [{#Ro 12:2 2:10 Eph 4:28 Ro 9:11 2Co 5:10 1Th 5:15 3Jo 11 Ro 12:9 Mt 19:17 }]

2a) salutary, suited to the course of human affairs [{#Ro 13:4 }]

2a1) in rendering service [{#Ga 6:10 Ro 12:21 }]

2a2) the favour you confer [{#Phm 14 }]

Syn.: καλός 2570, δίκαιος 1342. 2570 properly refers to goodness as manifested in form: 18 to inner excellence. [{Lu 8:15 }] In #Ro 5:7, where it is contrasted with 1342, 18 implies a kindness and attractiveness not necessarily possessed by the δίκαιος, who merely measures up to a high standard of rectitude.

19 ~ἀγαθωσύνη~ agathosune \@ag-ath-o-soo’-nay\@ from 18; TDNT-1:18,3; {See TDNT 8} n f AV-goodness 4; 4

1) uprightness of heart and life, goodness, kindness {#2Th 1:11 Ga 5:22 Ro 15:14 Eph 5:9}

22 ~ἄγαμος~ agamos \@ag’-am-os\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and 1062; ; adj AV-unmarried 4; 4

1) unmarried, unwedded, single {#1Co 7:8,32} and even used of women {#1Co 7:11,34}

• 1 Corinthians 7:8 I say therefore to the unmarried <22> and widows, It is good for them if they abide even as I.
• 1 Corinthians 7:11 But and if she depart, let her remain unmarried <22>, or be reconciled to her husband: and let not the husband put away his wife.
• 1 Corinthians 7:32 But I would have you without carefulness. He that is unmarried <22> careth for the things that belong to the Lord, how he may please the Lord:
• 1 Corinthians 7:34 There is difference also between a wife and a virgin. The unmarried woman <22> careth for the things of the Lord, that she may be holy both in body and in spirit: but she that is married careth for the things of the world, how she may please her husband.

25 ~ἀγαπάω~ agapao \@ag-ap-ah’-o\@ perhaps from agan (much) [or cf 05689 ^בגע^]; v AV-love 135, beloved 7; 142

1) \@to love,\@ to feel and exhibit esteem and goodwill to a person, to prize and delight in a thing.

1a) Of human affection

1a1) to men {#Mt 5:43,44}

1a2) to Christ {#Joh 8:42}

1a3) to God {#Mt 22:37}

1a4) to things {#Lu 11:43 Joh 12:43 Eph 5:25 2Ti 4:8,10 Heb 1:9 1Pe 2:17 3:10 2Pe 2:15 1Jo 2:15 Re 12:11}

1b) Of divine love

1b1) God’s love:

1b1a) to men {#Ro 8:37}

1b1b) to Christ {#Joh 3:35}

1b2) Christ’s love:

1b2a) to men {#Mr 10:21}

1b2b) to God {#Joh 14:31 17:26 Eph 2:4}

• Syn: ~φιλέω~ 5368, From its supposed etymology ~ἀγαπάω~ is commonly understood properly to denote love based on esteem ( diligo), as distinct from that expressed by ~φιλέω~ ( amo), spontaneous natural affection, emotional and unreasoning. If this distinction holds, ~ἀγαπάω~ is fitly used in NT of Christians love to God and man, the spiritual affection which follows the direction of the will, and which, therefore, unlike that feeling which is instictively and unreasoning, can be commended as a duty. For Synonyms see entry 5914

26 ~ἀγάπη~ agape \@ag-ah’-pay\@ from 25; n f AV-love 86, charity 27, dear 1, charitably+ 2596 1, feast of charity 1; 116

1) {Singular} brotherly love, affection, good will, love, benevolence {#Joh 15:13 Ro 13:10 1Jo 4:18}

1a) Of the love of men to men; esp. Christians towards Christians which is enjoined and prompted by their religion, whether the love be viewed as in the soul or expressed {#Mt 14:12 1Co 13:1-4,8 14:1 2Co 2:4 Ga 5:6 Phm 5,7 1Ti 1:5 Heb 6:10 10:24 1Jo 4:7 Re 2:4,19} &c

1b) Of the love of men towards God {#Lu 11:42 Joh 5:42 1Jo 2:15 3:17 4:12 5:3}

1c) Of the love of God towards man {#Ro 5:8 8:39 2Co 13:14}

1d) Of the love of God towards Christ {#Joh 15:10 17:26}

1e) Of the love of Christ towards men {#Joh 15:8-13 2Co 5:14 Ro 8:35 Eph 3:19}

2) {plural} love feasts expressing and fostering mutual love which used to be held by Christians before the celebration of the Lord’s supper, and at which the poorer Christians mingled with the wealthier and partook in common with the rest of the food provided at the expense of the wealthy. {#Jude 12 2Pe 2:13 Ac 2:42,46 1Co 11:17-34}

• Syn.: ~φιλία~ 5373 ~ἀγάπη~, signifying properly (v. s. ~αγαραω~ 25) love which chooses its object, is taken from the LXX, where its connotation is more general, into the NT, and there used exclusively to express that spiritual bond of love between God and man and between man and man, in Christ which is characteristic of Christianity. It is thus distinct from ~φιλία~, \@friendship\@ (#Jas 4:4 only), ~στοργη~, \@natural affection\@ (in the NT only in its compounds, v. s. ~ἄστοργος~ 794) and ~ερως~ \@sexual love,\@ which is not used in the NT, in its place being taken by ~επιηυμια~ 1939.

32 ~ἄγγελος~ aggelos \@ang’-el-os\@ from aggello [probably derived from 71 ago to lead, cf 34] (to bring tidings); n m AV-angel 179, messenger 7; 186

1) a messenger, envoy, one who is sent {#Mt 11:10 Lu 7:27 9:52 Mr 1:2 Jas 2:25}

2) an angel

2a) sent from God (see Colossians 2:18)

2a1) to execute his purposes {#Mt 4:6,11 28:2 Mr 1:13 Lu 16:22 22:43 Ac 7:35 12:23 Ga 3:19 Heb 1:14}

2a1) to make his purposes known to men {#Lu 1:11,26 2:9-14 Ac 10:3 27:23 Mt 1:20 2:13 28:5 Joh 20:12-13}

2b) they are subject not only to God the Father but also to Christ {#Heb 1:4-7 1Pe 3:22 Eph 1:21 Ga 4:14} who is described to have returned to judgment surrounded by a multitude of them as servants and attendants {#Mt 13:41,49 16:27 24:31 25:31 2Th 1:7 Jude 14}

2c) single angels have charge of separate elements: as fire {#Re 14:18} waters {#Re 16:5 7:1-3}

2d) some angels are mentioned as guardian angels of individuals {#Mt 18:10 Ac 12:15}

2e) some angels are over churches {#Re 1:20 2:1,8,12,18 3:1,7,14}

2f) some angels have proven faithless to the trust committed to them by God, and have given themselves over to sin {#Jude 6 2Pe 2:4} and now obey the devil {#Mt 25:41 Re 12:7 1Co 6:3 2Co 12:7}

35 ἀγενεαλόγητος agenealogetos [ag-en-eh-al-og’-ay-tos] from 1 (as negative particle) and 1075; adj; TDNT-1:665,114; [{See TDNT 152 }] AV-without descent 1; 1

1) one whose descent there is no record of, without genealogy [{#Heb 7:3 }]

36 ~ἀγενής~ agenes \@ag-en-ace’\@ from 1 (as negative particle) and 1085 kindred or offspring; ; adj AV-base things 1;

1) ignoble, coward, mean, base, of no family, that is: low born {#1Co 1:28}

38 ~ἁγιασμός~ hagiasmos \@hag-ee-as-mos’\@ from 37 and 40 "separated" like the "Levites" or "sacrifice"; n m AV-holiness 5, sanctification 5; 10

1) consecration

2) sanctification: so strictly in {#Ro 6:19,22 1Co 1:30 1Th 4:3,7 2Th 2:13 Heb 12:14 1Pe 1:2} Elsewhere it perhaps inclines to the resultant state. {#1Th 4:4 1Ti 2:15}

Sanctification is about separation for a separate purpose.

40 ~ἅγιος~ hagios \@hag’-ee-os\@ from hagos (an awful thing) [cf 53, 2282]; adj AV-holy 161, saints 61, Holy One 4, misc 3; 229 \@Holy,\@ characteristic of God, separated to God, worthy of veneration

1) Its highest application is to God himself, in his purity, majesty and glory. {#Lu 1:49 Joh 17:11 Re 4:8}

1a) Of things and places which have a claim to reverence as sacred to God, e.g. the Temple: {#Mt 24:15 Heb 9:1}

1b) Of persons employed by him, as angels: {#1Th 3:13 marg.} prophets, {#Lu 1:70} apostles, {#Eph 3:5}

2) Applied to persons as separated to God’s service:

2a) Of Christ: {#Mr 1:24 Ac 4:30}

2b) Of Christians: {#Ac 9:13 Ro 1:7 Heb 6:10 Re 5:8}

3) In the moral sense of sharing God’s purity: {#Mr 6:20 Joh 17:11 Ac 3:14 Re 3:7}

4) Of pure, clean sacrifices and offerings: {#1Co 7:14 Eph 1:4}

For Synonyms see entry 5878

• Saint in the Old Testament is from the word 06918 ^שׁודק^ qadowsh which means "set apart" or "sacred" which is identifying things "separated". It was from 06942 meaning "consecrate", "be separate".

50 ~ἀγνοέω~ agnoeo \@ag-no-eh’-o\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and understand 3539; TDNT-1:115,18; {See TDNT 15} v AV-be ignorant 7, ignorant 4, know not 4, understand not 3, ignorantly 2, unknown 2; 22

1) act. to be ignorant, not to know {#Ac 13:27 17:23 Ro 10:3 2Pe 2:12} pass. not know or disregarded {#1Co 14:38}

2) not to understand, unknown {#Mr 9:32 Lu 9:45}

3) to err or sin through mistake, to be wrong, spoken mildly of those who are not high handed or wilful transgressors {#Heb 5:2}

58 ~ἀγορά~ agora \@ag-or-ah’\@ from ageiro (to gather, probably akin to 1453); ; n f AV-market 6, marketplace 4, street 1; 11

1) any collection of men, congregation, or assembly, especially of the people

2) the place of assembly

2a) for public debating,

2b) for elections

2c) for trials {#Ac 16:19}

2d) for buying and selling {#Mr 7:4}

2e) for all kinds of business

3) market place, street {#Mt 11:16 20:3}

59 ἀγοράζω agorazo [ag-or-ad’-zo] from 58 agora "any collection of men, congregation, or assembly"; v; TDNT-1:124,19; [{See TDNT 17 }] AV-buy 28, redeem 3; 31

1) to be in the market place, to attend it [{(agorazei) Matthew 13:44, Revelation 18:11 (ēgorasen)Matthew 13:46; (agorazontas)Matthew 21:12, Mark 11:15 }]

2) to do business there, buy or sell [{(agorasōsin)#Mt 14:15; John 4:8; Mark 6:36  }]

3) of idle people: to haunt the market place, lounge there

• agorázō stresses transfer – i.e. where something becomes another's belonging (possession) as in John 6, Mark 6:3, Luke 9:13 which appears as agorasōmen.
• In Luke 19:45 we see 4453 pōlountas

62 ~ἀγράμματος~ agrammatos \@ag-ram-mat-os\@ from 1 (as negative particle) and 1121; ; adj AV-unlearned 1; 1

1) illiterate, unlearned, without learning, unlettered {#Ac 4:13}

• See 521 apaideutos which does mean unlearned or ignorant found in 2 Timothy 2:23, 62 agrammatos, and 2399 idiotes from 2398 idios.

69 ἀγρυπνέω agrupneo [ag-roop-neh’-o] ultimately from 1 (as negative particle) and 5258; v; TDNT- 2:338,195; [{See TDNT 206 }] AV-watch 4; 4

1) to be watchful, vigilant [{#Mark 13:33, Luke 21:36 Ephesians 6:18, Hebrews 13:17 }]

Syn.: γρηγοπεω 1127 q.v. νήφω, associated with γ in #1 Peter 5:8 expressing a wariness which results from self-control, a condition of moral, not mental alertness.

71 ~ἄγω~ ago \@ag’-o\@ a primary word; ; v AV-bring 45, lead 12, go 7, bring forth 2, misc 5, vr bring 1; 72

1) to lead, take with one

1a) to lead by laying hold of, and this way to bring to the point of destination: of an animal

1b) to lead by accompanying to (into) a place

1c) to lead with one’s self, attach to one’s self as an attendant

1d) to conduct, bring

1e) to lead away, to a court of justice, magistrate, etc.

2) to lead,

2a) to lead, guide, direct

2b) to lead through, conduct to: to something

2c) to move, impel: of forces and influences on the mind

3) to pass a day, keep or celebrate a feast, etc.

4) to go, depart

75 ~ἀγωνίζομαι~ agonizomai \@ag-o-nid’-zom-ahee\@ from agon an assembly; v AV-strive 3, fight 3, labour fervently 1; 7

1) to enter a contest: contend in the gymnastic games

2) to contend with adversaries, fight

3) metaph. to contend, struggle, with difficulties and dangers

4) to endeavour with strenuous zeal, strive: to obtain something

86 ᾍδης hades [hah’-dace] from 1 (as negative particle) and 1492; n pr loc; TDNT- 1:146,22; [{See TDNT 22 }] AV-hell 10, grave 1; 11

1) name Hades or Pluto, the god of the lower regions

2) Orcus, the nether world, the realm of the dead

3) later use of this word: the grave, death, hell

• In Biblical Greek it is associated with Orcus, the infernal regions, a dark and dismal place in the very depths of the earth, the common receptacle of disembodied spirits. Usually Hades is just the abode of the wicked, #Lu 16:23; Re 20:13,14; a very uncomfortable place. TDNT.

93 ~ἀδικία~ adikia \@ad-ee-kee’-ah\@ from 94; TDNT-1:153,22; {See TDNT 23} n f AV-unrighteousness 16, iniquity 6, unjust 2, wrong 1; 25

1) injustice, of a judge

2) unrighteousness of heart and life

3) a deed violating law and justice, act of unrighteousness

94 ~ἄδικος~ adikos \@ad’-ee-kos\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and 1349; TDNT-1:149,22; {See TDNT 23} adj AV-unjust 8, unrighteous 4; 12

1) descriptive of one who violates or has violated justice

1a) unjust

1b) unrighteous, sinful

1c) of one who deals fraudulently with others, deceitful

96 ~ἀδόκιμος~ adokimos \@ad-ok’-ee-mos\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and 1384; adj AV-reprobate 6, castaway 1, rejected 1; 8

1) not standing the test, not approved (See warnings)

1a) properly used of metals and coins

2) that which does not prove itself such as it ought

2a) unfit for, unproved, spurious, reprobate

104 ἀεί aei [ah-eye’] from an obsolete primary noun (apparently meaning continued duration); adv; AV-alway 4, always 3, ever 1; 8

1) perpetually, incessantly

2) invariably, at any and every time: when according to the circumstances something is or ought to be done again

106 ἄζυμος azumos [ad’-zoo-mos] from 1 (as a negative particle) and 2219 zume, metaphor "of inveterate mental and moral corruption, viewed in its tendency to infect others." from 2204 zeo fervent in anger or spirit; adj; TDNT-2:902,302; [{See TDNT 288 }] AV-unleavened bread 8, unleavened 1; 9

1) unfermented, free from leaven or yeast

1a) of the unleavened loaves used in the paschal feast of the Jews

1b) metaph. free from faults or the "leaven of iniquity"

109 ~ἀήρ~ aer \@ah-ayr’\@ from aemi (to breathe unconsciously, i.e. respire; by analogy, to blow); TDNT-1:165,25; {See TDNT 25} n m AV-air 7; 7

1) the air, particularly the lower and denser air as distinguished from the higher and rarer air

2) the atmospheric region

111 ~ἀθέμιτος~ athemitos \@ath-em’-ee-tos\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of themis (personification of divine order, fairness, law, natural law, and custom.)(statute, from the base of 5087 to set, appoint ordain); TDNT-1:166,25; {See TDNT 26} adj AV-unlawful thing 1, abominable 1, 2

1) contrary to law and justice, prohibited by law, illicit, criminal

113 ~ἄθεσμος~ athesmos \@ath’-es-mos\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 5087 (in the sense of enacting); TDNT-1:167,25; {See TDNT 27} adj AV-wicked 2; 2

1) one who breaks through the restraint of law and gratifies his lusts. Equated with the error of Balaam and the Nicolaitan.

• 2 Peter 2:7 And delivered just Lot, vexed with the filthy conversation of the wicked <113>:
• 2 Peter 3:17 Ye therefore, beloved, seeing ye know these things before, beware lest ye also, being led away with the error of the wicked <113>, fall from your own stedfastness.

114 ~ἀθετέω~ atheteo \@ath-et-eh’-o\@ from a compound of 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 5087; TDNT-8:158,1176; v AV-despise 8, reject 4, bring to nothing 1, frustrate 1, disannul 1, cast off 1; 16

1) to do away with, to set aside, disregard

2) to thwart the efficacy of anything, nullify, make void, frustrate

3) to reject, to refuse, to slight

129 αἷμα haima [hah’-ee-mah] of uncertain derivation; n n; TDNT-1:172,26; [{See TDNT 31 }] AV-blood 99; 99

1) blood

1a) of man or animals

1b) refers to the seat of life

1c) of those things that resemble blood, grape juice

2) blood shed, to be shed by violence, slay, murder

134 αἰνέω aineo [ahee-neh’-o] from 136 ainos; v; TDNT-1:177,27; [{See TDNT 32 }] AV-praise 9; 9

1) to praise, extol, to sing praises in honour to God

2) to allow, recommend

) to promise or vow

136 αἶνος ainos [ah’-ee-nos] apparently a primary word, properly, a story, but used in the sense of 1868; n m; TDNT-1:177,27; [{See TDNT 32 }] AV-praise 2; 2

1) a saying, proverb

2) praise, laudatory discourse

138 ~αἱρέομαι~ haireomai \@hahee-reh’-om-ahee\@ probably akin to 142; TDNT-1:180,27; {See TDNT 34} v AV-choose 3; 3

1) to take for oneself, to prefer, choose

2) to choose by vote, elect to office

• See Extortioner

139 ~αἵρεσις~ hairesis \@hah’-ee-res-is\@ from 138; n f AV-sect 5, heresy 4; 9

1) act of taking, capture: e.g. storming a city

2) choosing, choice

3) that which is chosen

4) a body of men following their own tenets (sect or party)

4a) of the Sadducees

4b) of the Pharisees

4c) of the Christians

5) dissensions arising from diversity of opinions and aims For Synonyms see entry 5916

141 ~αἱρετικός~ hairetikos \@hahee-ret-ee-kos’\@ from the same as 140; adj AV-that is a heretic 1; 1

1) fitted or able to take or choose a thing

2) schismatic, factious, a follower of a false doctrine

3) heretic

142 ~αἴρω~ airo \@ah’-ee-ro\@ a primary root; TDNT-1:185,28; {See TDNT 35} v AV-take up 32, take away 25, take 25, away with 5, lift up 4, bear 3, misc 8; 102

1) to raise up, elevate, lift up

1a) to raise from the ground, take up: stones

1b) to raise upwards, elevate, lift up: the hand

1c) to draw up: a fish

2) to take upon one’s self and carry what has been raised up, to bear

3) to bear away what has been raised, carry off

3a) to move from its place

3b) to take off or away what is attached to anything

3c) to remove

3d) to carry off, carry away with one

3e) to appropriate what is taken

3f) to take away from another what is his or what is committed to him, to take by force

3g) to take and apply to any use

3h) to take from among the living, either by a natural death, or by violence

3i) cause to cease

146 αἰσχροκερδής aischrokerdes [ahee-skhrok-er-dace’] from 150 aischros from the same as 153 v. aischunomai from aischos (disfigurement, i.e. disgrace); v; TDNT-1:189,29; [{ See TDNT 37 }] AV-be ashamed 5; 5

1) to disfigure; adj; TDNT-1:189,29; [{See TDNT 37 }]

AV-filthy and kerdos (gain); adj; AV-greedy of filthy lucre 2, given to filthy lucre 1; 3

1) eager for base gain, greedy for money

148 αἰσχρολογία aischrologia [ahee-skhrol-og-ee’-ah] from 150 dishonorable and 3056speech; n f; AV-filthy communication 1; 1

1) foul speaking, low and obscene speech

For Synonyms see entry 5881

151 ~αἰσχρότης~ aischrotes \@ahee-skhrot’-ace\@ from 150 dishonour; TDNT-1:189,29; {See TDNT 37} n f AV-filthiness 1; 1 Ephesians 5:4

1) obscenity, filthiness

154 αιτεω aiteo ahee-teh’-o; of uncertain derivation; to ask (in genitive case): — 

1. ask, beg, call for, crave, desire, require.

• Compare 156 aitia to cause by reason and 4441 punthanomai which is to ascertain by inquiry (as a matter of information merely); and thus differing from 154.

‭

‭156 αιτια aitia ahee-tee’-a; from the same as 154 aiteo ask, beg, call for, crave, desire, require

1 a cause (as if asked for), i.e. (logical) reason (motive, matter), (legal) crime (alleged or proved): —  accusation, case, cause, crime, fault, [where[-fore].

166 αἰώνιος aionios [ahee-o’-nee-os] from 165 aion ever, world; adj; TDNT-1:208,31; [{See TDNT 40 }] AV-eternal 42, everlasting 25, the world began + 5550 2, since the world began + 5550 1, for ever 1; 71

1) without beginning and end, that which always has been and always will be

2) without beginning

3) without end, never to cease, everlasting

• For Synonyms see entry 5801

167 ἀκαθαρσία akatharsia [ak-ath-ar-see’-ah] from 169; n f; TDNT-3:427,381; [{See TDNT 342 }] AV-uncleanness 10; 10

1) uncleanness

1a) physical

1b) in a moral sense: the impurity of lustful, luxurious, profligate living

1b1) of impure motives

169 ἀκάθαρτος akathartos [ak-ath’-ar-tos] from 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of 2508 katharos pure or ethical (meaning cleansed); adj; TDNT-3:427,381; [{See TDNT 342 }] AV-unclean 28, foul 2; 30

1) not cleansed, unclean

1a) in a ceremonial sense: that which must be abstained from according to the levitical law

1b) in a moral sense: unclean in thought and life

173 ακανθα akantha ak’-an-thah; probably from the same as 188; a thorn: —  thorn.

1 thorn, bramble

2 bush, brier, a thorny plant

175 ἄκαρπος akarpos [ak’-ar-pos] from 1 (as a negative particle) and 2590; adj; TDNT-3:616,416; [{See TDNT 360 }] AV-unfruitful 6, without fruit 1; 7

1) metaph. without fruit, barren, not yielding what it ought to yield

190 ~ἀκολουθέω~ akoloutheo \@ak-ol-oo-theh’-o\@ from 1 Alpha (as a particle of union) and keleuthos (a road) from a primary kello (to urge on); v AV-follow 91, reach 1; 92

1) to follow one who precedes, join him as his attendant, accompany him. See follow me

2) to join one as a disciple, become or be his disciple

2a) side with his party

191 ἀκούω akouo [ak-oo’-o] a root; v; TDNT-1:216,34; [{See TDNT 43 }] AV-hear 418, hearken 6, give audience 3, hearer 2, misc 8; 437

1) to be endowed with the faculty of hearing, not deaf

2) to hear

2b) to attend to, consider what is or has been said

2c) to understand, perceive the sense of what is said

3) to hear something

3a) to perceive by the ear what is announced in one’s presence

3b) to get by hearing learn

3c) a thing comes to one’s ears, to find out, learn

3d) to give ear to a teaching or a teacher

3e) to comprehend, to understand

‭192. ακρασια akrasia ak-ras-ee’-a; from 193 akrates without self-control; want of self-restraint: —  excess, incontinency.

‭193. ακρατης akrates ak-rat’-ace; from 1 (as a negative particle) and 2904 ; powerless, i.e. without self-control: —  incontinent. ‭

208 ἀκυρόω akuroo [ak-oo-ro’-o] from 1 (as a negative particle) and 2964 kuroo confirm from 2962 κύριος kurios Lord; v; TDNT-3:1099,494; [{See TDNT 419 }] AV-make of none effect 2, disannul 1; 3

1) to render void, deprive of force and authority

211 ἀλάβαστρον alabastron [al-ab’-as-tron] from alabastros (of uncertain derivation), the name of a stone; n n; AV-alabaster box 3, box 1; 4

1) a box made of alabaster in which unguents are preserved

• The ancients considered alabaster to be the best material in which to preserve their ointments. Breaking the box, probably means breaking the seal of the box.

213 ~ἀλαζών~ alazon \@al-ad-zone’\@ from ale (vagrancy); TDNT-1:226,36; {See TDNT 45} n m AV-boaster 2; 2

1) an empty pretender, a boaster

For Synonyms see entry 5885

216 ἄλαλος alalos [al’-al-os] from 1 (as a negative particle) and 2980 laleo to speak or emit a sound; adj; AV-dumb 3; 3

1) speechless, dumb, wanting the faculty of speech

225 ἀλήθεια aletheia [al-ay’-thi-a] from 227 alethes true, loving the truth,; n f; TDNT-1:232,37; [{See TDNT 49 }] AV-truth 107, truly + 1909 1, true 1, verity 1; 110

1) objectively

1a) what is true in any matter under consideration

1a1) truly, in truth, according to truth

1a2) of a truth, in reality, in fact, certainly

1b) what is true in things appertaining to God and the duties of man, moral and religious truth

1b1) in the greatest latitude

1b2) the true notions of God which are open to human reason without his supernatural intervention

1c) the truth as taught in the Christian religion, respecting God and the execution of his purposes through Christ, and respecting the duties of man, opposing alike to the superstitions of the Gentiles and the inventions of the Jews, and the corrupt opinions and precepts of false teachers even among Christians

2) subjectively

2a) truth as a personal excellence

2a1) that candour of mind which is free from affection, pretence, simulation, falsehood, deceit

227 ἀληθής alethes [al-ay-thace’] from 1 (as a negative particle) and 2990; adj; TDNT-1:247,37; [{See TDNT 49 }] AV-true 23, truly 1, truth 1; 25

1) true

2) loving the truth, speaking the truth, truthful

228 ἀληθινός alethinos [al-ay-thee-nos’] from 227 adj. alethes from a negative particle and 2990 lanthano v. to be hidden; AV-true 27; 27

1) that which has not only the name and resemblance, but the real nature corresponding to the name, in every respect corresponding to the idea signified by the name, real, true genuine

1a) opposite to what is fictitious, counterfeit, imaginary, simulated or pretended

1b) it contrasts realities with their semblances

1c) opposite to what is imperfect defective, frail, uncertain

2) true, veracious, sincere

• The truth not hidden

235 ἀλλά alla [al-lah’] neuter plural of 243 ἄλλος allos other adj.; conj; AV-but 573, yea 15, yet 11, nevertheless 10, howbeit 9, nay 4, therefore 3, save 2, not tr 2, misc 8; 637

1) but

1a) nevertheless, notwithstanding

1b) an objection

1c) an exception

1d) a restriction

1e) nay, rather, yea, moreover

1f) forms a transition to the cardinal matter

236 ἀλλάσσω allasso [al-las’-so] from 243 others; v; TDNT-1:251,40; [{See TDNT 50 }] AV-change 6; 6

1) to change, to exchange one thing for another, to transform

243 ~ἄλλος~ allos \@al’-los\@ a primary word; adj AV-other(s) 81, another 62, some 11, one 4, misc 2; 160

1) another, other. For Synonyms see entry 5806

245 ~ἀλλότριος~ allotrios \@al-lot’-ree-os\@ from 243; TDNT-1:265,43; {See TDNT 53} adj AV-stranger 4, another man’s 4, strange 2, other men’s 2, other 1, alien 1; 14

1) belonging to another

2) foreign, strange, not of one’s own family, alien, an enemy

249 ~ἄλογος~ alogos \@al’-og-os\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and 3056; TDNT-4:141,505; {See TDNT 431} adj AV-brute 2, unreasonable 1; 3

1) destitute of reason

2) contrary to reason, absurd

255 ἀλυσιτελής alusiteles [al-oo-sit-el-ace’] from 1 (as a negative particle) and the base of 3081 lusitelei; adj; [{ See TDNT 454 }] AV-unprofitable 1; 1

1) unprofitable, hurtful, pernicious

261 ~ἀμαθής~ amathes \@am-ath-ace’\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and 3129; ; adj AV-unlearned 1 (2 Peter 3:16 ) ; 1 1) unlearned, ignorant

264 ~ἁμαρτάνω~ hamartano \@ham-ar-tan’-o\@ perhaps from 1 (as a negative particle) and the base of 3313 maraino a flame fade away; v AV-sin 38, trespass 3, offend 1, for your faults 1; 43

1) to be without a share in

2) to miss the mark

3) to err, be mistaken

4) to miss or wander from the path of uprightness and

   honour, to do or go wrong

5) to wander from the law of God, violate God’s law, sin

266 ἁμαρτία hamartia [ham-ar-tee’-ah] from 264 without a share; n f; TDNT-1:267,44; [{See TDNT 54 }] AV-sin 172, sinful 1, offense 1; 174

1) equivalent to 264

1a) to be without a share in

1b) to miss the mark

1c) to err, be mistaken

1d) to miss or wander from the path of uprightness and honour, to do or go wrong

1e) to wander from the law of God, violate God’s law, sin

2) that which is done wrong, sin, an offence, a violation of the divine law in thought or in act

3) collectively, the complex or aggregate of sins committed either by a single person or by many

• For Synonyms see entry 5879

268 ~ἁμαρτωλός~ hamartolos \@ham-ar-to-los’\@ from 264 ἁμαρτάνω hamartano, without a share; adj AV-sinner 43, sinful 4; 47

1) devoted to sin, a sinner

1a) not free from sin

1b) pre-eminently sinful, especially wicked

1b1) all wicked men

1b2) specifically of men stained with certain definite vices or crimes

1b2a) tax collectors, heathen

272 ἀμελέω ameleo am-el-eh'-o TDNT entry: Part(s) of speech: Verb,Thayer Definition: None, to bye careless of, to neglect Origin: from 1 (as a negative particle) and 3199.

• Strong's Definition: From 1 (as a negative particle) and 3199 melo to care about; to be careless of: - make light of, neglect, be negligent, not regard.

283 ἀμίαντος amiantos [am-ee’-an-tos] from 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 3392 to stain, to defile; adj; TDNT-4:647,593; [{See TDNT 493 }] AV-undefiled 4; 4

1) not defiled, unsoiled

1a) free from that by which the nature of a thing is deformed and debased, or its force and vigour impaired

• For Synonyms see entry 5896

298 ἀμώμητος amometos [am-o’-may-tos] from 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 3469 momaomai blame; adj; TDNT-4:831,619; [{See TDNT 510 }] AV-without rebuke 1, blameless 1; 2

1) that cannot be censured, blameless

299 ἄμωμος amomos [am’-o-mos] from 1 (as a negative particle) and 3470; adj; TDNT-4:830,619; [{See TDNT 510 }] AV-without rebuke 2, without blame 1, unblameable 1, without spot 1, faultless 1, without fault 1; 7

1) without blemish

1a) as a sacrifice without spot or blemish

2) morally: without blemish, faultless, unblameable

• For Synonyms see entry 5887

303 ~ἀνά~ ana \@an-ah’\@ a primary prep and adv; ; prep AV-by 3, apiece 2, every man 2, each 1, several 1, two and two + 1417 1, among 1, through 1, between 1, by 1, in 1; 15

1) into the midst, in the midst, amidst, among, between

313 ἀναγεννάω anagennao [an-ag-en-nah’-o] from 303 and 1080; v; TDNT-1:673,114; [{See TDNT 153 }] AV-begat again 1, be born again 1; 2

1) to produce again, be born again, born anew

2) metaph. to have one’s mind changed so that he lives a new life and one conformed to the will of God

321 ἀνάγω anago [an-ag’-o] from 303 ana, prep. and 71 ago, to lead; v; AV-bring 3, loose 3, sail 3, launch 3, depart 3, misc 9; 24

1) to lead up, to lead or bring into a higher place

2) of navigators: launch out, set sail, put to sea

322 ἀναδείκνυμι anadeiknumi [an-ad-ike’-noo-mee] from 303 and 1166 to show as in evidence; v; TDNT-2:30,141; [{See TDNT 172 }] AV-appoint 1, show 1; 2

1) to proclaim any one as elected to office

2) to announce as appointed a king, general, etc.

3) to lift up anything on high and exhibit it for all to behold

331 ~ἀνάθεμα~ anathema \@an-ath’-em-ah\@ from 394; n n AV-accursed 4, anathema 1, bind under a great curse + 332 1; 6

1) a thing set up or laid by in order to be kept

1a) specifically, an offering resulting from a vow, which after being consecrated to a god was hung upon the walls or columns of the temple, or put in some other conspicuous place

2) a thing devoted to God without hope of being redeemed, and if an animal, to be slain; therefore a person or thing doomed to destruction

2a) a curse

2b) a man accursed, devoted to the direst of woes

345 ~ἀνακεῖμαι~ anakeimai \@an-ak-i’-mahee\@ from 303 and 2749; TDNT-3:654,425; {See TDNT 378} v AV-sit at meat 5, guests 2, sit 2, sit down 1, be set down 1, lie 1, lean 1, at the table 1; 14

1) to lie at a table, eat together, dine

347 ~ἀνακλίνω~ anaklino \@an-ak-lee’-no\@ from 303 and 2827; ; v AV-sit down 3, make sit down 2, sit down to meat 1, make sit down to meat 1, lay 1; 8

1) to lean against, lean upon

1a) to lay down

1b) to make or bid to recline

349 ἀνακράζω anakrazo [an-ak-rad’-zo] from 303 and 2896; v; TDNT-3:898,465; [{See TDNT 408 }] AV-cry out 5; 5

1) to raise a cry from the depth of the throat, to cry out

372 ἀνάπαυσις anapausis [an-ap’-ow-sis] from 373 anapauo "to cause or permit one to cease from any movement or labour in order to recover and collect his strength"; n f; TDNT-1:350,56; [{See TDNT 63 }] AV-rest 4, rest + 2192 1; 5

1) intermission, cessation of any motion, business or labour

2) rest, recreation

• For Synonyms see entry 5810 & 5922

373 ἀναπαύω anapauo [an-ap-ow’-o] from 303 and 3973 pauo "to make to cease or desist"; v; TDNT-1:350,56; [{See TDNT 63 }] AV-rest 4, refresh 4, take rest 2, give rest 1, take ease 1; 12

1) to cause or permit one to cease from any movement or labour in order to recover and collect his strength

2) to give rest, refresh, to give one’s self rest, take rest

3) to keep quiet, of calm and patient expectation

377 ~ἀναπίπτω~ anapipto \@an-ap-ip’-to\@ from 303 and 4098 pipto metaphorically to go under judgment,; ; v AV-sit down 7, sit down to meat 2, be set down 1, lean 1; 11

1) to lie back, lie down

2) to recline at a table, to sit back

389 ἀναστενάζω anastenazo [an-as-ten-ad’-zo] from 303 ana amidst and 4727 stenazo sigh with grief; v; AV-sigh deeply 1; 1

1) to draw up deep sighs from the bottom of the breast, to sigh deeply

390 ~ἀναστρέφω~ anastrepho \@an-as-tref’-o\@ as a noun is 391 from 303 and 4762; TDNT-7:715,1093; {See TDNT 752} v AV-return 2, have conversation 2, live 2, abide 1, overthrow 1, behave (one’s) self 1, be used 1, pass 1; 11

1) to turn upside down, overturn

2) to turn back

3) to turn hither and thither, to turn one’s self about, sojourn dwell in a place

4) metaph. to conduct one’s self, behave one’s self, live

391 ~ἀναστροφή~ anastrophe \@an-as-trof-ay’\@ from 390; TDNT-7:715,1093; {See TDNT 752} n f AV-conversation 13; 13

1) manner of life, conduct, behaviour, deportment

415 ~ἀνελεήμων~ aneleemon \@an-eleh-ay’-mone\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and 1655; TDNT-2:487,222; {See TDNT 232} adj AV-unmerciful 1; 1

1) without mercy, merciless

425 ~ἄνεσις~ anesis \@an’-es-is\@ from 447; TDNT-1:367,60; {See TDNT 73} n f AV-rest 3, liberty 1, be eased 1; 5

1) a loosening, relaxing

1a) spoken of a more tolerable condition in captivity, to be held in less vigorous confinement

1b) relief, rest, from persecutions

For Synonyms see entry 5810 & 5922

430 ~ἀνέχομαι~ anechomai \@an-ekh’-om-ahee\@ middle voice from 303 and 2192; v AV-suffer 7, bear with 4, forbear 2, endure 2; 15

1) to hold up

2) to hold one’s self erect and firm

3) to sustain, to bear, to endure

433 ἀνήκω aneko [an-ay’-ko] from 303 among and 2240 to seek an intimacy or to become a follower; v; TDNT-1:360,59; [{See TDNT 70 }] AV-be convenient 2, be fit 1; 3

1) to have come up to, arrived at, to reach to

2) to pertain to what is due, duty, as was fitting

435 ἀνήρ aner [an’-ayr] a primary word cf. 444 anthropos = man; n m; TDNT-1:360,59; [{See TDNT 71 }] AV-man 156, husband 50, sir 6, fellow 1, not tr 2; 215

1) with reference to sex

1a) of a male

1b) of a husband

1c) of a betrothed or future husband

2) with reference to age, and to distinguish an adult from a boy

3) any male

4) used generically of a group of both men and women

436 ~ἀνθίστημι~ anthistemi \@anth-is’-tay-mee\@ from 473 (against) and 2476 (stand); ; v AV-resist 9, withstand 5; 14

1) to set one’s self against, to withstand, resist, oppose

2) to set against

444 ἄνθρωπος anthropos [anth’-ro-pos] from 435 and ops (the countenance, from 3700); man-faced, i.e. a human being; n m; TDNT-1:364,59; [{See TDNT 72 }] [{See TDNT "the Son of Man" 807 }] AV-man 552, not tr 4, misc 3; 559

1) a human being, whether male or female

1a) generically, to include all human individuals

1b) to distinguish man from beings of a different order

1b1) of animals and plants

1b2) of from God and Christ

1b3) of the angels

1c) with the added notion of weakness, by which man is led into a mistake or prompted to sin

1d) with the adjunct notion of contempt or disdainful pity

1e) with reference to two fold nature of man, body and soul

1f) with reference to the two fold nature of man, the corrupt and the truly Christian man, conformed to the nature of God

1g) with reference to sex, a male

2) indefinitely, someone, a man, one

3) in the plural, people

4) joined with other words, merchantman

447 ~ἀνίημι~ aniemi \@an-ee’-ay-mee\@ from 303 and hiemi (to send); TDNT-1:367,60; {See TDNT 73} v AV-loose 2, forbear 1, leave 1; 4

1) to send back, relax, loosen

2) to give up, omit, calm

3) to leave, not to uphold, to let sink

449 ἄνιπτος aniptos [an’-ip-tos] from 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of 3538 nipto wash; adj; TDNT-4:947,635; [{See TDNT 524 }] AV-unwashen 3; 3

1) unwashed

453 ~ἀνόητος~ anoetos \@an-o’-ay-tos\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 3539 understand; adj AV-foolish 4, fool 1, unwise 1; 6 1) not understood, unintelligible 2) not understanding, unwise, foolish

458 ~ἀνομία~ anomia \@an-om-ee’-ah\@ from 459; n f AV-iniquity 12, unrighteousness 1, transgress the law + 4160 1, transgression of the law 1; 15

1) the condition of without law

1a) because ignorant of it

1b) because of violating it

2) contempt and violation of law, iniquity, wickedness

459 ~ἄνομος~ anomos \@an’-om-os\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and 3551; adj AV-without law 4, transgressor 2, wicked 2, lawless 1, unlawful 1; 10

1) destitute of (the Mosaic) law

1a) of the Gentiles

2) departing from the law, a violator of the law, lawless, wicked

460 ἀνόμως anomos [an-om’-oce] from 459; adv; AV-without law 2; 2

1) without the law, without the knowledge of the law

2) to sin in ignorance of the Mosaic law

3) live ignorant of law and discipline

462 ~ἀνόσιος~ anosios \@an-os’-ee-os\@ from a (as a negative particle) and hosios undefiled by sin,religiously observing every moral obligation, pure holy, pious adj AV-unholy 2; 2

1) unholy, impious, wicked

473 ἀντί anti [an-tee’] a primary particle; prep; TDNT-1:372,61; [{See TDNT 75  AV-for 15, because + 3639 4, for … cause 1, therefore + 3639 1, in the room of 1; 22

1) over against, opposite to, before

2) for, instead of, in place of (something)

2a) instead of

2b) for

2c) for that, because

2d) wherefore, for this cause

505 ἀνυπόκριτος anupokritos [an-oo-pok’-ree-tos] from 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of 5271 to simulate, feign, pretend; adj; TDNT-8:570,1235; [{See TDNT 819 }] AV-unfeigned 4, without dissimulation 1, without hypocrisy 1; 6

1) unfeigned, undisguised, sincere

509 ἄνωθεν anothen [an’-o-then] from 507; adv; TDNT-1:378,63; [{See TDNT 78 }] AV-from above 5, top 3, again 2, from the first 1, from the beginning 1, not tr 1; 13 See born again

1) from above, from a higher place

1a) of things which come from heaven or God

2) from the first, from the beginning, from the very first

3) anew, over again

511 ~ἀνώτερος~ anoteros \@an-o’-ter-os\@ comparative degree of 507; TDNT-1:376,63; {See TDNT 78} adj n AV-higher 1, above 1; 2

1) higher

1a) of motion: to a higher place, up higher

1b) of rest: in a higher place, above

Luke 14:10 But when thou art bidden, go and sit down in the lowest room; that when he that bade thee cometh, he may say unto thee, Friend, go up higher <511>: then shalt thou have worship in the presence of them that sit at meat with thee.

Hebrews 10:8 Above <511> when he said, Sacrifice and offering and burnt offerings and offering

521 ~ἀπαίδευτος~ apaideutos \@ap-ah’-ee-dyoo-tos\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 3811; TDNT-5:596,753; {See TDNT 579} adj AV-unlearned 1; 1

1) without instruction, and disciple, uneducated, ignorant, rude

• see 521 apaideutos, 62 agrammatos, and 2399 idiotes from 2398 idios, [1]

536 ~ἀπαρχή~ aparche \@ap-ar-khay’\@ from a compound of 575 and 756; TDNT-1:484,81; {See TDNT 102} n f AV-firstfruits 8; 8

1) to offer firstlings or firstfruits

2) to take away the firstfruits of the productions of the earth which was offered to God. The first portion of the dough, from which sacred loaves were to be prepared. Hence term used of persons consecrated to God for all time.

3) persons superior in excellence to others of the same class

538 ~ἀπατάω~ apatao \@ap-at-ah’-o\@ of uncertain derivation; v AV-deceive 4; 4

1) to cheat, beguile, deceive

539 ~ἀπάτη~ apate \@ap-at’-ay\@ from 538; TDNT-1:385,65; {See TDNT 82} n f AV-deceitfulness 3, deceitful 1, deceit 1, deceivableness 1, deceivings 1; 7

1) deceit, deceitfulness

543 ἀπείθεια apeitheia [ap-i’-thi-ah] from 545 disobedient ; n f; TDNT-6:11,818; [{See TDNT 611 }] AV-unbelief 4, disobedient 3; 7

1) obstinacy, obstinate opposition to the divine will

545 ~ἀπειθής~ apeithes \@ap-i-thace’\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and 3982; TDNT-6:10,818; {See TDNT 611} adj AV-disobedient 6; 6

1) impersuasible, not compliant, disobedient, contumacious

565 ἀπέρχομαι aperchomai [ap-erkh’-om-ahee] from 575 and 2064; v; TDNT-2:675,257; [{See TDNT 259 }] AV-go 53, depart 27, go (one’s) way 16, go away 14, come 4, misc 6; 120

1) to go away, depart

1a) to go away in order to follow any one, go after him, to follow his party, follow him as a leader

2) to go away

2a) of departing evils and sufferings

2b) of good things taken away from one

2c) of an evanescent(likely to vanish like vapor) state of things

571 ἄπιστος apistos [ap’-is-tos] from 1 (as a negative particle) and 4103 pistos; adj; TDNT-6:174,849; [{See TDNT 634 }] AV-that believe not 6, unbelieving 5, faithless 4, unbeliever 4, infidel 2, thing incredible 1, which believe not 1; 23

1) unfaithful, faithless, (not to be trusted, perfidious)

2) incredible

2a) of things

3) unbelieving, incredulous

3a) without trust (in God)

572 ἁπλότης haplotes [hap-lot’-ace] from 573; n f; TDNT-1:386,65; [{See TDNT 83 }] AV-simplicity 3, singleness 2, liberality 1, bountifulness 1, liberty 1; 8

1) singleness, simplicity, sincerity, mental honesty

1a) the virtue of one who is free from pretence and hypocrisy

2) not self seeking, openness of heart revealing itself by generosity

575 ~ἀπό~ apo \@apo’\@ a primary particle; ; preposition AV-from 393, of 129, out of 48, for 10, off 10, by 9, at 9, in 6, since + 3739 5, on 5, not tr. 16, misc. 31; 671

1) of separation

1a) of local separation, after verbs of motion from a place i.e. of departing, of fleeing,  … 

1b) of separation of a part from the whole

1b1) where of a whole some part is taken

1c) of any kind of separation of one thing from another by which the union or fellowship of the two is destroyed

1d) of a state of separation, that is of distance

1d1) physical, of distance of place

1d2) temporal, of distance of time

2) of origin

2a) of the place whence anything is, comes, befalls, is taken

2b) of origin of a cause

583 ~ἀπογράφω~ apographo \@ap-og-raf’-o\@ from 575 and 1125; v AV-tax 3, write 1; 4

1) to write off, copy (from some pattern)

2) to enter in a register or records

2a) spec. to enter in public records the names of men, their property and income

2b) to enroll

588 ἀποδέχομαι apodechomai [ap-od-ekh’-om-ahee] from 575 and 1209; v; TDNT-2:55,146; [{See TDNT 179 }] AV-receive 3, receive gladly 2, accept 1; 6

1) to accept from, receive

2) to accept what is offered from without

591 ἀποδίδωμι apodidomi [ap-od-eed’-o-mee] from 575 and 1325; v; TDNT-2:167,166; [{See TDNT 191 }] AV-pay 9, give 9, render 9, reward 7, sell 3, yield 2, misc 9; 48

1) to deliver, to give away for one’s own profit what is one’s own, to sell

2) to pay off, discharge what is due

2a) a debt, wages, tribute, taxes, produce due

) things promised under oath

2c) conjugal duty

2d) to render account

3) to give back, restore

4) to requite, recompense in a good or a bad sense

593 ~ἀποδοκιμάζω~ apodokimazo \@ap-od-ok-ee-mad’-zo\@ from 575 and 1381; TDNT-2:255,181; {See TDNT 198} v AV-reject 7, disallow 2; 9

1) to disapprove, reject, repudiate

601 ~ἀποκαλύπτω~ apokalupto \@ap-ok-al-oop’-to\@ from "out of"575 and "veil"2572; v AV-reveal 26; 26

1) to uncover, lay open what has been veiled or covered up

1a) disclose, make bare

2) to make known, make manifest, disclose what before was unknown

602 ~ἀποκάλυψις~ apokalupsis \@ap-ok-al’-oop-sis\@ from 601; n f AV-revelation 12, be revealed 2, to lighten + 1519 1, manifestation 1, coming 1, appearing 1; 18

1) laying bear, making naked

2) a disclosure of truth, instruction

2a) concerning things before unknown

2b) used of events by which things or states or persons hitherto withdrawn from view are made visible to all

3) manifestation, appearance

611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrinomai [ap-ok-ree’-nom-ahee] from 575 and krino; v; TDNT-3:944,469; [{See TDNT 412 }] AV-answer 250; 250

1) to give an answer to a question proposed, to answer

2) to begin to speak, but always where something has preceded (either said or done) to which the remarks refer

615 ἀποκτείνω apokteino [ap-ok-ti’-no] from 575 apo meaning "separation, departure, cessation, completion, reversal, etc." and kteino (to slay); v; AV-kill 55, slay 14, put to death 6; 75

1) to kill in any way whatever

1a) to destroy, to allow to perish

2) metaph. to extinguish, abolish

2a) to inflict mortal death

2b) to deprive of spiritual life and procure eternal misery in hell

622 ~ἀπόλλυμι~ apollumi \@ap-ol’-loo-mee\@ from 575 apo from in the sense of separation and the base of 3639 ("ólethros" ("ruination") however does not imply "extinction" (annihilation). Rather it emphasizes the consequent loss that goes with the complete "undoing."); v AV-perish 33, destroy 26, lose 22, be lost 5, lost 4, misc 2; 92

1) to destroy

1a) to put out of the way entirely, abolish, put an end to ruin

1b) render useless

1c) to kill

1d) to declare that one must be put to death

1e) metaph. to devote or give over to eternal misery in hell

1f) to perish, to be lost, ruined, destroyed

2) to destroy

2a) to lose

629 ἀπολύτρωσις apolutrosis [ap-ol-oo’-tro-sis] from a compound of 575 and 3083; n f; TDNT-4:351,543; [{ See TDNT 456 }] AV-redemption 9, deliverance 1; 10

1) a releasing effected by payment of ransom

1a) redemption, deliverance

1b) liberation procured by the payment of a ransom

630 ~ἀπολύω~ apoluo \@ap-ol-oo’-o\@ from 575 From and 3089 loose; ; v AV-release 17, put away 14, send away 13, let go 13, set at liberty 2, let depart 2, dismiss 2, misc 6; 69

1) to set free

2) to let go, dismiss, (to detain no longer)

2a) a petitioner to whom liberty to depart is given by a decisive answer

2b) to bid depart, send away

3) to let go free, release

3a) a captive i.e. to loose his bonds and bid him depart, to give him liberty to depart

3b) to acquit one accused of a crime and set him at liberty

3c) indulgently to grant a prisoner leave to depart

3d) to release a debtor, i.e. not to press one’s claim against him, to remit his debt

4) used of divorce, to dismiss from the house, to repudiate. The wife of a Greek or Roman may divorce her husband.

5) to send one’s self away, to depart

647 ἀποστάσιον apostasion [ap-os-tas’-ee-on] neuter of a (presumed) adj. from a derivative of 868 aphistemi to make stand off, to remove, to excite to revolt; n n; [{ See TDNT 116 }] AV-divorcement 2, writing of divorcement 1; 3

1) divorce, repudiation

2) a bill of divorce

649 ~ἀποστέλλω~ apostello \@ap-os-tel’-lo\@ from 575 and 4724; TDNT-1:398,67; {See TDNT 87} v AV-send 110, send forth 15, send away 4, send out 2, misc 2; 133

1) to order (one) to go to a place appointed

2) to send away, dismiss

2a) to allow one to depart, that he may be in a state of liberty

2b) to order one to depart, send off

2c) to drive away For Synonyms see entry 5813

652 ~ἀπόστολος~ apostolos ap-os’-tol-os from 649 ἀποστέλλω apostello meaning to send, to order (one) to go to a place appointed

Apostolos n m AV-apostle 78, messenger 2, he that is sent 1; 81

1) a delegate, messenger, one sent forth with orders

1a) specifically applied to the twelve apostles of Christ

1b) in a broader sense applied to other eminent Christian teachers

1b1) of Barnabas

1b2) of Timothy and Silvanus

656 ~ἀποσυνάγωγος~ aposunagogos \@ap-os-oon-ag’-o-gos\@ from 575 and 4864; adj AV-be put out of the synagogue + 1096 2, put out of the synagogue + 4160 1; 3

1) excluded from sacred assemblies of Israelites, excommunicated

664 ~ἀποτόμως~ apotomos \@ap-ot-om’-oce\@ from a derivative of a comparative of 575 and temno (to cut) meaning from "of separation" of some part; TDNT-8:106,1169; {See TDNT 787} adv AV-sharpness 1, sharply 1; 2

1) abruptly, precipitously

2) sharply, severely, curtly

678 ἀπροσωπολήπτως aprosopoleptos [ap-ros-o-pol-ape’-tos] from a compound of 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of a presumed compound of 4383 and 2983, [cf 4381]; adv; TDNT- 6:779,950; [{See TDNT 672 }] AV-without respect of persons 1; 1

1) without respect of persons, impartial

• See 4380 prosopolepteo "to respect the person", 4381 prosopoleptes "respecter of persons", 4382 prosopolepsia n f "respect of persons", 4383 prosopon "the face",

Hebrew 06440 PeiNunYodMem paniym Face or in front, from 06437 panah PeiNunHey to turn or look back.

Combinations: <01921>+<06440>, <04856>+<06440>, <05234>+<06440>, <05375>+<06440>.

680 ~ἅπτομαι~ haptomai \@hap’-tom-ahee\@ reflexive of 681; ; v AV-touch 36; 36

1) to fasten one’s self to, adhere to, cling to

1a) to touch

1b) of carnal intercourse with a women or cohabitation

1c) of levitical practice of having no fellowship with heathen practices. Things not to be touched appear to be both women and certain kinds of food, so celibacy and abstinence of certain kinds of food and drink are recommended.

1d) to touch, assail anyone

684 ~ἀπώλεια~ apoleia \@ap-o’-li-a\@ from a presumed derivative of 622; n f AV-perdition 8, destruction 5, waste 2, damnable 1, to die + 1519 1, perish + 1498 + 1519 1, pernicious 1; 20

1) destroying, utter destruction

1a) of vessels

2) a perishing, ruin, destruction

2a) of money

2b) the destruction which consists of eternal misery in hell

685 ἀρά ara [ar-ah’] probably from 142; n f; TDNT-1:448,75; [{See TDNT 90 }] AV-cursing 1; 1

1) a prayer, a supplication

2) an imprecation, curse, malediction

703 ~ἀρέτη~ arete \@ar-et’-ay\@ from the same as 730; TDNT-1:457,77; {See TDNT 93} n f AV-virtue 4, praise 1; 5

1) a virtuous course of thought, feeling and action

1a) virtue, moral goodness

2) any particular moral excellence, as modesty, purity

707 Ἀριμαθαία Arimathaia [ar-ee-math-ah’-ee-ah] of Hebrew origin 07414 הרמתים‎; n pr loc; AV-Arimathaea 4; 4

• Arimathaea  = "heights"

1) the name of several cities in Palestine The one mentioned in Matthew 27:57; Mark 15:43; Luke 23:51; John 19:38 appears to have been the same as the birthplace of Samuel in Mount Ephraim.

721 ~ἀρνίον~ arnion \@ar-nee’-on\@ diminutive from 704 a lamb; TDNT-1:340,54; {See TDNT 57} n n AV-Lamb i.e. Christ 28, lamb 2; 30

1) a little lamb, a lamb

725 ἁρπαγμός harpagmos [har-pag-mos’] from 726 harpazo v. to seize,; n m; TDNT-1:473,80; [{See TDNT 98 }] AV-robbery 1; 1

1) the act of seizing, robbery

2) a thing seized or to be seized

2a) booty to deem anything a prize

2b) a thing to be seized upon or to be held fast, retained

• See Extortioner

726 ~ἁρπάζω~ harpazo \@har-pad’-zo\@ from a derivative of 138 haireomai to choose by vote, elect to office; TDNT-1:472,80; {See TDNT 98} v AV-catch up 4, take by force 3, catch away 2, pluck 2, catch 1, pull 1; 13

1) to seize, carry off by force

2) to seize on, claim for one’s self eagerly

3) to snatch out or away

• See Extortioner

727 ~ἅρπαξ~ harpax \@har’-pax\@ from 726 "to seize, carry off by force"; ; adj AV-extortioner 4, ravening 1; 5

1) rapacious, ravenous

2) an extortioner, a robber

730 ~ἄῤῥην~ arrhen \@ar’-hrane\@ or ~αρσην~ arsen \@ar’-sane\@ probably from 142; ; adj AV-male 4, man 3, man child 1, man child + 5207 1; 9

1) a male

740 ἄρτος artos [ar’-tos] from 142 airo "take up, take away"; n m; TDNT-1:477,80; [{See TDNT 101 }] AV-bread 72, loaf 23, shewbread + 4286 + 3588 4; 99

1) food composed of flour mixed with water and baked

1a) the Israelites made it in the form of an oblong or round cake, as thick as one’s thumb, and as large as a plate or platter hence it was not to be cut but broken

1b) loaves were consecrated to the Lord

1c) of the bread used at the love-feasts and at the Lord’s Table

2) food of any kind

• 5160 trophe, food; 1035 brosis, food; 106 azumos, unleavened bread, metaphor "free from faults or the "leaven of iniquity""; azimos is from 2219 zume, also a metaphor "of inveterate mental and moral corruption, viewed in its tendency to infect others." Zume is from 2204 zeo fervent in anger or spirit.

743 ἀρχάγγελος archaggelos [ar-khang’-el-os] from 757 archo to be chief, to lead, to rule and 32 messenger, envoy,; n m; TDNT-1:87,12; [{See TDNT 13 }] AV-archangel 2; 2

1) archangel, or chief of the angels

• The Jews, after the exile, distinguished several orders of angels; some reckoned four angels (according to the four sides of God’s throne) of the highest rank; but the majority reckoned seven (after the pattern of the seven Amshaspands, the highest spirits of the religion of Zoroaster)

1 Thessalonians 4:16 Jude 1:9

745 Ἀρχέλαος Archelaos [ar-khel’-ah-os] from 757 archo (rule over) and 2994 laodicia; n pr m; AV-Archelaus 1; 1 Archelaus  = "prince of the people"

1) A son of Herod the Great by Malthace, the Samaritan woman. He and his brother Antipas were brought up with a certain private man in Rome. After the death of his father, he ruled as ethnarch over Judaea, Samaria and Idumaea, (with the exception of the cities of Gaza, Gadara and Hipo). The Jews and the Samaritans having accused him at Rome of tyranny, he was banished by the emperor Augustus to Vienna of the Allobroges and died there.

746 ~ἀρχή~ arche \@ar-khay’\@ from 756; TDNT-1:479,81; {See TDNT 102} n f AV-beginning 40, principality 8, corner 2, first 2, misc 6; 58

1) beginning, origin

2) the person or thing that commences, the first person or thing in a series, the leader

3) that by which anything begins to be, the origin, the active cause

4) the extremity of a thing

4a) of the corners of a sail

5) the first place, principality, rule, magistracy

5a) of angels and demons

749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereus [ar-khee-er-yuce’] from 746 and 2409; n m; TDNT-3:265,349; [{See TDNT 325 }] AV-chief priest 64, high priest 58, chief of the priest 1; 123

1) chief priest, high priest

• He above all others was honoured with the title of priest, the chief of priests. It was lawful for him to perform the common duties of the priesthood; but his chief duty was, once a year on the day of atonement, to enter into the Holy of Holies (from which the other priests were excluded) and offer sacrifices for his own sins and the sins of the people, and to preside over the Sanhedrin, or Supreme Council, when convened for judicial deliberations. According to Mosaic law, no one could aspire to the high priesthood unless he were of the tribe of Aaron and descended from a high priestly family; and he on whom the office was conferred held it till death. But from the time of Antiochus Epiphanes, when the kings of Seleucideae and afterwards the Herodian princes and the Romans arrogated to themselves the power of appointing the high priests, the office neither remained vested in the pontifical family nor was conferred on any for life; but it became venal, and could be transferred from one to another according to the will of civic or military rulers. Hence it came to pass, that during the one hundred and seven years intervening between Herod the Great and the destruction of the holy city, twenty-eight persons held the pontifical dignity.

2) the high priests, these comprise in addition to one holding the high priestly office, both those who had previously discharged it and although disposed, continued to have great power in the State, as well as the members of the families from which high priest were created, provided that they had much influence in public affairs.

3) Used of Christ because by undergoing a bloody death he offered himself as an expiatory sacrifice to God, and has entered into the heavenly sanctuary where he continually intercedes on our behalf.

752 ~ἀρχισυνάγωγος~ archisunagogos \@ar-khee-soon-ag’-o-gos\@ from 746 principality, and 4864; n m AV-ruler of the synagogue 7, chief ruler of the synagogue 2; 9

1) ruler of the synagogue. It was his duty to select the readers or teachers in the synagogue, to examine the discourses of the public speakers, and to see that all things were done with decency and in accordance with ancestral usage.

• Is the synagogue one registered with Herod and the Pharisees or one of John the Baptists and the apostles who also organized in tens?

755 ~ἀρχιτρίκλινος~ architriklinos \@ar-khee-tree’-klee-nos\@ from 746 and a compound of 5140 and 2827 (a dinner-bed, because composed of three couches); ; n m AV-governor of the feast 2, ruler of the feast 1; 3

1) the superintendent of the dining room, a table master. It differs from toast-master, who was one of the guests selected by lot to prescribe to the rest the mode of drinking. The table master was to place in order the tables and the couches, arrange the courses, taste the food and wine beforehand, and so forth.

756 ~ἄρχομαι~ archomai \@ar’-khom-ahee\@ middle voice of 757 (through the implication of precedence); see also 746; v AV-begin 83, rehearse from the beginning 1; 84

1) to be the first to do (anything), to begin

2) to be chief, leader, ruler

3) to begin, make a beginning

757 ~ἄρχω~ archo \@ar’-kho\@ a primary word; TDNT-1:478,81; {See TDNT 102} v AV-rule over 1, reign over 1; 2

1) to be chief, to lead, to rule

758 ~ἄρχων~ archon \@ar’-khone\@ present participle of 757; TDNT-1:488,81; {See TDNT 102} n m AV-ruler 22, prince 11, chief 2, magistrate 1, chief ruler 1; 37

1) a ruler, commander, chief, leader

‭759. αρωμα "aroma" ar’-o-mah; from 142 (in the sense of sending off scent); an aromatic: —  (sweet) spice. ‭

766 ~ἀσέλγεια~ aselgeia \@as-elg’-i-a\@ from a compound of 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed selges (of uncertain derivation, but apparently meaning continent); TDNT-1:490,83; {See TDNT 103} n f AV-lasciviousness 6, wantonness 2, filthy 1; 9

1) unbridled lust, excess, licentiousness, lasciviousness, wantonness, outrageousness, shamelessness, insolence. For Synonyms see entry 5891

770 ~ἀσθενέω~ astheneo \@as-then-eh’-o\@ from 772; v AV-be weak 12, be sick 10, sick 7, weak 3, impotent man 1, be diseased 1, be made weak 1; 36

1) to be weak, feeble, to be without strength, powerless

2) to be weak in means, needy, poor

3) to be feeble, sick

772 ἀσθενής asthenes [as-then-ace’] from 1 (as a negative particle) and the base of 4599 strong; adj; TDNT- 1:490,83; [{See TDNT 104 }] AV-weak 12, sick 6, weakness 2, weaker 1, weak things 1, impotent 1, more feeble 1, without strength 1; 25

1) weak, infirm, feeble

784 ~ἄσπιλος~ aspilos \@as’-pee-los\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and 4695; TDNT-1:502,85; {See TDNT 107} adj AV-without spot 3, unspotted 1; 4

1) spotless

2) metaph.

2a) free from censure, irreproachable

2b) free from vice, unsullied

786 ~ἄσπονδος~ aspondos \@as’-pon-dos\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 4689; ; adj AV-implacable 1, trucebreakers 1; 2

1) without a treaty or covenant

1a) of things not mutually agreed upon e.g. abstinences from hostilities

2) that cannot be persuaded to enter into a covenant, implacable

787 ~ἀσσάριον~ assarion \@as-sar’-ee-on\@ of Latin origin; ; n n AV-farthing 2; 2

1) an assarium or assarius, the name of a coin equal to the tenth part of a drachma

• Matthew 10:29 Are not two sparrows sold for a farthing <787>? and one of them shall not fall on the ground without your Father.
• Luke 12:6 Are not five sparrows sold for two farthings <787>, and not one of them is forgotten before God?

791 ἀστεῖος asteios [as-ti’-os] from astu (a city); adj; AV-fair 1, proper 1; 2

1) of the city

2) of polished manners

3) elegant (of body), comely, fair

• For Synonyms see entry 5893

794 ~ἄστοργος~ astorgos \@as’-tor-gos\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of stergo (to cherish affectionately); ; adj AV-without natural affection 2; 2

1) without natural affection, unsociable (#Ro 1:31 marg.), inhuman (#2Ti 3:3 RSV), unloving (#2Ti 3:3 NKJV)

795 ἀστοχέω astocheo [as-tokh-eh’-o] from a compound of 1 (as a negative particle) and stoichos (an aim); v; AV-err 2, swerve 1; 3

1) to deviate from, miss (the mark)

796 ἀστραπή astrape [as-trap-ay’] from 797 astrapto v. to lighten 1a) of dazzling objects; n f; TDNT-1:505,86; [{See TDNT 110 }] AV-lightning 8, light shining 1; 9

1) lightning

1a) of the gleam of a lamp

801 ~ἀσύνετος~ asunetos \@as-oon’-ay-tos\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and 4908; adj AV-without understanding 3, foolish 2; 5 1) unintelligent, without understanding, stupid

802 ~ἀσύνθετος~ asunthetos \@as-oon’-thet-os\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and a derivative of 4934; ; adj AV-covenant breaker 1; 1

1) uncompounded, simple

2) covenant breaking, faithless

For Synonyms see entry 5892

803. ασφαλεια asphaleia as-fal’-i-ah; from 804; security (literally or figuratively): —  certainty, safety. exact truth (1), safety (1), securely (1).

‭804. ασφαλης asphales as-fal-ace’; from 1 (as a negative particle) and σφαλλω sphallo (to "fail"); secure (literally or figuratively): —  certain(-ty), safe, sure. ‭

831 ~αὐθεντέω~ authenteo \@ow-then-teh’-o\@ from a compound of 846 and an obsolete hentes (a worker); ; v AV-usurp authority over 1; 1

1) one who with his own hands kills another or himself

2) one who acts on his own authority, autocratic

3) an absolute master

4) to govern, exercise dominion over one

834 αὐλητής auletes [ow-lay-tace’] from 832; n m; AV-minstrel 1, piper 1; 2 1) a flute player

837. αυξανω auxano owx-an’-o; a prolonged form of a primary verb;

1. to grow ("wax"), i.e. enlarge

a. to cause to grow, augmentto increase, become greater to,

grow, increase

b. of plantsof infantsof a multitude of people

• Not the same as Increase <4369> prostithemi seen in Luke 17:5

846 ~αὐτός~ autos \@ow-tos’\@ from the particle au [perhaps akin to the base of 109 through the idea of a baffling wind] (backward); ; pronV-him 1952, his 1084, their 318, he 253, her 242, they 121, same 80, himself 58, misc 1679; 5787

1) himself, herself, themselves, itself

2) he, she, it

3) the same

859 ~ἄφεσις~ aphesis \@af’-es-is\@ from 863; TDNT-1:509,88; {See TDNT 115} n f AV-remission 9, forgiveness 6, deliverance 1, liberty 1; 17

1) release from bondage or imprisonment

2) forgiveness or pardon, of sins (letting them go as if they had never been committed), remission of the penalty

• See 858

863 ἀφίημι aphiemi [af-ee’-ay-mee] from 575 and hiemi (to send, an intens. form of eimi, to go); v; TDNT- 1:509,88; [{See TDNT 115 }] AV-leave 52, forgive 47, suffer 14, let 8, forsake 6, let alone 6, misc 13; 146

1) to send away

1a) to bid going away or depart

1a1) of a husband divorcing his wife

1b) to send forth, yield up, to expire

1c) to let go, let alone, let be

1c1) to disregard

1c2) to leave, not to discuss now, (a topic) 1c21) of teachers, writers and speakers

1c3) to omit, neglect

1d) to let go, give up a debt, forgive, to remit

1e) to give up, keep no longer

2) to permit, allow, not to hinder, to give up a thing to a person

3) to leave, go way from one

3a) in order to go to another place

3b) to depart from any one

3c) to depart from one and leave him to himself so that all mutual claims are abandoned

3d) to desert wrongfully

3e) to go away leaving something behind

3f) to leave one by not taking him as a companion

3g) to leave on dying, leave behind one

3h) to leave so that what is left may remain, leave remaining

3i) abandon, leave destitute

868 ἀφίστημι aphistemi [af-is’-tay-mee] from 575 apo of separation and 2476 luo loose; v; TDNT-1:512,88; [{See TDNT 116 }] AV-depart 10, draw away 1, fall away 1, refrain 1, withdraw self 1, depart from 1; 15

1) to make stand off, cause to withdraw, to remove

1a) to excite to revolt

2) to stand off, to stand aloof

2a) to go away, to depart from anyone

2b) to desert, withdraw from one

2c) to fall away, become faithless

2d) to shun, flee from

2e) to cease to vex one

2f) to withdraw one’s self from, to fall away

2g) to keep one’s self from, absent one’s self from

878 ~ἄφρων~ aphron \@af’-rone\@ from 1 (as a negative particle) and 5424 understanding; adj AV-fool 8, foolish 2, unwise 1; 11

1) without reason

2) senseless, foolish, stupid

3) without reflection or intelligence, acting rashly

889 ἀχρειόω achreioo [akh-ri-o’-o] from 888; v; AV-become unprofitable 1; 1

1) make useless, render unserviceable

1a) of character

Top of Alpha Top of Page

Beta (Strong's 896-1041)

896 Βάαλ Baal [bah’-al] of Hebrew origin 01168 בַּעַל‎; n pr m; AV-Baal 1; 1

Baal  = "lord"

1) the supreme male divinity of the Phoenician and Canaanitish nations, as Ashtoreth was their supreme female divinity

905 βαλάντιον balantion [bal-an’-tee-on] probably remotely from 906 βάλλω ballo [bal’-lo(as a depository); n n; TDNT-1:525,91; [{See TDNT 121 }] AV-purse 3, bag 1; 4

1) a money bag, purse

906 βάλλω ballo [bal’-lo] a primary word; v; TDNT-1:526,91; [{See TDNT 122 }] AV-cast 86, put 13, thrust 5, cast out 4, lay 3, lie 2, misc 12; 125

1) to throw or let go of a thing without caring where it falls

1a) to scatter, to throw, cast into

1b) to give over to one’s care uncertain about the result

1c) of fluids

1c1) to pour, pour into of rivers

1c2) to pour out

2) to put into, insert

920 Βαριωνᾶς Barionas [bar-ee-oo-nas’] of Aramaic origin 01247 and 03124 בַּר־יוֹנָה‎; n pr m; [{ See TDNT 125 }] AV-Barjona 1; 1

• Barjona  = "son of Jonah"

1) the surname of the apostle Peter

928 ~βασανίζω~ basanizo \@bas-an-id’-zo\@ from 931 basanos a touchstone; v AV-torment 8, pain 1, toss 1, vex 1, toil 1; 12

1) to test (metals) by the touchstone, which is a black siliceous stone used to test the purity of gold or silver by the colour of the streak produced on it by rubbing it with either metal

2) to question by applying torture

3) to torture

4) to vex with grievous pains (of body or mind), to torment

5) to be harassed, distressed

5a) of those who at sea are struggling with a head wind

929 βασανισμός basanismos [bas-an-is-mos’] from 928 basanizo to test; n m; TDNT-1:561,96; [{See TDNT 126 }] AV-torment 6; 6

1) to torture, a testing by the touchstone, which is a black siliceous stone used to test the purity of gold or silver by the colour of the streak produced on it by rubbing it with either metal

2) torment, torture

2a) the act of tormenting

2b) the state or condition of those tormented

931 βάσανος basanos [bas’-an-os] perhaps remotely from the same as 939 basis a stepping, walking(through the notion of going to the bottom); n m; TDNT-1:561,96; [{See TDNT 126 }] AV-torment 3; 3

1) a touchstone, which is a black siliceous stone used to test the purity of gold or silver by the colour of the streak produced on it by rubbing it with either metal

2) the rack or instrument of torture by which one is forced to divulge the truth

3) torture, torment, acute pains

3a) of the pains of a disease

3b) of those in hell after death

935 ~βασιλεύς~ basileus \@bas-il-yooce’\@ probably from 939 foot (through the notion of a foundation of power); n m AV-king 82, King (of Jews) 21, King (God or Christ) 11, King (of Israel) 4; 118 1) leader of the people, prince, commander, lord of the land, king

937 ~βασιλικός~ basilikos \@bas-il-ee-kos’\@ from 935; adj AV-nobleman 2, royal 2, king’s country + 3588 1; 5

1) of or belong to a king, kingly, royal, regal

1a) of a man, the officer or minister of a prince, a courtier

2) subject to a king

2a) of a country

3) befitting or worthy of a king, royal

4) metaph. principal, chief

939 ~βάσις~ basis \@bas’-ece\@ from baino (to walk); ; n f AV-foot (sole of) 1; 1

1) a stepping, walking

2) that with which one steps, the foot

941 βαστάζω bastazo [bas-tad’-zo] perhaps remotely derived from the base of 939 (through the idea of removal); v; TDNT-1:596,102; [{See TDNT 129 }] AV-bear 23, carry 3, take up 1; 27

1) to take up with the hands

2) to take up in order to carry or bear, to put upon one’s self (something) to be carried

2a) to bear what is burdensome

3) to bear, to carry

3a) to carry on one’s person

3b) to sustain, i.e. uphold, support

4) to bear away, carry off

945 βαττολογέω battologeo [bat-tol-og-eh’-o] from Battos (a proverbial stammerer) and 3056; v; TDNT-1:597,103; [{See TDNT 130 }] AV-use vain repetitions 1; 1

1) to stammer

2) to repeat the same things over and over, to use many idle words, to babble, prate. Some suppose the word derived from Battus, a king of Cyrene, who is said to have stuttered; others from Battus, an author of tedious and wordy poems. logos

946 ~βδέλυγμα~ bdelugma \@bdel’-oog-mah\@ from 948; n n AV-abomination 6; 6

1) a foul thing, a detestable thing

1a) of idols and things pertaining to idolatry

• See Error of Balaam or the Nicolaitan.

948 ~βδελύσσω~ bdelusso \@bdel-oos’-so\@ from a (presumed) derivative of bdeo (to stink); v AV-abhor 1, abominable 1; 2

1) to render foul, to cause to be abhorred

2) abominable

3) to turn one’s self away from on account of the stench

4) metaph. to abhor, detest

• See Error of Balaam or the Nicolaitan.

949 ~βέβαιος~ bebaios \@beb’-ah-yos\@ from the base of 939 to walk (through the idea of basality); adj AV-stedfast 4, sure 2, firm 1, of force 1, more sure 1; 9 1) stable, fast, firm 2) metaph. sure, trusty

950 ~βεβαιόω~ bebaioo \@beb-ah-yo’-o\@ from 949; v AV-confirm 5, establish 2, stablish 1, 8 1) to make firm, establish, confirm, make sure

954 Βεελζεβούλ Beelzeboul [beh-el-zeb-ool’] or βεελζεβουβ of Aramaic origin, by parody on 01176 בַּעַל־זְבוּב‎; n pr m; TDNT- 1:605,104; [{See TDNT 134 }] AV-Beelzebub 7; 7 Beelzebub  = "lord of the house"

1) a name of Satan, the prince of evil spirits

• Beelzebul or Belzebuth, suggesting as the Lord of the Flies or flyers or even of dung. Derived from a Philistine god, formerly worshipped in Ekron 2 Kings 1.
• Matthew 12:24,27 Mark 3:22 and Luke 11:15, 18–19, as well as in Matthew 10:25.

955 Βελίαλ Belial [bel-ee’-al] or βελιαρ Beliar [bel-ee’-ar] of Hebrew origin 01100 בְּלִיַּעַל‎; n pr m; TDNT-1:607,104; [{See TDNT 135 }] AV-Belial 1; 1

• Belial  = "worthless or wicked"

1) a name of Satan

968 ~βῆμα~ bema \@bay’-ma\@ from the base of 939; ; n n AV-judgment seat 10, throne 1, to set (one’s) foot on + 4128 1; 12

1) a step, pace, the space which a foot covers, a foot-breath

2) a raised place mounted by steps

2a) a platform, tribune

2a1) of the official seat of a judge

2a2) of the judgment seat of Christ

2a3) Herod built a structure resembling a throne at Caesarea, from which he viewed the games and made speeches to the people

970 ~βία~ bia \@bee’-ah\@ probably akin to 979 (through the idea of vital activity); ; n f AV-violence 4; 4

1) strength, whether of body or mind

2) strength in violent action, force

For Synonyms see entry 5820

971 ~βιάζω~ biazo \@bee-ad’-zo\@ from 970; TDNT-1:609,105; {See TDNT 137} v AV-suffer violence 1, press 1; 2

1) to use force, to apply force

2) to force, inflict violence on

973 ~βιαστής~ biastes \@bee-as-tace’\@ from 971 biazo to use force; TDNT-1:613,105; {See TDNT 137} n m AV-violent 1; 1

1) strong, forceful

2) using force, violent

976 βίβλος biblos [bib’-los] primitive root; n n; TDNT-1:615,106; [{See TDNT 138 }] AV-book 13; 13

1) a written book, a roll, a scroll

984 ~βλάπτω~ blapto \@blap’-to\@ a primary word; ; v AV-hurt 2; 2 1) to hurt, harm, injure

987 ~βλασφημέω~ blasphemeo \@blas-fay-meh’-o\@ from 989; v AV-blaspheme 17, speak evil of 10, rail on 2, blasphemer 1, speak blasphemy 1, blasphemously 1, misc 3; 35

1) to speak reproachfully, rail at, revile, calumniate, blaspheme

2) to be evil spoken of, reviled, railed at

988 ~βλασφημία~ blasphemia \@blas-fay-me’-ah\@ from 989; n f AV-blasphemy 16, railing 2, evil speaking 1; 19

1) slander, detraction, speech injurious, to another’s good name

2) impious and reproachful speech injurious to divine majesty

989 ~βλάσφημος~ blasphemos \@blas’-fay-mos\@ from a derivative of 984 and 5345; adj AV-blasphemous 2, blasphemer 2, railing 1; 5

1) speaking evil, slanderous, reproachful, railing, abusive

991 βλέπω blepo [blep’-o] a primary word; v; TDNT-5:315,706; [{See TDNT 559 }] AV-see 90, take heed 12, behold 10, beware 4, look on 4, look 3, beware of 3, misc 9; 135

1) to see, discern, of the bodily eye

1a) with the bodily eye: to be possessed of sight, have the power of seeing

1b) perceive by the use of the eyes: to see, look descry

1c) to turn the eyes to anything: to look at, look upon, gaze at

1d) to perceive by the senses, to feel

1e) to discover by use, to know by experience

2) metaph. to see with the mind’s eye

2a) to have (the power of) understanding

2b) to discern mentally, observe, perceive, discover, understand

2c) to turn the thoughts or direct the mind to a thing, to consider, contemplate, to look at, to weigh carefully, examine

3) in a geographical sense of places, mountains, buildings, etc. turning towards any quarter, as it were, facing it

• For Synonyms see entry 5822

994 βοάω boao [bo-ah’-o] apparently a prol. form of a primary word; v; TDNT-1:625,108; [{ See TDNT 140 }] AV-cry 11; 11

1) to raise a cry, of joy pain etc.

2) to cry, speak with a high, strong voice

3) to cry to one for help, to implore his aid

• For Synonyms see entry 5823

995 βοή boe [bo-ay’] from 994 to raise a cry; n f; AV-cry 1; 1

1) a cry

James 5:4 Behold, the hire of the labourers who have reaped down your fields, which is of you kept back by fraud, crieth: and the cries <995> of them which have reaped are entered into the ears of the Lord of sabaoth.

1006 ~βόσκω~ bosko \@bos’-ko\@ a prol. form of a primary verb, cf 977 & 1016; ; v AV-feed 8, keep 1; 9

1) to feed

1a) portraying the duty of a Christian teacher to promote in every way the spiritual welfare of the members of the church according to modern Church teachers but in the early Church it included actual welfare since Christians would not eat the free bread of Rome shared through the temples of the Imperial Cult of Rome.

For Synonyms see entry 5824

1010 βουλευτής bouleutes [bool-yoo-tace’] from 1011 to deliberate; n m; AV-counsellor 2; 2

1) a councillor, senator

2) a member of the Sanhedrin

‭1011. βουλευω bouleuo bool-yoo’-o; from 1012; to advise, i.e. (reflexively) deliberate, or (by implication) resolve: —  consult, take counsel, determine, be minded, purpose. ‭

‭1014. βουλομαὶ boulomai boo’-lom-ahee; middle voice of a primary verb.; to "will," i.e. (reflexively) be willing: —  be disposed, minded, intend, list, (be, of own) will(-ing). Compare 2309 ‭θελω thelo apparently strengthened from the alternate form of 138 haireomai to prefer. ‭

1017 ~βραβεῖον~ brabeion \@brab-i’-on\@ from brabeus (an umpire of uncertain derivation); n n AV-prize 2; 2

1) the award to the victor in the games, a prize

2) metaph. of the heavenly reward for Christian character

1023 ~βραχίων~ brachion \@brakh-ee’-own\@ properly, comparative of 1024, but apparently in the sense of brasso (to wield); TDNT-1:639,110; {See TDNT 144} n m AV-arm 3; 3

1) the arm

1a) the arm of God is a Hebrew idiom for the might and the power of God

See also Hebrew 01023

1024 ~βραχύς~ brachus \@brakh-ooce’\@ of uncertain affinity; ; adj AV-a little 4, a little space 1, a little while 1, few words 1; 7

1) short, small, little

1a) of place, a short distance, a little

1b) of time, a short time, for a little while

1025 βρέφος brephos [bref’-os] of uncertain affin.; n n; TDNT-5:636,759; [{See TDNT 581 }] AV-babe 5, child 1, infant 1, young child 1; 8

1) an unborn child, embryo, a foetus

2) a new-born child, an infant, a babe

1030 βρυγμός brugmos [broog-mos’] from 1031 to grind to bite; n m; TDNT-1:641,110; [{See TDNT 146 }] AV-gnashing 7; 7

1) a gnashing of teeth

1a) used to denote extreme anguish and utter despair of men consigned to eternal punishment in hell

2) snarling, growling: in the sense of biting

1033 ~βρῶμα~ broma \@bro’-mah\@ from the base of 977; TDNT-1:642,111; {See TDNT 147} n n AV-meat 16, victual 1; 17

1) that which is eaten, food

• It is also a shipworm (Teredo navalis) that bores into wooden piers, ships, etc. and in (dentistry) it can mean a cavity.

1034 ~βρώσιμος~ brosimos \@bro’-sim-os\@ from 1035; ; adj AV-meat 1; 1

1) eatable

1035 ~βρῶσις~ brosis \@bro’-sis\@ from the base of 977 to eat bibrosko; TDNT-1:642,111; {See TDNT 147} n f AV-meat 6, rust 2, morsel of meat 1, eating 1, food 1; 11

1) act of eating

1a) in a wider sense, corrosion

2) that which is eaten, food, ailment

2a) of the soul’s food, either which refreshes the soul, or nourishes and supports it

• see warnings of the dainties of rulers, bite, and knife.

Top of Beta Top of Page

Gamma (Strong's 1042-1137)

‭1046 Γαδαρηνος Gadarenos gad-ar-ay-nos’; from (a town east of the Jordan); a Gadarene or inhabitant of Gadara: —  Gadarene. ‭: 1 Gadarenes = "reward at the end"

1a also called Gergesenes, was the capital of Peraea, situated opposite the south extremity of the Lake of Gennesaret to the south-east, but at some distance from the lake on the banks of the river Hieromax.

2 The term Peraea is used by Josephus to denote the district to which the rabbis refer as "the land beyond Jordan." This corresponds to the New Testament phrase peran tou Iordanou (Matthew 4:15; Matthew 19:1)

2a Under rulership of Hyrcanus the Jews influenced the area but with the death of Herod the Great it became part of the tetrarchy of Antipas (Ant., XVII, vii, 1).

1047 ~γάζα~ gaza \@gad’-zah\@ of foreign origin; ; n f AV-treasure 1; 1

1) the royal treasury, treasure, riches

1049 ~γαζοφυλάκιον~ gazophulakion \@gad-zof-oo-lak’-ee-on\@ from 1047 and 5438; ; n n AV-treasury 5; 5

1) a repository of treasure, especially of public treasure, a treasury

It is used to describe the apartments constructed in the courts of the temple, in which the not only the sacred offerings and things needful for the service were kept, but in which the priests, etc, dwelt: #Ne 13:7; of the sacred treasury in which not only treasure but also public records were stored, and the property of widows and orphans was deposited. Josephus speaks of treasuries in the women’s court of Herod’s temple. In the N.T. near the treasury seems to used of that receptacle mentioned by the rabbis to which were fitted thirteen chests or boxes, i.e. trumpets, so called from their shape, and into which were put the contributions made voluntarily or paid yearly by the Jews for the service of the temple and the support of the poor.

1062 ~γάμος~ gamos \@gam’-os\@ of uncertain affinity; TDNT-1:648,111; {See TDNT 149} n m AV-marriage 9, wedding 7; 16

1) a wedding or marriage festival, a wedding banquet, a wedding feast

2) marriage, matrimony

1067 ~γέεννα~ geenna \@gheh’-en-nah\@ of Hebrew origin 01516 valley םנה־איק and 02011 Hinnom= "lamentation" a valley north of the ‘hill of evil counsel’; n f AV-hell 9, hell fire + 3588 + 4442 3; 12

1) Hell is the place of the future punishment call "Gehenna" or "Gehenna of fire". This was originally the valley of Hinnom, south of Jerusalem, where the filth and dead animals of the city were cast out and burned; a fit symbol of the wicked and their future destruction.

1074 γενεά genea [ghen-eh-ah’] from (a presumed derivative of) 1085; n f; TDNT-1:662,114; [{ See TDNT 152 }] AV-generation 37, time 2, age 2, nation 1; 42

1) fathered, birth, nativity

2) that which has been begotten, men of the same stock, a family

2a) the several ranks of natural descent, the successive members of a genealogy

2b) metaph. a group of men very like each other in endowments, pursuits, character

2b1) esp. in a bad sense, a perverse nation

3) the whole multitude of men living at the same time

4) an age (i.e. the time ordinarily occupied by each successive generation), a space of 30-33 years

1075 γενεαλογέω genealogeo [ghen-eh-al-og-eh’-o] from 1074 generation and 3056 logos; v; TDNT-1:665,114; [{See TDNT 152 }] AV-count (one’s) descent 1; 1

1) to recount a family’s origin and lineage, trace ancestry

2) to draw one’s origin, derive one’s pedigree

1078 γένεσις genesis [ghen’-es-is] from the same as 1074; n f; TDNT-1:682,117; [{See TDNT 156 }] AV-generation 1, natural 1, nature 1; 3

1) source, origin

1a) a book of one’s lineage, i.e. in which his ancestry or progeny are enumerated

2) used of birth, nativity

3) of that which follows origin, viz. existence, life

3a) the wheel of life (#Jas 3:6), other explain it, the wheel of human origin which as soon as men are born begins to run, i.e. its course of life

1080 γεννάω gennao [ghen-nah’-o] from a variation of 1085; v; TDNT-1:665,114; [{See TDNT 153 }] AV-begat 49, be born 39, bear 2, gender 2, bring forth 1, be delivered 1, misc 3; 97 see born again

1) of men who fathered children

1a) to be born

1b) to be begotten

1b1) of women giving birth to children

2) metaph.

2a) to engender, cause to arise, excite

2b) in a Jewish sense, of one who brings others over to his way of life, to convert someone

2c) of God making Christ his son

2d) of God making men his sons through faith in Christ’s work

1084 γεννητός gennetos [ghen-nay-tos’] from 1080; adj; TDNT-1:672,114; [{See TDNT 153 }] AV-that is born 2; 2

1) begotten, born

1085 γένος genos [ghen’-os] from 1096; n n; TDNT-1:684,117; [{See TDNT 156 }] AV-kind 5, kindred 3, offspring 3, nation 2, stock 2, born 2, diversity 1, misc. 3; 21

1) kindred

1a) offspring

1b) family

1c) stock, tribe, nation

1c1) i.e. nationality or descent from a particular people

1d) the aggregate of many individuals of the same nature, kind, sort

1086 Γεργεσηνός Gergesenos [gher-ghes-ay-nos’] of Hebrew origin 01622 גרגשׁים‎; adj; AV-Gergesenes 1; 1 Gergesenes  = "a stranger drawing near"?

1) also called Gadarenes, is assumed to have been located on the eastern shore of Lake Gennesaret

1089 γεύομαι geuomai [ghyoo’-om-ahee] a root word; v; TDNT-1:675,116; [{See TDNT 154 }] AV-taste 12, eat 3; 15

1) to taste, to try the flavour of

2) to taste

2a) i.e. perceive the flavour of, partake of, enjoy

2b) to feel, make trial of, experience

3) to take food, eat, to take nourishment, eat

‭1092. γεωργος georgos gheh-ore-gos’; from 1093 ge soil and the base of 2041 erogon toil; a land-worker, i.e. farmer: —  husbandman. ‭

1093 ~γῆ~ ge \@ghay\@ contracted from a root word; TDNT-1:677,116; {See TDNT 155} n f AV-earth 188, land 42, ground 18, country 2, world 1, earthly + 1537 + 3588 1; 252

1) arable land

2) the ground, the earth as a standing place

3) the main land as opposed to the sea or water

4) the earth as a whole

4a) the earth as opposed to the heavens

4b) the inhabited earth, the abode of men and animals

5) a country, land enclosed within fixed boundaries, a tract of land, territory, region

1096 γίνομαι ginomai [ghin’-om-ahee] a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; v; TDNT- 1:681,117; [{See TDNT 156 }] AV-be 255, come to pass 82, be made 69, be done 63, come 52, become 47, God forbid + 3361 15, arise 13, have 5, be fulfilled 3, be married to 3, be preferred 3, not tr 14, misc 4, vr done 2; 678

1) to become, i.e. to come into existence, begin to be, receive being

2) to become, i.e. to come to pass, happen

2a) of events

3) to arise, appear in history, come upon the stage

3a) of men appearing in public

4) to be made, finished

4a) of miracles, to be performed, wrought

5) to become, be made

1097 ~γινώσκω~ ginosko \@ghin-oce’-ko\@ a prolonged form of a primary verb; TDNT-1:689,119; {See TDNT 157} see 1108 v AV-know 196, perceive 9, understand 8, misc 10; 223

1) to learn to know, come to know, get a knowledge of perceive, feel

1a) to become known

2) to know, understand, perceive, have knowledge of

2a) to understand

2b) to know

3) Jewish idiom for sexual intercourse between a man and a woman

4) to become acquainted with, to know

For Synonyms see entry 5825

1100 906 βάλλω ballo [bal’-lo] a primary word; v; TDNT-1:526,91; [{See TDNT 122 }] AV-cast 86, put 13, thrust 5, cast out 4, lay 3, lie 2, misc 12; 125

1) to throw or let go of a thing without caring where it falls

1a) to scatter, to throw, cast into

1b) to give over to one’s care uncertain about the result

1c) of fluids

1c1) to pour, pour into of rivers

1c2) to pour out

2) to put into, insert

1101 γλωσσόκομον glossokomon [gloce-sok’-om-on] from 1100 glossa meaning tongue and the base of 2889 world; n n; AV-bag 2; 2

1) a case in which to keep mouth-pieces of wind instruments

2) a small box for other uses

2a) esp. a casket, a purse to keep money in

• 905 βαλάντιον balantion a purse

1108 ~γνῶσις~ gnosis \@gno’-sis\@ from 1097; TDNT-1:689,119; {See TDNT 157} n f AV-knowledge 28, science 1; 29

1) knowledge signifies in general intelligence, understanding

1a) the general knowledge of Christian religion

1b) the deeper more perfect and enlarged knowledge of this religion, such as belongs to the more advanced

1c) esp. of things lawful and unlawful for Christians

1d) moral wisdom, such as is seen in right living

For Synonyms see entry 5826 & 5894

1112 ~γογγυσμός~ goggusmos \@gong-goos-mos’\@ from 1111; n m AV-murmuring 3, grudging 1; 4

1) a murmur, murmuring, muttering

1a) a secret debate

1b) a secret displeasure not openly avowed

1117 γόμος gomos [gom’-os] from 1073; n m; AV-merchandise 2, burden 1; 3

1) a lading or freight of a ship, cargo, merchandise conveyed in a ship

2) any merchandise

1121 γράμμα gramma [gram’-mah] from 1125 grapho to write; n n; TDNT-1:761,128; [{See TDNT 164 }] AV-letter 9, bill 2, writing 1, learning 1, scripture 1, written + 1722 1; 15

1) a letter

2) any writing, a document or record

2a) a note of hand, bill, bond, account, written acknowledgement of a debt

2b) a letter, an epistle

2c) the sacred writings (of the OT)

3) letters, i.e. learning

3a) of sacred learning

1122 γραμματεύς grammateus [gram-mat-yooce’] from 1121 gramma which is any writing; n m; TDNT-1:740,127; [{See TDNT 163 }] AV-scribe 66, townclerk 1; 67

1) a clerk, scribe, esp.a public servant, secretary, recorder, whose office and influence differed in different states

2) in the Bible, a man learned in the Mosaic law and in the sacred writings, an interpreter, teacher. Scribes examined the more difficult and subtle questions of the law; added to the Mosaic law decisions of various kinds thought to elucidate its meaning and scope, and did this to the detriment of religion. Since the advice of men skilled in the law was needed in the examination in the causes and the solution of the difficult questions, they were enrolled in the Sanhedrin; and are mentioned in connection with the priests and elders of the people. See a Bible Dictionary for more information on the scribes.

3) a religious teacher: so instructed that from his learning and ability to teach advantage may redound to the kingdom of heaven

1124 γραφή graphe [graf-ay’] of uncertain affinity; n f; TDNT-1:749,128; [{See TDNT 164 }] AV-scripture 51; 51

1) a writing, thing written

2) the Scripture, used to denote either the book itself, or its contents

3) a certain portion or section of the Holy Scripture

1125 γράφω grapho [graf’-o] a root word; v; TDNT-1:742,128; [{See TDNT 164 }] AV-write 206, writing 1, describe 1, vr write 1; 209

1) to write, with reference to the form of the letters

1a) to delineate (or form) letters on a tablet, parchment, paper, or other material

2) to write, with reference to the contents of the writing

2a) to express in written characters

2b) to commit to writing (things not to be forgotten), write down, record

2c) used of those things which stand written in the sacred books (of the OT)

2d) to write to one, i.e. by writing (in a written epistle) to give information, directions

3) to fill with writing

4) to draw up in writing, compose

1127 γρηγορεύω gregoreuo [gray-gor-yoo’-o] from 1453 egeiro raise up; v; TDNT-2:338,195; [{See TDNT 206 }] AV-watch 21, wake 1, be vigilant 1; 23

1) to watch

2) metaph. give strict attention to, be cautious, active

2a) to take heed lest through remission and indolence some destructive calamity suddenly overtake one

• From egeiro; to keep awake, i.e. Watch (literally or figuratively) -- be vigilant, wake, (be) watch(-ful).

1135 γυνή gune [goo-nay’] probably from the base of 1096 ginomai = be or become; n f; TDNT-1:776,134; [{See TDNT 166 }] AV-women 129, wife 92; 221

1) a woman of any age, whether a virgin, or married, or a widow

2) a wife

2a) of a betrothed woman

1047 ~γάζα~ gaza \@gad’-zah\@ of foreign origin; ; n f AV-treasure 1; 1

1) the royal treasury, treasure, riches

1049 ~γαζοφυλάκιον~ gazophulakion \@gad-zof-oo-lak’-ee-on\@ from 1047 and 5438; ; n n AV-treasury 5; 5

1) a repository of treasure, especially of public treasure, a treasury

It is used to describe the apartments constructed in the courts of the temple, in which the not only the sacred offerings and things needful for the service were kept, but in which the priests, etc, dwelt: #Ne 13:7; of the sacred treasury in which not only treasure but also public records were stored, and the property of widows and orphans was deposited. Josephus speaks of treasuries in the women’s court of Herod’s temple. In the N.T. near the treasury seems to used of that receptacle mentioned by the rabbis to which were fitted thirteen chests or boxes, i.e. trumpets, so called from their shape, and into which were put the contributions made voluntarily or paid yearly by the Jews for the service of the temple and the support of the poor.

1062 ~γάμος~ gamos \@gam’-os\@ of uncertain affinity; TDNT-1:648,111; {See TDNT 149} n m AV-marriage 9, wedding 7; 16

1) a wedding or marriage festival, a wedding banquet, a wedding feast

2) marriage, matrimony

1067 ~γέεννα~ geenna \@gheh’-en-nah\@ of Hebrew origin 01516 valley םנה־איק and 02011 Hinnom= "lamentation" a valley north of the ‘hill of evil counsel’; n f AV-hell 9, hell fire + 3588 + 4442 3; 12

1) Hell is the place of the future punishment call "Gehenna" or "Gehenna of fire". This was originally the valley of Hinnom, south of Jerusalem, where the filth and dead animals of the city were cast out and burned; a fit symbol of the wicked and their future destruction.

1074 γενεά genea [ghen-eh-ah’] from (a presumed derivative of) 1085; n f; TDNT-1:662,114; [{ See TDNT 152 }] AV-generation 37, time 2, age 2, nation 1; 42

1) fathered, birth, nativity

2) that which has been begotten, men of the same stock, a family

2a) the several ranks of natural descent, the successive members of a genealogy

2b) metaph. a group of men very like each other in endowments, pursuits, character

2b1) esp. in a bad sense, a perverse nation

3) the whole multitude of men living at the same time

4) an age (i.e. the time ordinarily occupied by each successive generation), a space of 30-33 years

1075 γενεαλογέω genealogeo [ghen-eh-al-og-eh’-o] from 1074 generation and 3056 logos; v; TDNT-1:665,114; [{See TDNT 152 }] AV-count (one’s) descent 1; 1

1) to recount a family’s origin and lineage, trace ancestry

2) to draw one’s origin, derive one’s pedigree

1078 γένεσις genesis [ghen’-es-is] from the same as 1074; n f; TDNT-1:682,117; [{See TDNT 156 }] AV-generation 1, natural 1, nature 1; 3

1) source, origin

1a) a book of one’s lineage, i.e. in which his ancestry or progeny are enumerated

2) used of birth, nativity

3) of that which follows origin, viz. existence, life

3a) the wheel of life (#Jas 3:6), other explain it, the wheel of human origin which as soon as men are born begins to run, i.e. its course of life

1080 γεννάω gennao [ghen-nah’-o] from a variation of 1085; v; TDNT-1:665,114; [{See TDNT 153 }] AV-begat 49, be born 39, bear 2, gender 2, bring forth 1, be delivered 1, misc 3; 97 see born again

1) of men who fathered children

1a) to be born

1b) to be begotten

1b1) of women giving birth to children

2) metaph.

2a) to engender, cause to arise, excite

2b) in a Jewish sense, of one who brings others over to his way of life, to convert someone

2c) of God making Christ his son

2d) of God making men his sons through faith in Christ’s work

1085 γένος genos [ghen’-os] from 1096; n n; TDNT-1:684,117; [{See TDNT 156 }] AV-kind 5, kindred 3, offspring 3, nation 2, stock 2, born 2, diversity 1, misc. 3; 21

1) kindred

1a) offspring

1b) family

1c) stock, tribe, nation

1c1) i.e. nationality or descent from a particular people

1d) the aggregate of many individuals of the same nature, kind, sort

1093 ~γῆ~ ge \@ghay\@ contracted from a root word; TDNT-1:677,116; {See TDNT 155} n f AV-earth 188, land 42, ground 18, country 2, world 1, earthly + 1537 + 3588 1; 252

1) arable land

2) the ground, the earth as a standing place

3) the main land as opposed to the sea or water

4) the earth as a whole

4a) the earth as opposed to the heavens

4b) the inhabited earth, the abode of men and animals

5) a country, land enclosed within fixed boundaries, a tract of land, territory, region

1096 γίνομαι ginomai [ghin’-om-ahee] a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; v; TDNT- 1:681,117; [{See TDNT 156 }] AV-be 255, come to pass 82, be made 69, be done 63, come 52, become 47, God forbid + 3361 15, arise 13, have 5, be fulfilled 3, be married to 3, be preferred 3, not tr 14, misc 4, vr done 2; 678

1) to become, i.e. to come into existence, begin to be, receive being

2) to become, i.e. to come to pass, happen

2a) of events

3) to arise, appear in history, come upon the stage

3a) of men appearing in public

4) to be made, finished

4a) of miracles, to be performed, wrought

5) to become, be made

1097 ~γινώσκω~ ginosko \@ghin-oce’-ko\@ a prolonged form of a primary verb; TDNT-1:689,119; {See TDNT 157} see 1108 v AV-know 196, perceive 9, understand 8, misc 10; 223

1) to learn to know, come to know, get a knowledge of perceive, feel

1a) to become known

2) to know, understand, perceive, have knowledge of

2a) to understand

2b) to know

3) Jewish idiom for sexual intercourse between a man and a woman

4) to become acquainted with, to know

For Synonyms see entry 5825

1108 ~γνῶσις~ gnosis \@gno’-sis\@ from 1097; TDNT-1:689,119; {See TDNT 157} n f AV-knowledge 28, science 1; 29

1) knowledge signifies in general intelligence, understanding

1a) the general knowledge of Christian religion

1b) the deeper more perfect and enlarged knowledge of this religion, such as belongs to the more advanced

1c) esp. of things lawful and unlawful for Christians

1d) moral wisdom, such as is seen in right living

For Synonyms see entry 5826 & 5894

1112 ~γογγυσμός~ goggusmos \@gong-goos-mos’\@ from 1111; n m AV-murmuring 3, grudging 1; 4

1) a murmur, murmuring, muttering

1a) a secret debate

1b) a secret displeasure not openly avowed

1117 γόμος gomos [gom’-os] from 1073; n m; AV-merchandise 2, burden 1; 3

1) a lading or freight of a ship, cargo, merchandise conveyed in a ship

2) any merchandise

1121 γράμμα gramma [gram’-mah] from 1125 grapho to write; n n; TDNT-1:761,128; [{See TDNT 164 }] AV-letter 9, bill 2, writing 1, learning 1, scripture 1, written + 1722 1; 15

1) a letter

2) any writing, a document or record

2a) a note of hand, bill, bond, account, written acknowledgement of a debt

2b) a letter, an epistle

2c) the sacred writings (of the OT)

3) letters, i.e. learning

3a) of sacred learning

1122 γραμματεύς grammateus [gram-mat-yooce’] from 1121 gramma which is any writing; n m; TDNT-1:740,127; [{See TDNT 163 }] AV-scribe 66, townclerk 1; 67

1) a clerk, scribe, esp.a public servant, secretary, recorder, whose office and influence differed in different states

2) in the Bible, a man learned in the Mosaic law and in the sacred writings, an interpreter, teacher. Scribes examined the more difficult and subtle questions of the law; added to the Mosaic law decisions of various kinds thought to elucidate its meaning and scope, and did this to the detriment of religion. Since the advice of men skilled in the law was needed in the examination in the causes and the solution of the difficult questions, they were enrolled in the Sanhedrin; and are mentioned in connection with the priests and elders of the people. See a Bible Dictionary for more information on the scribes.

3) a religious teacher: so instructed that from his learning and ability to teach advantage may redound to the kingdom of heaven

1124 γραφή graphe [graf-ay’] of uncertain affinity; n f; TDNT-1:749,128; [{See TDNT 164 }] AV-scripture 51; 51

1) a writing, thing written

2) the Scripture, used to denote either the book itself, or its contents

3) a certain portion or section of the Holy Scripture

1125 γράφω grapho [graf’-o] a root word; v; TDNT-1:742,128; [{See TDNT 164 }] AV-write 206, writing 1, describe 1, vr write 1; 209

1) to write, with reference to the form of the letters

1a) to delineate (or form) letters on a tablet, parchment, paper, or other material

2) to write, with reference to the contents of the writing

2a) to express in written characters

2b) to commit to writing (things not to be forgotten), write down, record

2c) used of those things which stand written in the sacred books (of the OT)

2d) to write to one, i.e. by writing (in a written epistle) to give information, directions

3) to fill with writing

4) to draw up in writing, compose

1127 γρηγορεύω gregoreuo [gray-gor-yoo’-o] from 1453 egeiro raise up; v; TDNT-2:338,195; [{See TDNT 206 }] AV-watch 21, wake 1, be vigilant 1; 23

1) to watch

2) metaph. give strict attention to, be cautious, active

2a) to take heed lest through remission and indolence some destructive calamity suddenly overtake one

• From egeiro; to keep awake, i.e. Watch (literally or figuratively) -- be vigilant, wake, (be) watch(-ful).

1135 γυνή gune [goo-nay’] probably from the base of 1096 ginomai = be or become; n f; TDNT-1:776,134; [{See TDNT 166 }] AV-women 129, wife 92; 221

1) a woman of any age, whether a virgin, or married, or a widow

2) a wife

2a) of a betrothed woman

Top of Gamma Top of Page

Delta (Strong's 1138-1435)

1142 δαίμων daimon [dah’-ee-mown] from daio (to distribute fortunes); n m/f; TDNT-2:1,137; [{See TDNT 169 }] AV-devils 4, devil 1; 5

1) a god, a goddess

1a) an inferior deity, whether good or bad

2) in the NT, an evil spirit

1144 δακρυ dakru [dak’-roo] or δάκρυον dakruon [dak’-roo-on] of uncertain affinity; see 1145 dakruo weep; n n; AV-tear 11; 11

1) a tear

1150 δαμάζω damazo [dam-ad’-zo] a variation of an obsolete primary of the same meaning; v; AV-tame 4; 4

1) to tame

2) curb, restrain

1161 δέ de [deh] a primary particle (adversative or continuative); conj; AV-but 1237, and 934, now 166, then 132, also 18, yet 16, yea 13, so 13, moreover 13, nevertheless 11, for 4, even 3, misc 10, not tr 300; 2870

1) but, moreover, and, etc.

1162 ~δέησις~ deesis \@deh’-ay-sis\@ from 1189; n f AV-prayer 12, supplication 6, request 1; 19

1) need, indigence, want, privation, penury

2) a seeking, asking, entreating, entreaty to God or to man

1163 ~δεῖ~ dei \@die\@ third person singular active present of 1210; v AV-must 58, ought 31, must needs 5, should 4, misc 7, vr ought 1; 106

1) it is necessary, there is need of, it behooves, is right and proper

1a) necessity lying in the nature of the case

1b) necessity brought on by circumstances or by the conduct of others toward us.

1c) necessity in reference to what is required to attain some end

1d) a necessity of law and command, of duty, equity

1e) necessity established by the counsel and decree of God, especially by that purpose of his which relates to the salvation of men by the intervention of Christ and which is disclosed in the Old Testament prophecies

1e1) concerning what Christ was destined finally to undergo, his sufferings, death, resurrection, ascension

1166 δεικνύω deiknuo [dike-noo’-o] a prolonged form of an obsolete primary of the same meaning; v; TDNT- 2:25,141; [{See TDNT 172 }] AV-show 31; 31

1) to show, expose to the eyes

2) metaph.

2a) to give evidence or proof of a thing

2b) to show by words or teach

1168 δειλιάω deiliao [di-lee-ah’-o] from 1167 deilia fear, from 1169 deilos fearful; v; AV-be afraid 1; 1

1) to be timid, fearful

1189 ~δέομαι~ deomai \@deh’-om-ahee\@ middle voice of 1210; TDNT-2:40,144; {See TDNT 176} v AV-pray 12, beseech 9, make request 1; 22

1) to want, lack

2) to desire, long for

3) to ask, beg

3a) the thing asked for

3b) to pray, make supplications

For Synonyms see entry 5802

1195 δεσμεύω desmeuo [des-myoo’-o] from a (presumed) derivative of 1196 desmeo to bind from 1199 desmon a band; v; AV-bind 2; 2

1) to put in chains

2) to bind up, bind together

1196 δεσμέω desmeo [des-meh’-o] from 1199 desmon a band; v; AV-bind 1; 1

1) to bind, tie

1198 δέσμιος desmios [des’-mee-os] from 1199; adj; TDNT-2:43,145; [{See TDNT 177 }] AV-prisoner 14, be in bonds 1, in bonds 1; 16

1) bound , in bonds, a captive, a prisoner

1199 δεσμόν desmon [des-mon’] or δεσμός desmos [des-mos’] neuter and masculine respectively from 1210; n m; TDNT-2:43,145; [{See TDNT 177 }] AV-bond 15, band 3, string 1, chain 1; 20

1) a band or bond

1203 ~δεσπότης~ despotes \@des-pot’-ace\@ perhaps from 1210 and posis (a husband); TDNT-2:44,145; {See TDNT 178} n m AV-Lord 5, master 5; 10

1) a master, Lord

For Synonyms see entry 5830

1210 ~δέω~ deo \@deh’-o\@ a root; v AV-bind 37, tie 4, knit 1, be in bonds 1, wind 1; 44

1) to bind tie, fasten

1a) to bind, fasten with chains, to throw into chains

1b) metaph.

1b1) Satan is said to bind a woman bent together by means of a demon, as his messenger, taking possession of the woman and preventing her from standing upright

1b2) to bind, put under obligation, of the law, duty etc.

1b2a) to be bound to one, a wife, a husband

1b3) to forbid, prohibit, declare to be illicit

1218 δῆμος demos [day’-mos] from 1210 bind; n m; TDNT-2:63,149; [{See TDNT 183 }] AV-people 4; 4

1) the people, the mass of people assembled in a public place

For Synonyms see entry 5832 & 5927

1220 ~δηνάριον~ denarion \@day-nar’-ee-on\@ of Latin origin; ; n n AV-penny 9, pence 5, pennyworth 2; 16

denarius means "containing ten" because it was worth ten asses

1) A Roman silver coin in NT time. It took its name from it being equal to ten "asses," a number after 217 B.C. increased to sixteen (about 3.898 grams or .1375 oz.). It was the principal silver coin of the Roman empire. From the parable of the labourers in the vineyard, it would seem that a denarius was then the ordinary pay for a day’s wages. (#Mt 20:2-13)

1223 ~διά~ dia \@dee-ah’\@ a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; prep AV-by 241, through 88, with 16, for 58, for  …  sake 47, therefore + 5124 44, for this cause + 5124 14, because 52, misc 86; 646

1) through

1a) of place

1a1) with

1a2) in

1b) of time

1b1) throughout

1b2) during

1c) of means

1c1) by

1c2) by the means of

2) through

2a) the ground or reason by which something is or is not done

2a1) by reason of

2a2) on account of

2a3) because of for this reason

2a4) therefore

2a5) on this account

1225 διαβάλλω diaballo [dee-ab-al’-lo] from 1223 and 906; v; TDNT-2:71,150; [{See TDNT 185 }] AV-accuse 1; 1

1) to throw over or across, to send over

" 2) to traduce, calumniate, slander, accuse, defame

1228 διάβολος diabolos [dee-ab’-ol-os] from 1225; adj; TDNT-2:72,150; [{See TDNT 185 }] AV-devil 35, false accuser 2, slanderer 1; 38

1) prone to slander, slanderous, accusing falsely

1a) a calumniator, false accuser, slanderer,

2) metaph. applied to a man who, by opposing the cause of God, may be said to act the part of the devil or to side with him

• Satan the prince of the demons, the author of evil, persecuting good men, estranging mankind from God and enticing them to sin, afflicting them with diseases by means of demons who take possession of their bodies at his bidding.

1239 διαδίδωμι diadidomi [dee-ad-id’-o-mee] from 1223 dia reason by which something is or is not done and 1325 didomi to give something to someone; v; AV-distribute 2, make distribution 1, divide 1, give 1; 5

1) to distribute, divide among several

2) to give over, deliver

1247 διακονέω diakoneo [dee-ak-on-eh’-o] from 1249 servant; v; TDNT-2:81,152; [{See TDNT 186 }] AV-minister unto 15, serve 10, minister 7, misc 5; 37

1) to be a servant, attendant, domestic, to serve, wait upon

1a) to minister to one, render ministering offices to

1a1) to be served, ministered unto

1b) to wait at a table and offer food and drink to the guests,

1b1) of women preparing food

c) to minister i.e. supply food and necessities of life

1c1) to relieve one’s necessities (e.g. by collecting alms), to provide take care of, distribute, the things necessary to sustain life

1c2) to take care of the poor and the sick, who administer the office of a deacon

1c3) in Christian churches to serve as deacons

1d) to minister

1d1) to attend to anything, that may serve another’s interests

1d2) to minister a thing to one, to serve one or by supplying any thing

1248 ~διακονία~ diakonia \@dee-ak-on-ee’-ah\@ from 1249; n f AV-ministry 16, ministration 6, ministering 3, misc 9; 34

1) service, ministering, esp. of those who execute the commands of others

L 2) of those who by the command of God proclaim and promote religion among men

2a) of the office of Moses

2b) of the office of the apostles and its administration

2c) of the office of prophets, evangelists, elders etc.

3) the ministration of those who render to others the offices of Christian affection esp. those who help meet need by either collecting or distributing of charities

4) the office of the deacon in the church

5) the service of those who prepare and present food

1249 ~διάκονος~ diakonos \@dee-ak’-on-os\@ probably from an obsolete diako (to run on errands, cf 1377); n m/f AV-minister 20, servant 8, deacon 3; 31

1) one who executes the commands of another, esp. of a master, a servant, attendant, minister

1a) the servant of a king

1b) a deacon, one who, by virtue of the office assigned to him by the church, cares for the poor and has charge of and distributes the money collected for their use

1c) a waiter, one who serves food and drink

1260 διαλογίζομαι dialogizomai [dee-al-og-id’-zom-ahee] from 1223 and 3049; v; TDNT-2:95,155; [{See TDNT 187 }] AV-reason 11, dispute 1, cast in the mind 1, muse 1, think 1, consider 1; 16 1) to bring together different reasons, to reckon up the reasons, to reason, revolve in one’s mind, deliberate.

1261 ~διαλογισμός~ dialogismos \@dee-al-og-is-mos’\@ from 1260; n m AV-thought 9, reasoning 1, imagination 1, doubtful 1, disputing 1, doubting 1; 14

1) the thinking of a man deliberating with himself 1a) a thought, inward reasoning 1b) purpose, design

2) a deliberating, questioning about what is true 2a) hesitation, doubting 2b) disputing, arguing

1271 ~διάνοια~ dianoia \@dee-an’-oy-ah\@ from 1223 and 3563; n f AV-mind 9, understanding 3, imagination 1; 13

1) the mind as a faculty of understanding, feeling, desiring

2) understanding

3) mind, i.e. spirit, way of thinking and feeling

4) thoughts, either good or bad

1286 ~διασείω~ diaseio \@dee-as-i’-o\@ from 1223 and 4579 shake or quake or move; ; v AV-do violence to 1; 1

1) to shake thoroughly

2) to make to tremble

3) to terrify

4) to agitate

5) to extort from one by intimidation money or other property

1294 διαστρέφω diastrepho [dee-as-tref’-o] from 1223 and 4762; v; TDNT-7:717,1093; [{See TDNT 752 }] AV-perverse 4, pervert 2, turn away 1; 7

1) to distort, turn aside

1a) to oppose, plot against the saving purposes and plans of God

2) to turn aside from the right path, to pervert, corrupt

1296 ~διαταγή~ diatage \@dee-at-ag-ay’\@ from 1299; n f AV-disposition 1, ordinance 1; 2

1) a disposition, arrangement, ordinance

1299 ~διατάσσω~ diatasso \@dee-at-as’-so\@ from 1223 dia "through" or "by" or "because of" and 5021 appoint; v AV-command 7, appoint 4, ordain 3, set in order 1, give order 1; 16

1) to arrange, appoint, ordain, prescribe, give order

1303 ~διατίθεμαι~ diatithemai \@dee-at-ith’-em-ahee\@ middle voice from 1223 through and 5087 to set, put, place; TDNT-2:104,157; {See TDNT 189} v AV-make 3, testator 2, appoint 2; 7

1) to arrange, dispose of, one’s own affairs

1a) of something that belongs to one

1b) to dispose of by will, make a testament

2) to make a covenant, enter into a covenant, with one

1311 ~διαφθείρω~ diaphtheiro \@dee-af-thi’-ro\@ from 1225 and 5351; v AV-destroy 3, corrupt 2, perish 1; 6

1) to change for the worse, to corrupt

1a) of minds, morals

2) to destroy, ruin

2a) to consume

2a1) of bodily vigour and strength

2a2) of the worm or moth that eats provisions, clothing, etc.

2b) to destroy, to kill

1313 ~διάφορος~ diaphoros \@dee-af’-or-os\@ from 1308; AV-more excellent 2, differing 1, divers 1; 4

1) different, varying in kind

2) excellent, surpassing

1319 διδασκαλία didaskalia [did-as-kal-ee’-ah] from 1320 didaskalos to teach meaning teaching, instruction; n f; TDNT-2:160,161; [{See TDNT 190 }] AV-doctrine 19, teaching 1, learning 1; 21

1) teaching, instruction

2) teaching

2a) that which is taught, doctrine

2b) teachings, precepts

1320 ~διδάσκαλος~ didaskalos \@did-as’-kal-os\@ from the verb to teach 1321; n m AV-Master (Jesus) 40, teacher 10, master 7, doctor 1; 58

1) a teacher

2) in the NT one who teaches concerning the things of God, and the duties of man

1a) one who is fitted to teach, or thinks himself so

1b) the teachers of the Jewish religion

1c) of those who by their great power as teachers draw crowds around them i.e. John the Baptist, Jesus

1d) by preeminence used of Jesus by himself, as one who showed men the way of salvation

1e) of the apostles, and of Paul

1f) of those who in the religious assemblies of the Christians, undertook the work of teaching, with the special assistance of the Holy Spirit

1g) of false teachers among Christians

1321 ~διδάσκω~ didasko \@did-as’-ko\@ a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb dao (to learn); as a noun commonly tranlated "master" TDNT-2:135,161; {See TDNT 190} v AV-teach 93, taught + 2258 4; 97

1) to teach

1a) to hold discourse with others in order to instruct them, deliver didactic discourses

1b) to be a teacher

1c) to discharge the office of a teacher, conduct one’s self as a teacher

2) to teach one

2a) to impart instruction

2b) instill doctrine into one

2c) the thing taught or enjoined

2d) to explain or expound a thing

2f) to teach one something

1322 διδαχή didache [did-akh-ay’] from 1321; n f; TDNT-2:163,161; [{See TDNT 190 }] AV-doctrine 29, has been taught 1; 30

1) teaching

1a) that which is taught

1b) doctrine, teaching, concerning something

2) the act of teaching, instruction

2a) in religious assemblies of the Christians, to speak in the way of teaching, in distinction from other modes of speaking in public

1323 ~δίδραχμον~ didrachmon \@did’-rakh-mon\@ from 1364 and 1406; ; n n AV-tribute 1, tribute money 1; 2

1) a didrachmon or double drachma, a silver coin equal to two Attic drachmas or one Alexandrian, or one half a shekel. For Synonyms see entry 5941

• Other words translated tribute in the New Testament include 2778 and 5411.

1325 ~δίδωμι~ didomi \@did’-o-mee\@ a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternate in most of the tenses); TDNT-2:166,166; {See TDNT 191} v AV-give 365, grant 10, put 5, show 4, deliver 2, make 2, misc 25; 413

1) to give

2) to give something to someone

2a) of one’s own accord to give one something, to his advantage

2a1) to bestow a gift

2b) to grant, give to one asking, let have

2c) to supply, furnish, necessary things

2d) to give over, deliver

2d1) to reach out, extend, present

2d2) of a writing

2d3) to give over to one’s care, intrust, commit

2d3a) something to be administered

2d3b) to give or commit to some one something to be religiously observed

2e) to give what is due or obligatory, to pay: wages or reward

2f) to furnish, endue

3) to give

3a) to cause, profuse, give forth from one’s self

3a1) to give, hand out lots

3b) to appoint to an office

3c) to cause to come forth, i.e. as the sea, death and Hell are said to give up the dead who have been engulfed or received by them

3d) to give one to someone as his own

3d1) as an object of his saving care

3d2) to give one to someone, to follow him as a leader and master

3d3) to give one to someone to care for his interests

3d4) to give one to someone to whom he already belonged, to return

4) to grant or permit one

4a) to commission

For Synonyms see entry 5836 See also 3860 "to give into the hands (of another)", 3862 ordinances "the surrender of cities"

1330 ~διέρχομαι~ dierchomai \@dee-er’-khom-ahee\@ from 1223 and 2064; TDNT-2:676,257; {See TDNT 259} v AV-pass 8, pass through 7, go 7, go over 3, go through 2, walk 2, misc 13, vr to go 1; 43

1) to go through, pass through

1a) to go, walk, journey, pass through a place

1b) to travel the road which leads through a place, go, pass,travel through a region

2) to go different places

2a) of people, to go abroad

2b) of a report, to spread, go abroad

‭1375. διωγμος diogmos dee-ogue-mos’; which occurs 10 times in 9 verses, from 1377 dioko pursue; persecution: —  persecution. ‭ Top of Delta Top of Page

Epsilon (Strong's 1436-2193)

1466 ~ἐγκράτεια~ egkrateia \@eng-krat’-i-ah\@ from 1468; TDNT-2:339,196; {See TDNT 208} n f AV-temperance 4; 4

1) self-control (the virtue of one who masters his desires and passions, esp. his sensual appetites)

1467 ἐγκρατεύομαι egkrateuomai \@eng-krat-yoo’-om-ahee\@ middle voice from 1468; v AV-can contain 1, be temperate 1; 2 1) to be self-controlled, continent

1a) to exhibit self-government, conduct, one’s self temperately

1b) in a figure drawn from athletes, who in preparing themselves for the games abstained from unwholesome food, wine, and sexual indulgence

01471 גּוֹי‎ gowy [go’-ee] rarely (shortened) גי‎ goy [go’-ee] apparently from the same root as 01465 gevah the behind; n m/n pr m p loc; [BDB-156b, BDB-157a] [{See TWOT on 326 @@ "326e" }] AV-nation 374, heathen 143, Gentiles 30, people 11; 558

• n m

1) nation, people

1a) nation, people

1a1) usually of non-Hebrew people

1a2) of descendants of Abraham

1a3) of Israel

1b) of swarm of locusts, other animals (fig.)

• n pr m p loc

1c) Goyim? = "nations"

1473 ~ἐγώ~ ego \@eg-o’\@ a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic); TDNT-2:343,196; {See TDNT 209} pron AV-I 365, my 2, me 2, not tr 1; 370

1) I, me, my

1480 ἐθίζω ethizo [eth-id’-zo] from 1485 ethos "prescribed by law, instituted"; v; AV-custom 1; 1

1) to accustomed, usage, custom

1481 ~ἐθνάρχης~ ethnarches \@eth-nar’-khace\@ from 1484 and 746; ; n m AV-governor 1; 1

1) an ethnarch, one set over a people as ruler, but without the authority and name of a king

• Herod was called Ethnarch which was a term with the connotation of "father of the nation", a widely used as an epithet applied to some of the most influential political leaders of Hellenism. Paul uses the term in 2 Corinthians 11:32 "In Damascus the governor under Aretas the king kept the city of the Damascenes with a garrison, desirous to apprehend me:"
• Likely originated in the middle east and is used three times (1 Maccabees 14:47 and 15:1-2),

1482 ~ἐθνικός~ ethnikos \@eth-nee-kos’\@ from 1484; n m AV-heathen 1, heathen man 1; 2

1) adapted to the genius or customs of a people, peculiar to a people, national

2) suited to the manners or language of foreigners, strange, foreign

3) in the NT savouring of the nature of pagans, alien to the worship of the true God, heathenish

3a) of the pagan, the Gentile

1484 ~ἔθνος~ ethnos \@eth’-nos\@ probably from 1486; n n AV-Gentiles 93, nation 64, heathen 5, people 2; 164

1) a multitude (whether of men or of beasts) associated or living together

1a) a company, troop, swarm

2) a multitude of individuals of the same nature or genus

2a) the human family

3) a tribe, nation, people group

4) in the OT, foreign nations not worshipping the true God, pagans, Gentiles

5) Paul uses the term for Gentile Christians

1485 ἔθος ethos [eth’-os] from 1486 etho; n n; TDNT-2:372,202; [{See TDNT 212 }] AV-custom 7, manner 4, be wont 1; 12

1) custom

2) usage prescribed by law, institute, prescription, rite

See Logos, pathos, and ethos

1486 ~ἔθω~ etho \@eth’-o\@ a root word; ; v AV-be wont 2, -as his custom was + 2596 + 3588 1, as his manner was + 2596 + 3588 1; 4

1) to be accustomed, used, wont

2) that which is wont

3) usage, custom

1492 οιδα oida [oy’-da] or εἴδω eido [i’-do] a root word; v; TDNT-5:116,673; [{See TDNT 538 }] v a root word; TDNT-5:116,706; [{See TDNT 559 }] AV-know 281, cannot tell + 3756 8, know how 7, wist 6, misc 19, see 314, behold 17, look 6, perceive 5, vr see 3, vr know 1; 667

1) to see

1a) to perceive with the eyes

1b) to perceive by any of the senses

1c) to perceive, notice, discern, discover

1d) to see

1d1) i.e. to turn the eyes, the mind, the attention to anything

1d2) to pay attention, observe

1d3) to see about something 1d31) i.e. to ascertain what must be done about it

1d4) to inspect, examine

1d5) to look at, behold

1e) to experience any state or condition

1f) to see i.e. have an interview with, to visit

2) to know

2a) to know of anything

2b) to know, i.e. get knowledge of, understand, perceive

2b1) of any fact

2b2) the force and meaning of something which has definite meaning

2b3) to know how, to be skilled in

2c) to have regard for one, cherish, pay attention to (#1Th 5:12)

Synonyms

1097 ginosko-a knowledge grounded on personal experience

1492 oida or eido-to see with the mind’s eye, signifies a clear and purely mental perception

1987 epistamai-a knowledge obtained by proximity to the thing known, cf. our understanding

4920 suniemi-implies a native insight, knowledge gained through the five senses

1494 ~εἰδωλόθυτον~ eidolothuton \@i-do-loth’-oo-ton\@ neuter of a compound of 1497 and a presumed derivative of 2380; TDNT-2:378,202; {See TDNT 214} adj AV-things offered unto idols 4, things offered in sacrifice to idols 3, things sacrificed unto idols 2, meats offered to idols 1; 10

1) sacrificed to idols, the flesh left over from the heathen sacrifices

1a) it was either eaten at the feasts or sold (by the poor and the miserly) in the market

1495 ~εἰδωλολατρεία~ eidololatreia \@i-do-lol-at-ri’-ah\@ from 1497 and 2999; n f AV-idolatry 4; 4

1) the worship of false gods, idolatry

1a) of the formal sacrificial feasts held in honour of false gods of the temples providing Public religion.

1b) of avarice, as a worship of Mammon

2) in the plural, the vices springing from idolatry and peculiar to it

1496 εἰδωλολάτρης eidololatres [i-do-lol-at’-race] from 1497 and the base of 3000; n m; TDNT-2:379,202; [{ See TDNT 214 }] AV-idolater 7; 7

1) a worshipper of false gods, an idolater

1a) used of any one even Christian, participant in any way in the worship of the heathen, esp. one who attends their sacrificial feasts and eats of the remains of offered victims

2) a covetous man as a worshipper of Mammon

1497 ~εἴδωλον~ eidolon \@i’-do-lon\@ from 1491; an image (i.e. for worship); n nAV-idol 11; 11

1) an image, likeness

1a) i.e. whatever represents the form of an object, either real or imaginary

1b) used of the shades of the departed, apparitions, spectres, phantoms of the mind, etc.

2) the image of a heathen god

3) a false god

1500 ~εἰκῆ~ eike \@i-kay’\@ probably from 1502 (through the idea of failure); TDNT-2:380,203; {See TDNT 215} adv AV-in vain 5, without a cause 1, vainly 1; 7

1) inconsiderably, without purpose, without just cause

2) in vain

2a) without success or effort

1504 ~εἰκών~ eikon \@i-kone’\@ from 1503; TDNT-2:381,203; n f AV-image 23; 23

1) an image, figure, likeness

1a) an image of the things (the heavenly things)

1a1) used of the moral likeness of renewed men to God

1a2) the image of the Son of God, into which true Christians are transformed, is likeness not only to the heavenly body, but also to the most holy and blessed state of mind, which Christ possesses

1b) the image of one

1b1) one in whom the likeness of any one is seen

1b2) applied to man on account of his power of command

1b3) to Christ on account of his divine nature and absolute moral excellence

1505 εἰλικρίνεια eilikrineia [i-lik-ree’-ni-ah] from 1506 purity; n f; TDNT-2:397,206; [{See TDNT 217 }] AV-sincerity 3; 3

1) purity, sincerity, ingenuousness

1510 ~εἰμί~ eimi \@i-mee’\@ the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; TDNT-2:398,206; {See TDNT 218} v AV-I am + 1473 74, am 55, it is I + 1473 6, be 2, I was + 1473 1, have been 1, not tr 7; 146

1) to be, to exist, to happen, to be present

1515 ~εἰρήνη~ eirene \@i-ray’-nay\@ probably from a primary verb eiro (to join); TDNT-2:400,207; {See TDNT 219} n f AV-peace 89, one 1, rest 1, quietness 1; 92

1) a state of national tranquility

1a) exemption from the rage and havoc of war

2) peace between individuals, i.e. harmony, concord

3) security, safety, prosperity, felicity, (because peace and harmony make and keep things safe and prosperous)

4) of the Messiah’s peace

4a) the way that leads to peace (salvation)

5) of Christianity, the tranquil state of a soul assured of its salvation through Christ, and so fearing nothing from God and content with its earthly lot, of whatsoever sort that is

6) the blessed state of devout and upright men after death

1516 ~eirhnikov~ eirenikos \@i-ray-nee-kos'\@ from 1515 eirene from a primary verb eiro (to join) and defined "a state of national tranquillity"; TDNT-2:400,207; n f AV-peace 89; TDNT-2:418,207; adj AV-peaceable 2

1) relating to peace

2) peaceable, pacific, loving peace

3) bring peace with it, peaceful, salutary

1518 εἰρηνοποιός eirenopoios [i-ray-nop-oy-os’] from 1515 eirene "a state of national tranquillity" and 4160 To make; adj; TDNT-2:419,207; [{See TDNT 219 }] AV-peacemakers 1; 1

1) a peacemaker

2) pacific, loving peace

1519 ~εἰς~ eis \@ice\@ a primary preposition; prep AV-into 573, to 281, unto 207, for 140, in 138, on 58, toward 29, against 26, misc 322; 1774

1) into, unto, to, towards, for, among

"For" (as used in #Acts 2:38 "for the forgiveness … ") could have two meanings. If you saw a poster saying "Jesse James wanted for robbery," "for" could mean Jesse is wanted so he can commit a robbery, or is wanted because he has committed a robbery. The later sense is the correct one. So too in this passage of 1 Peter 2 concerning peculiar people, the word "for" signifies an action in the past. Otherwise, it would violate the entire tenor of the NT teaching on salvation by grace and not by works.

• ‭As a primary preposition eis indicates the point reached or entered figuratively with the intent and purpose of obtaing a result, etc. As with verbs it expresses motion both literally or figuratively.

‭

1525 ~εἰσέρχομαι~ eiserchomai \@ice-er’-khom-ahee\@ from 1519 and 2064; TDNT-2:676,257; {See TDNT 259} v AV-enter 107, go 22, come in 19, go in 18, enter in 17, come 14, arise 1; 198

1) to go out or come in: to enter

1a) of men or animals, as into a house or a city

1b) of Satan taking possession of the body of a person

1c) of things: as food, that enters into the eater’s mouth

2) metaph.

2a) of entrance into any condition, state of things, society, employment

2a1) to arise, come into existence, begin to be

2a2) of men, to come before the public

2a3) to come into life

2b) of thoughts that come into the mind

‭1536. ει τις ei tis i tis; from 1487 and 5100; if any: —  he that, if a(-ny) man(’s thing, from any, ought), whether any, whosoever. ‭

1537 ~ἐκ~ ek \@ek\@ or ~ἐξ~ ex \@ex\@ a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; ; prep AV-of 366, from 181, out of 162, by 55, on 34, with 25, misc 98; 921

1) out of, from, by, away from

1538 ~ἕκαστος~ hekastos \@hek’-as-tos\@ as if a superlative of hekas (afar); ; adj AV-every man 39, every one 20, every 17, misc 7; 83

1) each, every

1544 ~ἐκβάλλω~ ekballo \@ek-bal’-lo\@ from 1537 and 906; TDNT-1:527,91; {See TDNT 122} v AV-cast out 45, cast 11, bring forth 3, pull out 3, send forth 3, misc 17; 82

1) to cast out, drive out, to send out

1a) with notion of violence

1a1) to drive out (cast out)

1a2) to cast out

1a2a) of the world, i.e. be deprived of the power and influence he exercises in the world

1a2b) a thing: excrement from the belly into the sink

1a3) to expel a person from a society: to banish from a family

1a4) to compel one to depart; to bid one depart, in stern though not violent language

1a5) so employed that the rapid motion of the one going is transferred to the one sending forth

1a51) to command or cause one to depart in haste

1a6) to draw out with force, tear out

1a7) with implication of force overcoming opposite force

1a7a) to cause a thing to move straight on its intended goal

1a8) to reject with contempt, to cast off or away

1b) without the notion of violence

1b1) to draw out, extract, one thing inserted in another

1b2) to bring out of, to draw or bring forth

1b3) to except, to leave out, i.e. not receive

1b4) to lead one forth or away somewhere with a force which he cannot resist

1567 ἐκζητέω ekzeteo [ek-zay-teh’-o] from 1537 ek of and 2212 zeteo seek; v; TDNT-2:894,300; [{See TDNT 286 }] AV-require 2, seek after 2, diligently 1, seek carefully 1, enquire 1; 7

1) to seek out, search for

2) to seek out, i.e. investigate, scrutinise

3) to seek out for one’s self, beg, crave

4) to demand back, require

‭1568. εκθαμβεω ekthambeo ek-tham-beh’-o; from 1569 ekthambos from ‭2285 thambos to dumbfound; ‭: to astonish utterly: —  affright, greatly (sore) amaze. ‭

1570 ἔκθετος ekthetos [ek’-thet-os] from 1537 and a derivative of 5087; adj; AV-cast out 1; 1

1) cast out, exposed

1576 ἐκκλείω ekkleio [ek-kli’-o] from 1537 and 2808; v; AV-exclude 2; 2

1) to shut out, to turn out of doors

2) to prevent the approach of one

‭

1577 ἐκκλησία ekklesia [ek-klay-see’-ah] from a compound of 1537 and a derivative of 2564 call or 2753 to command; n f; TDNT- 3:501,394; [{See TDNT 352 }] AV-church 115, assembly 3; 118

1) a gathering of citizens called out from their homes into some public place, an assembly

1a) an assembly of the people convened at the public place of the council for the purpose of deliberating

1b) the assembly of the Israelites

1c) any gathering or throng of men assembled by chance, tumultuously

1d) in a Christian sense

1d1) an assembly of Christians gathered for worship in a religious meeting

1d2) a company of Christians, or of those who, hoping for eternal salvation through Jesus Christ, observe their own religious rites, hold their own religious meetings, and manage their own affairs, according to regulations prescribed for the body for order’s sake

1d3) those who anywhere, in a city, village, constitute such a company and are united into one body

1d4) the whole body of Christians scattered throughout the earth

1d5) the assembly of faithful Christians already dead and received into heaven

For Synonyms see entry 5897

• Ekklesia "an assembly of citizens summoned by the crier, the legislative assembly." [R. Scott, and H.G. Liddell, A Greek-English Lexicon, p. 206.]
• "The assembly of the people, which in Greek cities had the power of final decision in public affairs" [ A German classical philologist, Oskar Seyffert, A Dictionary of Classical Antiquities, pp. 202-203].

1578 ~ἐκκλίνω~ ekklino \@ek-klee’-no\@ from 1537 and 2827; ; v AV-eschew 1, avoid 1, go out of the way 1; 3

1) to turn aside, deviate (from the right way and course)

2) to turn (one’s self) away, to turn away from, keep aloof from one’s society

3) to shun one

1581 ἐκκόπτω ekkopto [ek-kop’-to] from 1537 and 2875; v; TDNT-3:857,453; [{See TDNT 405 }] AV-cut off 4, hewn down 3, cut down 2, cut out 1, be hindered 1; 11

1) to cut out, cut off

1a) of a tree

2) metaph. to cut off occasion

1586 ~ἐκλέγομαι~ eklegomai \@ek-leg’-om-ahee\@ middle voice from 1537 and 3004 (in its primary sense); TDNT-4:144,505; {See TDNT 431} v AV-choose 19, choose out 1, make choice 1; 21

1) to pick out, choose, to pick or choose out for one’s self

1a) choosing one out of many, i.e. Jesus choosing his disciples

1b) choosing one for an office

1c) of God choosing whom he judged fit to receive his favours and separated from the rest of mankind to be peculiarly his own and to be attended continually by his gracious oversight

1c1) i.e. the Israelites

1d) of God the Father choosing Christians, as those whom he set apart from the irreligious multitude as dear unto himself, and whom he has rendered, through faith in Christ, citizens in the Messianic kingdom: (#Jas 2:5) so that the ground of the choice lies in Christ and his merits only

1588 ~ἐκλεκτός~ eklektos \@ek-lek-tos’\@ from 1586; TDNT-4:181,505; {See TDNT 431} adj AV-elect 16, chosen 7; 23

1) picked out, chosen

1a) chosen by God,

1a1) to obtain salvation through Christ

1a1a) Christians are called "chosen or elect" of God

1a2) the Messiah is called "elect," as appointed by God to the most exalted office conceivable

1a3) choice, select, i.e. the best of its kind or class, excellence preeminent: applied to certain individual Christians

1589 ἐκλογή ekloge ek-log-ay’ from 1586; TDNT-4:176,505; {See TDNT 431 } n f AV-election 6, chosen 1; 7

1) the act of picking out, choosing

1a) of the act of God’s free will by which before the foundation of the world he decreed his blessings to certain persons

1b) the decree made from choice by which he determined to bless certain persons through Christ by grace alone

2) a thing or person chosen

2a) of persons: God’s elect

1590 ἐκλύω ekluo [ek-loo’-o] from 1537 ex "out of, from" and 3089 lou "to loose any person (or thing) tied or fastened"; v; AV-faint 5, faint + 2258 1; 6

1) to loose, unloose, to set free

2) to dissolve, metaph., to weaken, relax, exhaust

2a) to have one’s strength relaxed, to be enfeebled through exhaustion, to grow weak, grow weary, be tired out

2b) to despond, become faint hearted

‭1601. εκπιπτω ekpipto ek-pip’-to; from 1537 and 4098; to drop away; specially, be driven out of one’s course; figuratively, to lose, become inefficient:—be cast, fail, fall (away, off), take none effect. ‭

1605 ἐκπλήσσω ekplesso [ek-place’-so] from 1537 and 4141; v; AV-be astonished 10, be amazed 3; 13

1) to strike out, expel by a blow, drive out or away

2) to cast off by a blow, to drive out

2a) commonly, to strike one out of self-possession, to strike with panic, shock, astonish

3) to be struck with amazement, astonished, amazed

• For Synonyms see entry 5841
• See also Hebrew verb nakah.

1608 ~ἐκπορνεύω~ ekporneuo \@ek-porn-yoo’-o\@ from 1537 and 4203; TDNT-6:579,918; {See TDNT 654} v AV-give (one’s) self over to fornication 1; 1

1) to go a whoring, "give one’s self over to fornication"

1620 ἐκτίθημι ektithemi [ek-tith’-ay-mee] from 1537 and 5087; v; AV-expound 3, cast out 1; 4

1) to place or set out, put outside, expose

2) to set up, exhibit

3) metaph. to set forth, declare, expound

1624 ἐκτρέπω ektrepo [ek-trep’-o] from 1537 ek out of, from and the base of 5157 turning; v; AV-turn aside 2, avoid 1, turn 1, turn out of the way 1; 5

1) to turn or twist out

1a) in a medical sense used of dislocated limbs

2) to turn off or aside

3) to be turned aside

4) to turn aside

5) to turn away from, to shun a thing, to avoid meeting or associating with one

1642 ἐλαττόω elattoō el-at-to'-o Verb; from 1640 smaller (in size, quantity, age or quality): —  less, under, worse, younger.

1. to make less or inferior: in dignityto be made less or inferior: in dignityto decrease in authority or popularity

2. to lessen (in rank or influence): - decrease, make lower.

1646 ἐλάχιστος elachistos [el-akh’-is-tos] superlative of elachus (short); used as equivalent to 3398; adj; TDNT- 4:648,593; [{See TDNT 494 }] AV-least 9, very small 2, smallest 1, very little 1; 13

1) smallest least

1a) in size

1b) in amount: of management of affairs

1c) in importance: what is the least moment

1d) in authority: of commandments

1e) in the estimation of men: of persons

1f) in rank and excellence: of persons

1651 ~ἐλέγχω~ elegcho \@el-eg’-kho\@ of uncertain affinity; v AV-reprove 6, rebuke 5, convince 4, tell (one’s) fault 1, convict 1; 17

1) to convict, refute, confute

1a) generally with a suggestion of shame of the person convicted

1b) by conviction to bring to the light, to expose

2) to find fault with, correct

2a) by word

2a1) to reprehend severely, chide, admonish, reprove

2a2) to call to account, show one his fault, demand an explanation

2b) by deed

2b1) to chasten, to punish

For Synonyms see entry 5884

1653 ἐλεέω eleeo [el-eh-eh’-o] from 1656; v; TDNT-2:477,222; [{See TDNT 232 }] AV-have mercy on 14, obtain mercy 8, show mercy 2, have compassion 1, have compassion on 1, have pity on 1, have mercy 1, have mercy upon 1, receive mercy 1; 31

1) to have mercy on

2) to help one afflicted or seeking aid

3) to help the afflicted, to bring help to the wretched

4) to experience mercy

For Synonyms see entry 5842

1654 ἐλεημοσύνη, eleēmosunē: el-eh-ay-mos-oo'-nay, from 1656, Thayer Definition: mercy, pity especially as exhibited in giving alms, charity the benefaction itself, a donation to the poor, alms

TDNT entry: 10:05,2, Part(s) of speech: Noun Feminine

Strong's Definition: From 1656; compassionateness, that is, (as exercised towards the poor) beneficence, or (concretely) a benefaction: - alms (-deeds).

• The Eleemosynary  giving of alms(the German Almosen (and the English alms)) is the benefaction itself, a donation for the poor, donated to the priests for the welfare of the needy.

1655 ~ἐλεήμων~ eleemon \@el-eh-ay’-mone\@ from 1653; TDNT-2:485,222; {See TDNT 232} adj AV-merciful 2; 2

1) merciful

1656 éleos ἔλεος: (el'-eh-os), t Definition: mercy, pity, compassion(translating OT 02617 /kataisxýnō, "covenant-loyalty, covenant-love" in the OT-LXX over 170 times) – properly, "mercy" as it is defined by loyalty to God's covenant.

• 1. Mercy of men toward men: Matthew 9:13; Matthew 12:7; Matthew 23:23, James 2:13; James 3:17; to exercise the virtue of mercy, James 2:13; with the common Hebrew phrase פּ עִם חֶסֶד עָשָׂה, Genesis 21:23; Genesis 24:12; Judges 1:24, mercy to one, Luke 10:37.
• 2. of God toward men;

a. universally: Luke 1:50; in benedictions: Galatians 6:16; 1 Timothy 1:2; 2 Timothy 1:2; Titus 1:4 ; 2 John 1:3; Jude 1:2.

1657 ~ἐλευθερία~ eleutheria \@el-yoo-ther-ee’-ah\@ from 1658; n f AV-liberty 11; 11

1) liberty to do or to omit things having no relationship to salvation

2) fancied liberty

2a) licence, the liberty to do as one pleases

3) true liberty is living as we should not as we please

1658 ~ἐλεύθερος~ eleutheros \@el-yoo’-ther-os\@ probably from the alternate of 2064 establish ; TDNT-2:487,224; {See TDNT 233} adj AV-free 18, free woman 3, at liberty 1, free man 1; 23

1) freeborn

1a) in a civil sense, one who is not a slave

1b) of one who ceases to be a slave, freed, manumitted

2) free, exempt, unrestrained, not bound by an obligation

3) in an ethical sense: free from the yoke of the Mosaic Law

1672 ~ʽ´Ελλην~ Hellen \@hel’-lane\@ from 1671; n m AV-Greek 20, Gentile 7; 27

1) a Greek either by nationality, whether a native of the main land or of the Greek islands or colonies

2) in a wider sense the name embraces all nations not Jews that made the language, customs, and learning of the Greeks their own; the primary reference is to a difference of religion and worship

1679 ~ἐλπίζω~ elpizo \@el-pid’-zo\@ from 1680; TDNT-2:517,229; {See TDNT 237} v AV-trust 18, hope 10, hope for 2, things hoped for 1, vr hope 1; 32

1) to hope

1a) in a religious sense, to wait for salvation with joy and full confidence

2) hopefully to trust in

1680 ~ἐλπίς~ elpis \@el-pece’\@ from a primary elpo (to anticipate, usually with pleasure); TDNT-2:517,229; {See TDNT 237} n f AV-hope 53, faith 1; 54

1) expectation of evil, fear

2) expectation of good, hope

2a) in the Christian sense

2a1) joyful and confident expectation of eternal salvation

3) on hope, in hope, having hope

3a) the author of hope, or he who is its foundation

3b) the thing hoped for

1694 Ἐμμανουήλ Emmanouel [em-man-oo-ale’] of Hebrew origin 06005 עִמָֻנוּאֵל‎; n pr m; AV-Emmanuel 1; 1 Emmanuel  = "God with us"

1) the title applied to the Messiah, born of the virgin, #Matthew 1:23, #Isauah 7:14, because Jesus was God united with man, and showed that God was dwelling with man

1699 ἐμός emos [em-os’] from the oblique cases of 1473 ego I (1698, 1700, 1691); pron; AV-my 50, mine 12, mine own 11, of me 4, I 1; 78

1) my, mine, etc.

1700 ἐμοῦ emou [em-oo’] from 1473, a prolonged form of 3450; pron genn/abl; AV-me 97, my 11, mine 1; 109

1) me, my, mine, etc.

1702 ~ἐμπαίζω~ empaizo \@emp-aheed’-zo\@ from 1722 and 3815; TDNT-5:630,758; {See TDNT 580} v AV-mock 13; 13

1) to play with, trifle with

1a) to mock

1b) to delude, deceive

• 1703

1703 ~ἐμπαίκτης~ empaiktes \@emp-aheek-tace’\@ from 1702; TDNT-5:635,758; {See TDNT 580} n m AV-mockers 1, scoffers 1; 2

1) a mocker, a scoffer

• 2 Peter 3:3 Knowing this first, that there shall come in the last days scoffers <1703>, walking after their own lusts,
• Jude 1:18 How that they told you there should be mockers <1703> in the last time, who should walk after their own ungodly lusts.

1710 ἐμπορεύομαι emporeuomai [em-por-yoo’-om-ahee] from 1722 and 4198; v; AV-buy and sell 1, make merchandise 1, vr buy and sell 1; 3

1) to go a trading, to travel for business, to traffic, trade

2) of a thing, to import for sale

3) to deal in

4) to use a person or a thing for gain

1711 ἐμπορία emporia [em-por-ee’-ah] from 1713; n f; AV-merchandise 1; 1

1) trade, merchandise

1712 ἐμπόριον emporion [em-por’-ee-on] from 1713; n n; AV-merchandise 1; 1

1) a place were trade is carried on, esp. a seaport

1a) a mart, an emporium

1713 ἔμπορος emporos [em’-por-os] from 1722 and the base of 4198; n m; AV-merchant 5; 5

1) one on a journey, whether by sea or by land, esp. for trade

2) a merchant as opposed to a retailer or petty tradesman

1722 ~ἐν~ en \@en\@ a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between 1519 and 1537); prep AV-in 1902, by 163, with 140, among 117, at 113, on 62, through 39, misc 265; 2801

1) in, by, with etc.

1730 ἔνδειγμα endeigma [en’-dighe-mah] from 1731 n; AV-manifest token 1; 1

1) token, evidence, proof

• similar to 1731 the verb endeiknumi to "show, demonstrate, prove, ... to manifest"
• and 1732 the noun endeixis a "demonstration, proof"
• not like semeion 4592 which is "a sign, mark, token" 2 Thessalonians 3:17 Paul's hand writing
• not like sussemon 4953 "a sign given according to agreement" Mark 14:44 Judas kiss

1731 ἐνδείκνυμι endeiknumi [en-dike’-noo-mee] from 1722 and 1166; v; AV-show 9, show forth 1, do 1, vr show 1; 12

1) to point out

1a) to show, demonstrate, prove, whether by arguments or by acts

2) to manifest, display, put forth

• see also 1730 ἔνδειγμα endeigma

1732 ἔνδειξις endeixis [en’-dike-sis] from 1731; n f; AV-to declare + 1519 1, to declare + 4214 1, proof 1, evident token 1; 4

1) demonstration, proof

1a) manifestation made by act

1b) sign, evidence

• see also 1730

1744 ἐνδύνω enduno [en-doo’-no] from 1772 ennomos meaning bound to the law and 1416 duno translated set but meaning go under; v; AV-creep 1; 1

1) to put on, to envelop in, to hide in

1a) literally: to put on, clothe with a garment

1b) metaph. put on armour

2) to creep into, insinuate one’s self into, to enter

1753 ~ἐνέργεια~ energeia \@en-erg’-i-ah\@ from energes (1756); n f AV-working 4, effectual working 2, operation 1, strong 1; 8 1) working, efficiency 1a) in the NT used only of superhuman power, whether of God or of the Devil

‭1754. ενεργεω energeo en-erg-eh’-o; from 1756 energes from 1722 and 2041 toil; active, operative: —  effectual, powerful.; to be active, efficient: —  do, (be) effectual (fervent), be mighty in, shew forth self, work (effectually in). ‭

1756 ~ἐνεργής~ energes \@en-er-gace’\@ from 1722 and 2041; adj AV-effectual 2, powerful 1; 3 1) active

1767 ~ἐννέα~ ennea \@en-neh’-ah\@ a primary number; ; n indecl AV-nine 1; 1

1) nine

1772 ἔννομος ennomos [en’-nom-os] from 1722 en and 3551 nomos law; adj; TDNT-4:1087,646; [{See TDNT 526 }] AV-lawful 1, under law 1; 2

1) bound to the law

2) bound by the law, lawful

3) lawful, regular

1778 ἔνταλμα entalma [en’-tal-mah] from 1781 entellomai command; n n; AV-commandment 3; 3

1) a precept

1781 ~ἐντέλλομαι~ entellomai \@en-tel’-lom-ahee\@ from 1722 and the base of 5056; v AV-command 10, give commandment 3, give charge 2, enjoin 1, charge 1; 17

1) to order, command to be done, enjoin

For Synonyms see entry 5844

1785 ~ἐντολή~ entole \@en-tol-ay’\@ from 1781; n f AV-commandment 69, precept 2; 71

1) an order, command, charge, precept, injunction

1a) that which is prescribed to one by reason of his office

2) a commandment

2a) a prescribed rule in accordance with which a thing is done

2a1) a precept relating to lineage, of the Mosaic precept concerning the priesthood

2a2) ethically used of the commandments in the Mosaic law or Jewish tradition

For Synonyms see entry 5918

1792 ~ἐντρυφάω~ entruphao \@en-troo-fah’-o\@ from 1722 and 5171; ; v AV-sport (one’s) self 1; 1

1) to live in luxury, live delicately or luxuriously, to revel in

2) to take delight in

• see 2 Peter 2:13 "pleasure to riot"
• see also James 5:5 "Ye have lived in pleasure on the earth".

and 2 Peter 2:13 "sporting themselves"

and Luke 7:25 "live delicately, are in kings’ courts."

1797 ~ἐνυπνιάζομαι~ enupniazomai \@en-oop-nee-ad’-zom-ahee\@ middle voice from 1798 dream; TDNT-8:545,1233; {See TDNT 817} v AV-dream 1, filthy dreamer 1; 2

1) to dream (divinely suggested) dreams

2) metaph., to be beguiled with sensual images and carried away to an impious course of conduct

1799 ἐνώπιον enopion [en-o’-pee-on] neuter of a compound of 1722 and a derivative of 3700; prep; AV-before 64, in the sight of 16, in the presence of 7, in (one’s) sight 5, in (one’s) presence 2, to 1, not tr 2; 97

1) in the presence of, before

1a) of occupied place: in that place which is before, or over against, opposite, any one and towards which another turns his eyes

1818 ~ἐξαπατάω~ exapatao \@ex-ap-at-ah’-o\@ from 1537 and 538; v AV-deceive 4, beguile 1; 5

1) to deceive

1820 ἐξαπορέομαι exaporeomai [ex-ap-or-eh’-om-ahee] middle voice from 1537 ek and 639 aporeo doubt , without resources; v; AV-despair 1, in despair 1; 2

1) to be utterly at loss, be utterly destitute of measures or resources, to renounce all hope, be in despair

1831 ἐξέρχομαι exerchomai [ex-er’-khom-ahee] from 1537 and 2064; v; TDNT-2:678,257; [{See TDNT 259 }] AV-go out 60, come 34, depart 28, go 25, go forth 25, come out 23, come forth 9, misc 18; 222

1) to go or come forth of

1a) with mention of the place out of which one goes, or the point from which he departs

1a1) of those who leave a place of their own accord

1a2) of those who are expelled or cast out

2) metaph.

2a) to go out of an assembly, i.e. forsake it

2b) to come forth from physically, arise from, to be born of

2c) to go forth from one’s power, escape from it in safety

2d) to come forth (from privacy) into the world, before the public, (of those who by novelty of opinion attract attention)

2e) of things

2e1) of reports, rumours, messages, precepts

2e2) to be made known, declared

2e3) to be spread, to be proclaimed

2e4) to come forth

2e4a) emitted as from the heart or the mouth 2e4b) to flow forth from the body 2e4c) to emanate, issue 2e4c1) used of a sudden flash of lightning 2e4c2) used of a thing vanishing 2e4c3) used of a hope which has disappeared

1832 ~ἔξεστι~ exesti \@ex’-es-tee\@ third person singular present indicative of a compound of 1537 ek of and 1510 eimi I am; TDNT-2:560,238; {See TDNT 244} v AV-be lawful 29, may 2, let 1; 32

1) it is lawful

1849 ~ἐξουσία~ exousia \@ex-oo-see’-ah\@ from 1832 (in the sense of ability); n f AV-power 69, authority 29, right 2, liberty 1, jurisdiction 1, strength 1; 103 See Romans 13

1) power of choice, liberty of doing as one pleases

1a) leave or permission

2) physical and mental power

2a) the ability or strength with which one is endued, which he either possesses or exercises

3) the power of authority (influence) and of right (privilege)

4) the power of rule or government (the power of him whose will and commands must be submitted to by others and obeyed)

4a) universally

4a1) authority over mankind

4b) specifically

4b1) the power of judicial decisions

4b2) of authority to manage domestic affairs

4c) metonymically

4c1) a thing subject to authority or rule

4c1a) jurisdiction

4c2) one who possesses authority

4c2a) a ruler, a human magistrate

4c2b) the leading and more powerful among created beings superior to man, spiritual potentates

4d) a sign of the husband’s authority over his wife

4d1) the veil with which propriety required a women to cover herself

4e) the sign of regal authority, a crown

For Synonyms see entry 5820

1850 ~ἐξουσιάζω~ exousiazo \@ex-oo-see-ad’-zo\@ from 1849; TDNT-2:574,238; {See TDNT 244} v AV-have power of 2, exercise authority upon 1, bring under power 1; 4

1) to have power or authority, use power

1a) to be master of any one, exercise authority over one

1b) to be master of the body

1b1) to have full and entire authority over the body

1b2) to hold the body subject to one’s will

1c) to be brought under the power of anyone

• see Romans 13
• Luke 22:25 ... exercise authority upon <1850> them are called benefactors.
• 1 Corinthians 6:12 All things are lawful unto me, but all things are not expedient: all things are lawful for me, but I will <1850> not be brought under the power <1850> of any.
• 1 Corinthians 7:4

1854 ἔξω exo [ex’-o] from 1537; adv; TDNT-2:575,240; [{See TDNT 245 }] AV-without 23, out 16, out of 15, forth 8, outward 1, strange 1, away 1; 65

1) without, out of doors

1859 ἑορτή heorte [heh-or-tay’] of uncertain affinity; n f; AV-feast 26, holy day 1; 27

1) a feast day, festival

1867 ἐπαινέω epaineo [ep-ahee-neh’-o] from 1909 and 134; v; AV-praise 4, laud 1, commend 1; 6

1) to approve, to praise

1868 ἔπαινος epainos [ep’-ahee-nos] from 1909 and the base of 134; n m; TDNT-2:586,242; [{See TDNT 247 }] AV-praise 11; 11

1) approbation, commendation, praise

1905 ἐπερωτάω eperotao [ep-er-o-tah’-o] from 1909 and 2065 erotao to question; v; TDNT-2:687,262; [{See TDNT 260 }] AV-ask 53, demand 2, desire 1, ask question 1, question 1, ask after 1; 59

1) to accost one with an enquiry, put a question to, enquiry of, ask, interrogate

2) to address one with a request or demand

2a) to ask of or demand of one

1909 ~ἐπί~ epi \@ep-ee’\@ a root; ; prep AV-on 196, in 120, upon 159, unto 41, to 41, misc 339; 896

1) upon, on, at, by, before

2) of position, on, at, by, over, against

3) to, over, on, at, across, against

1912. επιβαρεω epibareo ep-ee-bar-eh’-o; from 1909 and 916 burden; to be heavy upon, i.e. (pecuniarily) to be expensive to; figuratively, to be severe towards: —  be chargeable to, overcharge.

1922 ἐπίγνωσις epignosis [ep-ig’-no-sis] from 1921; n f; TDNT-1:689,119; [{See TDNT 157 }] AV-knowledge 16, acknowledging 3, acknowledgement 1; 20

1) precise and correct knowledge

1a) used in the NT of the knowledge of things ethical and divine

1923 ~ἐπιγραφή~ epigraphe \@ep-ig-raf-ay’\@ from 1924; ; n f AV-superscription 5; 5

1) an inscription, title

1a) in the NT of an inscription in black letters upon a whitened tablet

1b) of the inscription on a coin

1924 ~ἐπιγράφω~ epigrapho \@ep-ee-graf’-o\@ from 1909 and 1125; ; v AV-write 2, write over 1, write thereon 1, with this inscription + 1722 + 3639 1; 5

1) to write upon, inscribe

2) metaph. to write upon the mind

1927 ἐπιδημέω epidemeo [ep-ee-day-meh’-o] from a compound of 1909 and 1218; v; AV-be there 1, stranger 1; 2

1) to be present among one’s people, in one’s city or one’s native land

2) to be a sojourner

2a) of a foreign resident, among any people, in any country

• Acts 2:10 Phrygia, and Pamphylia, in Egypt, and in the parts of Libya about Cyrene, and strangers <1927> of Rome, Jews and proselytes,
• Acts 17:21 (For all the Athenians and strangers(3581 xenos) which were there <1927> spent their time in nothing else, but either to tell, or to hear some new thing.)

1937 ~ἐπιθυμέω~ epithumeo \@ep-ee-thoo-meh’-o\@ from 1909 and 2372; v AV-desire 8, covet 3, lust 3, lust after 1, fain 1; 16

1) to turn upon a thing

2) to have a desire for, long for, to desire

3) to lust after, covet

3a) of those who seek things forbidden

1939 ~ἐπιθυμία~ epithumia \@ep-ee-thoo-mee’-ah\@ from 1937 epithumeo to turn upon a thing... to lust after, covet; n f AV-lust 31, concupiscence 3, desire 3, lust after 1; 38

1) desire, craving, longing, desire for what is forbidden, lust

1955 ἐπίλυσις epilusis [ep-il’-oo-sis] from 1956 to expound; n f; TDNT-4:337,543; [{See TDNT 456 }] AV-interpretation 1; 1

1) a loosening, unloosing

2) metaph. interpretation

1956 ἐπιλύω epiluo [ep-ee-loo’-o] from 1909 and 3089 loose 27, break 5, unloose 3, destroy; v; TDNT-4:337,543; [{See TDNT 456 }] AV-expound 1, determine 1; 2

1) to unloose, untie

2) to clear (a controversy), decide, settle

3) to explain (what is obscure and hard to understand)

1969 ~ἐπιπλήσσω~ epiplesso \@ep-ee-place’-so\@ from 1909 and 4141; ; v AV-rebuke 1; 1

1) to strike upon, beat upon

2) to chastise with words, to chide, upbraid, rebuke

1978 ἐπίσημος episēmos ep-is'-ay-mos: Adjective: from 1909 epi and some form of the base of 4591 sēmainō make known

• Thayer Definition:

having a mark on it, marked, stamped, coined marked in a good sense of note, illustrious in a bad sense notorious, infamous.

• Strong's remarkable, that is, (figuratively) eminent: - notable, of note.

1980 ἐπισκέπτομαι episkeptomai [ep-ee-skep’-tom-ahee] middle voice from 1909 and the base of 4649 to watch; v; TDNT-2:599,244; [{See TDNT 250 }] AV-visit 10, look out 1; 11

1) to look upon or after, to inspect, examine with the eyes

1a) in order to see how he is, i.e. to visit, go to see one

1a1) the poor and afflicted, the sick

1b) to look upon in order to help or to benefit

1b1) to look after, have care for, provide for: of God

1c) to look (about) for, look out (one to choose, employ, etc.)

1984 ἐπισκοπή episkope [ep-is-kop-ay’] from The verb episkeptomai 1980 "to look upon in order to help or to benefit"; n f; TDNT-2:606,244; [{See TDNT 250 }] AV-visitation 2, bishoprick 1, office of a bishop 1; 4

1) investigation, inspection, visitation

1a) that act by which God looks into and searches out the ways, deeds character, of men, in order to adjudge them their lot accordingly, whether joyous or sad

1b) oversight

1b1) overseership, office, charge, the office of an elder

1b2) the overseer or presiding officers of a Christian church

1985 ~ἐπίσκοπος~ episkopos \@ep-is’-kop-os\@ from 1909 and 4649 (in the sense of 1983); n m AV-bishop 6, overseer 1; 7

1) an overseer

1a) a man charged with the duty of seeing that things to be done by others are done rightly, any curator, guardian or superintendent

1b) the superintendent, elder, pastor, or overseer of a Christian church; the NT uses the term bishop, overseers, 1985 pastors, 4166 elders, and presbyters 4245 interchangeably { Acts 20:17,28; Ephesian 4:11; Titus 1:5,7; 1 Peter 5:1-4 etc.}

1991 ~ἐπιστηρίζω~ episterizo \@ep-ee-stay-rid’-zo\@ from 1909 and 4741; v AV-confirm 3,1991 strengthen 1; 4

1) to establish besides, strengthen more

2) to render more firm, confirm

1994 ἐπιστρέφω epistrepho [ep-ee-stref’-o] from 1909 and 4762 turn; v; TDNT-7:722,1093; [{See TDNT 752 }] AV-turn 16, be converted 6, return 6, turn about 4, turn again 3, misc 4; 39

1) transitively

1a) to turn to

1a1) to the worship of the true God

1b) to cause to return, to bring back

1b1) to the love and obedience of God

1b2) to the love for the children

1b3) to love wisdom and righteousness

2) intransitively

2a) to turn to one’s self

2b) to turn one’s self about, turn back

2c) to return, turn back, come back

1995 ἐπιστροφή epistrophe [ep-is-trof-ay’] from 1994 epistrepho be converted, turn; n f; TDNT-7:722,1093; [{See TDNT 752 }] AV-conversion 1; 1

1) conversion (of the Gentiles from idolatry to the true God)

1996 ~ἐπισυνάγω~ episunago \@ep-ee-soon-ag’-o\@ from 1909 and 4863; ; v AV-gather together 5, gather 2; 7 1) to gather together besides, to bring together to others already assembled 2) to gather together against 3) to gather together in one place

1997 ~ἐπισυναγωγή~ episunagoge \@ep-ee-soon-ag-o-gay’\@ from 1996; n f AV-gathering together 1, assembling together 1; 2 1) a gathering together in one place 2) the (religious) assembly (of Christians)

2003 ~ἐπιταγή~ epitage \@ep-ee-tag-ay’\@ from 2004; TDNT-8:36,1156; {See TDNT 784} n f AV-commandment 6, authority 1; 7

1) an injunction, mandate, command

2004 ~ἐπιτάσσω~ epitasso \@ep-ee-tas’-so\@ from 1909 and 5021; ; v AV-command 8, charge 1, enjoin 1; 10

1) to enjoin upon, order, command, charge

The Greek word epitasso translated command appear 10 times but only a few times in the Bible in reference to Jesus. He commanded unclean spirits in Mark 1:27, Luke 4:36, Mark 9:25 and in Luke 8:31. We also see Him command the wind in Luke 8:25.

While Jesus uses the word in Luke 14:22 in a parable of a master commanding his servants to gather people for the wedding feast the only time Jesus commanded people was his disciples in Mark 6:39 to make all sit down by companies.

In Mark 6:27 we see the king sent an executioner, and commanded John the Baptist's head to be brought and Acts 23:2 The high priest Ananias commanded men to smite Jesus on the mouth.

It is very clear the word epitasso is not an invitation, a suggestion, advise, statement

The word "commandments" is not the same and it is usually the Greek word entole which means more a precept or a statement like the word we see in the Old Testament for Commandments.

also Philemon 1:8 Wherefore, though I might be much bold in Christ to enjoin <2004> thee that which is convenient,

2007 ἐπιτίθημι epitithemi [ep-ee-tith’-ay-mee] from 1909 epi and 5087 tithemi to set, put; v; TDNT-8:159,1176; [{See TDNT 791 }] AV-lay on 10, lay 7, put 6, lay upon 4, put on 3, put upon 2, set 2, not tr 1, misc 7; 42

1) in the active voice

1a) to put or lay upon

1b) to add to

2) in the middle voice

2a) to have put on, bid to be laid on

2b) to lay or throw one’s self upon

2c) to attack one, to make an assault on one

2008 ἐπιτιμάω epitimao [ep-ee-tee-mah’-o] from 1909 and 5091; v; TDNT-2:623,249; [{See TDNT 252 }] AV-rebuke 24, charge 4, straightly charge 1; 29

1) to show honour to, to honour

2) to raise the price of

3) to adjudge, award, in the sense of merited penalty

4) to tax with fault, rate, chide, rebuke, reprove, censure severely

4a) to admonish or charge sharply

• For Synonyms see entry 5884

2010 ~ἐπιτρέπω~ epitrepo \@ep-ee-trep’-o\@ from 1909 and the base of 5157; ; v AV-suffer 10, permit 4, give leave 2, give liberty 1, give license 1, let 1; 19

1) to turn to, transfer, commit, instruct

2) to permit, allow, give leave

2032 ἐπουράνιος epouranios ep-oo-ran’-ee-os from 1909 and 3772; adj; TDNT-5:538,736; {See TDNT 571} AV-heavenly 16, celestial 2, in heaven 1, high 1; 20

1) existing in heaven

1a) things that take place in heaven

1b) the heavenly regions

1b1) heaven itself, the abode of God and angels

1b2) the lower heavens, of the stars

1b3) the heavens, of the clouds

1c) the heavenly temple or sanctuary

2) of heavenly origin or nature

2036 ἔπω epo [ep’-o] a primary verb (used only in the definite past tense, the others being borrowed from 2046, 4483, and 5346); v; AV-say 859, speak 57, tell 41, command 8, bid 5, misc 6, vr say 1; 977

1) to speak, say

2038 ~ἐργάζομαι~ ergazomai \@er-gad’-zom-ahee\@ middle voice from 2041; Strong's Concordance to search v AV-work 22, wrought 7, do 3, minister about 1, forbear working + 3361 1, labour for 1, labour 1, commit 1, trade by 1, trade 1; 39

1) to work, labour, do work

2) to trade, to make gains by trading, "do business"

3) to do, work out

4) to work for, earn by working, to acquire

2041 ~ἔργον~ ergon \@er’-gon\@ from a primary (but obsolete) ergo (to work); TDNT-2:635,251; {See TDNT 254} n n AV-work 152, deed 22, doing 1, labour 1; 176

1) business, employment, that which any one is occupied

1a) that which one undertakes to do, enterprise, undertaking

2) any product whatever, any thing accomplished by hand, art, industry, or mind

3) an act, deed, thing done: the idea of working is emphasised in opp. to that which is less than work

2052 ~ἐριθεία~ eritheia \@er-ith-i’-ah\@ perhaps as the same as 2042; n f AV-strife 5, contention 1, contentious + 1537 1; 7

1) electioneering or intriguing for office

1a) apparently, in the NT a courting distinction, a desire to put one’s self forward, a partisan and fractious spirit which does not disdain low arts

1b) partisanship, fractiousness

2054 ~ἔρις~ eris \@er’-is\@ of uncertain affinity; ; n f AV-strife 4, debate 2, contention 2, variance 1; 9

1) contention, strife, wrangling

2064 ἔρχομαι erchomai [er’-khom-ahee] middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred [middle voice] ελευθομαι eleuthomai [el-yoo’-thom-ahee,] or [active] ελθω eltho [el’-tho,] which do not otherwise occur); v; TDNT-2:666,257; [{See TDNT 259 }] AV-come 616, go 13, misc 13, vr come 1; 643

1) to come

1a) of persons

1a1) to come from one place to another, and used both of persons arriving and of those returning

1a2) to appear, make one’s appearance, come before the public

2) metaph.

2a) to come into being, arise, come forth, show itself, find place or influence

2b) be established, become known, to come (fall) into or unto

3) to go, to follow one

• For Synonyms see entry 5818

2065 ~ἐρωτάω~ erotao \@er-o-tah’-o\@ apparently from 2046 cf 2045; v AV-ask 23, beseech 14, pray 14, desire 6, intreat 1; 58

1) to question

2) to ask

2a) to request, entreat, beg, beseech

2066 ἐσθής esthes [es-thace’] from hennumi (to clothe); n f; AV-apparel 3, clothing 2, robe 1, raiment 1; 7 2067 ἔσθησις esthesis garment (Luke 24:4)

1) clothing, raiment, apparel

2067 ἔσθησις esthesis [es’-thay-sis] from a derivative of 2066; n f; AV-garment 1; 1

1) clothing, apparel

2068 ἐσθίω esthio [es-thee’-o] strengthened for a primary εδω edo (to eat); used only in certain tenses, the rest being supplied by 5315; v; TDNT-2:689,263; [{See TDNT 261 }] AV-eat 63, live 1, devour 1; 65

1) to eat

2) to eat (consume) a thing

2a) to take food, eat a meal

3) metaph. to devour, consume

2078 ~ἔσχατος~ eschatos \@es’-khat-os\@ a superlative probably from 2192 (in the sense of contiguity); TDNT-2:697,264; {See TDNT 263} adj AV-last 46, lowest 2, uttermost 2, last state 2, ends 1, latter end 1; 54

1) extreme

1a) last in time or in place

1b) last in a series of places

1c) last in a temporal succession

2) the last

2a) last, referring to time

2b) of space, the uttermost part, the end, of the earth

2c) of rank, grade of worth, last i.e. lowest

2085 ἑτεροδιδασκαλέω heterodidaskaleo [het-er-od-id-as-kal-eh’-o] from 2087 heteros-another and 1320 Master (Jesus) 40, teacher 10, master 7, doctor 1; v; TDNT-2:163,161; [{See TDNT 190 }] AV-teach other doctrine 1, teach otherwise 1; 2

1) to teach other or different doctrine

1a) deviating from the truth

2090 ἑτοιμάζω hetoimazo [het-oy-mad’-zo] from 2092 prepared and ready; v; TDNT-2:704,266; [{See TDNT 267 }] AV-prepare 29, make ready 10, provide 1; 40

1) to make ready, prepare

1a) to make the necessary preparations, get everything ready

2) metaph.

2a) drawn from the oriental custom of sending on before kings on their journeys persons to level the roads and make them passable

2b) to prepare the minds of men to give the Messiah a fit reception and secure his blessings

2095 ~εὖ~ eu \@yoo\@ neuter of a primary eus (good); ; adv AV-well 3, well done 2, good 1; 6

1) to be well off, fare well, prosper

2) acting well

2097 ~εὐαγγελίζω~ euaggelizo \@yoo-ang-ghel-id’-zo\@ from 2095 and 32; v AV-preach 23, preach the Gospel 22, bring good tidings 2, show glad tidings 2, bring glad tidings 1, declare 1, declare glad tidings 1, misc 3; 55

1) to bring good news, to announce glad tidings

1a) used in the OT of any kind of good news

1a1) of the joyful tidings of God’s kindness, in particular, of the Messianic blessings

1b) in the NT used especially of the glad tidings of the coming kingdom of God, and of the salvation to be obtained in it through Christ, and of what relates to this salvation

1c) glad tidings are brought to one, one has glad tidings proclaimed to him

1d) to proclaim glad tidings

1d1) instruct (men) concerning the things that pertain to Christian salvation

2098 ~εὐαγγέλιον~ euaggelion \@yoo-ang-ghel’-ee-on\@ from the same as 2097; n n AV-gospel 46, gospel of Christ 11, gospel of God 7, gospel of the Kingdom 3, misc 10; 77

1) a reward for good tidings

2) good tidings

2a) the glad tidings of the kingdom of God soon to be set up, and subsequently also of Jesus the Messiah, the founder of this kingdom. After the death of Christ, the term comprises also the preaching of (concerning) Jesus Christ as having suffered death on the cross to procure eternal salvation for the men in the kingdom of God, but as restored to life and exalted to the right hand of God in heaven, thence to return in majesty to consummate the kingdom of God

2b) the glad tidings of salvation through Christ

2c) the proclamation of the grace of God manifest and pledged in Christ

2d) the gospel

2e) as the messianic rank of Jesus was proved by his words, his deeds, and his death, the narrative of the sayings, deeds, and death of Jesus Christ came to be called the gospel or glad tidings

2099 ~εὐαγγελιστής~ euaggelistes \@yoo-ang-ghel-is-tace’\@ from 2097; n m AV-evangelist 3; 3

1) a bringer of good tidings, an evangelist

2) the name given to the NT heralds of salvation through Christ who are not apostles

2101 ~εὐάρεστος~ euarestos \@yoo-ar’-es-tos\@ from 2095 and 701; TDNT-1:456,77; {See TDNT 92} adj AV-acceptably 4, well pleasing 3, please well + 1510 1, accepted 1; 9

1) well pleasing, acceptable

• Romans 12:1-2; Romans 14:18; 2 Corinthians 5:9; Ephesians 5:10; Philippians 4:18; Colossians 3:20; Titus 2:9; Hebrews 13:21.

2112 εὐθέως eutheos [yoo-theh’-oce] from 2117; adv; AV-immediately 35, straightway 32, forthwith 7, misc 6; 80

1) straightway, immediately, forthwith

2117 εὐθύς euthus [yoo-thoos’] perhaps from 2095 well and 5087 to set; adj; AV-straight 5, right 3, immediately 3, straightway 2, anon 1, by and by 1, forthwith 1; 16

1) straight, level

2) straight forward, upright, true, sincere

3) straightway, immediately, forthwith

2127 εὐλογέω eulogeo [yoo-log-eh’-o] from a compound of 2095 done and 3056 word; v; TDNT-2:754,275; [{ See TDNT 271 }] AV-bless 43, praise 1; 44

1) to praise, celebrate with praises

2) to invoke blessings

3) to consecrate a thing with solemn prayers

3a) to ask God’s blessing on a thing

3b) pray God to bless it to one’s use

3c) pronounce a consecratory blessing on

4) of God

4a) to cause to prosper, to make happy, to bestow blessings on

4b) favoured of God, blessed

• Distinguished from the verb makaeizo, adj makarios, or noun makarismos, meaning to "count as happy".

2128 εὐλογητός eulogetos [yoo-log-ay-tos’] from 2127 eulogeo from a compound of 2095 eu well done and 3056 logos word; adj; TDNT-2:764,275; [{See TDNT 271 }] AV-blessed (said of God) 8; 8

1) blessed, praised

• Distinguished from the verb makaeizo, adj makarios, or noun makarismos, meaning to "count as happy".

2129 εὐλογία eulogia [yoo-log-ee’-ah] from the same as 2127 eulogeo from the compound 2095 eu well done and 3056 logos word; n f; TDNT-2:754,275; [{See TDNT 271 }] AV-blessing 11, bounty 2, bountifully + 1909 2, fair speech 1; 16

1) praise, laudation, panegyric: of Christ or God

2) fine discourse, polished language

2a) in a bad sense, language artfully adapted to captivate the hearer: fair speaking, fine speeches

3) an invocation of blessing, benediction

4) consecration

5) a (concrete) blessing, benefit

• Distinguished from the verb makaeizo, adj makarios, or noun makarismos, meaning to "count as happy".

2140 ~εὐποιΐα~ eupoiia \@yoo-poy-ee’-ah\@ from a compound of 2095 and 4160; ; n f AV-to do good 1; 1 1) adoring good, beneficence</Ref>

2150 ~εὐσέβεια~ eusebeia \@yoo-seb’-i-ah\@ from 2152; TDNT-7:175,1010; {See TDNT 705} n f AV-godliness 14, holiness 1; 15

1) reverence, respect

2) piety towards God, godliness See Religion

2151 ~εὐσεβέω~ eusebeo \@yoo-seb-eh’-o\@ from 2152; v AV-worship 1, show piety 1; 2

1) to act piously or reverently

1a) towards God, one’s country, magistrates, relations, and all to whom dutiful regard or reverence is due

2152 ~εὐσεβής~ eusebes \@yoo-seb-ace’\@ from 2095 and 4576; adj AV-devout 3, godly 1; 4 1) pious, dutiful

2160 ~εὐτραπελία~ eutrapelia \@yoo-trap-el-ee’-ah\@ from a compound of 2095 and a derivative of the base of 5157 (meaning well-turned, i.e. ready at repartee, jocose); ; n f AV-jesting 1; 1 Ephesians 5:4

1) pleasantry, humour, facetiousness (treating serious issues with deliberately inappropriate humor; flippant.)

2) in a bad sense

2a) scurrility, ribaldry, low jesting

2168 ~εὐχαριστέω~ eucharisteo \@yoo-khar-is-teh’-o\@ from 2170; v AV-give thanks 26, thank 12, be thankful 1; 39

1) to be grateful, feel thankful

2) give thanks

2169 ~εὐχαριστία~ eucharistia \@yoo-khar-is-tee’-ah\@ from 2170; TDNT-9:407,1298; {See TDNT 840} n f AV-thanksgiving 9, giving of thanks 3, thanks 2, thankfulness 1; 15

1) thankfulness

2) the giving of thanks

For Synonyms see entry 5883

2170 ~εὐχάριστος~ eucharistos \@yoo-khar’-is-tos\@ from 2095 and a derivative of 5483; adj AV-thankful 1; 1

1) mindful of favours, grateful, thankful

2) pleasing, agreeable

3) acceptable to others, winning, liberal, beneficent

2171 ~εὐχή~ euche \@yoo-khay’\@ from 2172; TDNT-2:775,279; {See TDNT 277} n f AV-vow 2, prayer 1; 3

1) a prayer to God

2) a vow

For Synonyms see entry 5883

2172 ~εὔχομαι~ euchomai \@yoo’-khom-ahee\@ middle voice of a primary verb; TDNT-2:775,279; {See TDNT 277} v AV-wish 3, pray 2, can wish 1, I would 1; 7

1) to pray to God

2) to wish, to pray, to pray for

2182 ~ἐφευρετής~ epheuretes \@ef-yoo-ret’-ace\@ from a compound of 1909 and 2147; ; n m AV-inventor 1; 1

1) an inventor, contriver

2188 ἐφφαθά ephphatha [ef-fath-ah’] of Aramaic origin 06606 פְּתַח See Daniel‎; imperative; AV-ephphatha 1; 1

1) be thou opened

1a) receive the power of hearing, the ears of the deaf and the eyes of the blind being considered as closed

2189 ~ἔχθρα~ echthra \@ekh’-thrah\@ from 2190; TDNT-2:815,285; {See TDNT 279} n f AV-enmity 5, hatred 1; 6

1) enmity

2) cause of enmity

2190 ~ἐχθρός~ echthros \@ech-thros’\@ from a primary echtho (to hate); hateful (passively, odious, or actively, hostile); TDNT-2:811,285; {See TDNT 279} adj AV-enemy 30, foe 2; 32

1) hated, odious, hateful

2) hostile, hating, and opposing another

2a) used of men as at enmity with God by their sin

2a1) opposing (God) in the mind

2a2) a man that is hostile

2a3) a certain enemy

2a4) the hostile one

2a5) the devil who is the most bitter enemy of the divine government

2192 ~ἔχω~ echo \@ekh’-o\@ including an alternate form ~σχέω~ scheo \@skheh’-o,\@ used in certain tenses only), a primary verb; TDNT-2:816,286; {See TDNT 281} v AV-have 613, be 22, need + 5532 12, misc 63, vr have 2; 712

1) to have, i.e. to hold

1a) to have (hold) in the hand, in the sense of wearing, to have (hold) possession of the mind (refers to alarm, agitating emotions, etc.), to hold fast keep, to have or comprise or involve, to regard or consider or hold as

2) to have i.e. own, possess

2a) external things such as pertain to property or riches or furniture or utensils or goods or food etc.

2b) used of those joined to anyone by the bonds of natural blood or marriage or friendship or duty or law etc, of attendance or companionship

3) to hold one’s self or find one’s self so and so, to be in such or such a condition

4) to hold one’s self to a thing, to lay hold of a thing, to adhere or cling to

4a) to be closely joined to a person or a thing

Top of Epsilon Top of Page

Zeta (Strong's 2194-2227)

2197 Ζαχαρίας Zacharias [dzakh-ar-ee’-as] of Hebrew origin 02148 <02148> זְכַריָה‎ Zek-ar-yáw or זְכַריָהוּ‎ Zek-ar-yáw-hu; n pr m; AV-Zacharias 11; 11 Zacharias  = "remembered of Jehovah"

1) the father of John the Baptist

2) son of Barachias, who was slain by the Jews between the altar and the temple

2198 ~ζάω~ zao \@dzah’-o\@ a primary verb; v AV-live 117, be alive 9, alive 6, quick 4, lively 3, not tr 1, misc 2, vr live 1; 143

1) to live, breathe, be among the living (not lifeless, not dead)

2) to enjoy real life

2a) to have true life and worthy of the name

2b) active, blessed, endless in the kingdom of God

3) to live i.e. pass life, in the manner of the living and acting

3a) of mortals or character

4) living water, having vital power in itself and exerting the same upon the soul

5) metaph. to be in full vigour

5a) to be fresh, strong, efficient,

5b) as adj. active, powerful, efficacious

2199 Ζεβεδαῖος Zebedaios [dzeb-ed-ah’-yos] of Hebrew origin, cf. 02067 זַבדִּי‎; n pr m; AV-Zebedee 12; 12 Zebedee  = "my gift"

1) a fisherman of Galilee, the father of the apostles James the Great and John, and the husband of Salome

2204 ζέω zeo [dzeh’-o] a primary verb; v; TDNT-2:875,296; [{See TDNT 283 }] AV-be fervent 1, fervent 1; 2

1) to boil with heat, be hot

1a) used of water

1b) metaph.

1b1) used of boiling anger, love, zeal, for what is good or bad etc.

1b2) fervent in spirit, said of zeal for what is good

• See Leaven

2205 ~ζῆλος~ zelos \@dzay’-los\@ from 2204 be fervent; TDNT-2:877,297; {See TDNT 284} n m/n AV-zeal 6, envying 5, indignation 2, envy 1, fervent mind 1, jealousy 1, emulation 1; 17

1) excitement of mind, ardour, fervour of spirit

1a) zeal, ardour in embracing, pursuing, defending anything

1a1) zeal in behalf of, for a person or thing

1a2) the fierceness of indignation, punitive zeal

1b) an envious and contentious rivalry, jealousy

2209 ζημία zemia [dzay-mee’-ah] probably akin to the base of 1150 Damazo (through the idea of violence); n f; TDNT-2:888,299; [{See TDNT 285 }] see 2210 AV-loss 3, damage 1; 4

1) damage, loss

2210 ζημιόω zemioo [dzay-mee-o’-o] from 2209; v; TDNT-2:888,299; [{See TDNT 285 }] AV-lose 2, suffer loss 2, be cast away 1, receive damage 1; 6

1) to affect with damage, do damage to

2) to sustain damage, to receive injury, suffer loss

2212 ζητέω zeteo [dzay-teh’-o] of uncertain affinity; v; TDNT-2:892,300; [{See TDNT 286 }] AV-seek 100, seek for 5, go about 4, desire 3, misc 7; 119

1) to seek in order to find

1a) to seek a thing

1b) to seek [in order to find out] by thinking, meditating, reasoning, to enquire into

1c) to seek after, seek for, aim at, strive after

2) to seek i.e. require, demand

2a) to crave, demand something from someone

2219 ζύμη zume [dzoo’-may] probably from 2204 zeo fervent in anger or spirit; n f; TDNT-2:902,302; [{See TDNT 288 }] AV-leaven 13; 13

1) leaven

2) metaph. of inveterate mental and moral corruption, viewed in its tendency to infect others

• Leaven is applied to that which, though small in quantity, yet by its influence thoroughly pervades a thing; either in a good sense as in the parable #Mt 13:33; or in a bad sense, of a pernicious influence, "a little leaven leaveneth the whole lump"
• 5160 trophe, food; 1035 brosis, food; 106 azumos, unleavened bread, metaphor "free from faults or the "leaven of iniquity"".

2222 ~ζωή~ zoe \@dzo-ay’\@ from 2198 zao live breath; n f AV-life 133, lifetime 1; 134  :

1) life

1a) the state of one who is possessed of vitality or is animate.

1b) every living soul.

2) life

2a) of the absolute fulness of life, both essential and ethical, which belongs to God, and through him both to the hypostatic "logos" and to Christ in whom the "logos" put on human nature.

2b) life real and genuine, a life active and vigorous, devoted to God, blessed, in the portion even in this world of those who put their trust in Christ, but after the resurrection to be consummated by new accessions (among them a more perfect body), and to last for ever.

• According to recent lexicon edited by Arndt and Gingrich the adjective aionios is presented as having three meanings, in none of which the limiting sense of “age” is carried over from the noun. The adjective, it is claimed, means: (1) without beginning; or (2) without end; or (3) without beginning or end.
• A. T. Robertson in his WORD PICTURES IN THE NEW TESTAMENT says the adjective “aionios . . . means either without beginning or without end or both” (vol.1, p.202).
• In the THEOLOGICAL DICTIONARY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT Hermann Sasse admits some passages aionios "weakened”. He suggests that some passages use “the eternity formulae” as “the course of the world” perceived as “a series of smaller aiones” and simply could mean “lifelong” or “enduring”. (p.208).

Top of Zeta Top of Page

Eta (Strong's 2228-2279)

2232 ἡγεμών hegemon [hayg-em-ohn’] from 2233; n m; AV-governor 19, ruler 2, prince 1; 22

1) a leader of any kind, a guide, ruler, prefect, president, chief, general, commander, sovereign

1a) a "legatus Caesaris," an officer administering a province in the name and with the authority of the Roman emperor

1a1) the governor of a province

1b) a procurator, an officer who was attached to a proconsul or a proprietor and had charge of the imperial revenues

1b1) in causes relating to these revenues he administered justice. In the smaller provinces also, which were so to speak appendages of the greater, he discharged the functions of governor of the province; and such was the relation of the procurator of Judaea to the governor of Syria.

1c) first, leading, chief

1d) of a principal town as the capital of the region

• Hegemony from a Greek term that translates “dominance over” and describes the relations between city-states.
• A hegemon a political state having dominant influence or authority over others, hegemonic ideas.
• Archon means "ruler" or "lord", In ancient Greece the chief magistrate in various Greek city states.

2233 ~ἡγέομαι~ hegeomai \@hayg-eh’-om-ahee\@ middle voice of a (presumed) strengthened form of 71; TDNT-2:907,303; {See TDNT 289} v AV-count 10, think 4, esteem 3, have rule over 3, be governor 2, misc 6; 28

1) to lead

1a) to go before

1b) to be a leader

1b1) to rule, command

1b2) to have authority over

1b3) a prince, of regal power, governor, viceroy, chief, leading as respects influence, controlling in counsel, overseers or leaders of the churches

• The apostles were princes who were appointed a kingdom but as servant leaders. They were not rulers nor were they to be like the rulers of the gentiles. They were to account for the people as good shepherds care for the flock of God and "feed His sheep" as Christ commanded.

1b4) used of any kind of leader, chief, commander

1b5) the leader in speech, chief, spokesman

2) to consider, deem, account, think

For Synonyms see entry 5837

2240 ἥκω heko [hay’-ko] a primary verb; v; TDNT-2:926,306; [{See TDNT 291 }] AV-come 27; 27

1) to have come, have arrived, be present

2) metaph.

2a) to come to one, i.e. to seek an intimacy with one, become his follower: to come upon one (unexpectedly)

2b) to come upon one, of things endured

2243 Ἡλίας Helias [hay-lee’-as] of Hebrew origin 0452 AlefLamedYodHeyאֵלִיָּה‎ Elijah; n pr m; TDNT-2:928,306; [{ See TDNT 292 }] AV-Elias 30; 30

• Elijah  = "my God is Jehovah"

1) a prophet born at Thisbe, the unflinching champion of the theocracy in the reigns of the idolatrous kings Ahab and Ahaziah. He was taken up to heaven without dying, whence the Jews expected he would return just before the advent of the Messiah, whom he would prepare the minds of the Israelites to receive.

2258 ἦν en [ane] imperfect of 1510; v; AV-was 267, were 115, had been 12, had 11, taught + 1321 4, stood + 2476 4, misc 42, vr was 1; 457

1) I was, etc.

2270 ~ἡσυχάζω~ hesuchazo \@hay-soo-khad’-zo\@ from the same as 2272; ; v AV-hold (one’s) peace 2, rest 1, cease 1, be quiet 1; 5

1) to keep quiet

1a) to rest, cease from labour

1b) to lead a quiet life, said of those who are not running hither and thither, but stay at home and mind their business

1c) to be silent, i.e. to say nothing, hold one’s peace

2272 ~ἡσύχιος~ hesuchios \@hay-soo’-khee-os\@ a prolonged form of a compound probably of a derivative of the base of 1476 sitting and perhaps 2192 to have; ; adj AV-quiet 1, peaceable 1; 2

1) quiet, tranquil

Top of Eta Top of Page

Theta (Strong's 2280-2382)

2288 ~θάνατος~ thanatos \@than’-at-os\@ from 2348; TDNT-3:7,312; {See TDNT 299} n m AV-death 117, deadly 2; 119

1) the death of the body

1a) that separation (whether natural or violent) of the soul and the body by which the life on earth is ended

1b) with the implied idea of future misery in hell

1b1) the power of death

1c) since the nether world, the abode of the dead, was conceived as being very dark, it is equivalent to the region of thickest darkness i.e. figuratively, a region enveloped in the darkness of ignorance and sin

2) metaph., the loss of that life which alone is worthy of the name,

2a) the misery of the soul arising from sin, which begins on earth but lasts and increases after the death of the body in hell

3) the miserable state of the wicked dead in hell

4) in the widest sense, death comprising all the miseries arising from sin, as well physical death as the loss of a life consecrated to God and blessed in him on earth, to be followed by wretchedness in hell

2293 θαρσέω tharseo [thar-seh’-o] from 2294; v; TDNT-3:25,315; [{See TDNT 300 }] AV-be of good cheer 5, be of good comfort 3; 8

1) to be of good courage, be of good cheer

2294 θάρσος tharsos [thar’-sos] akin (by transp.) to thrasos (daring); n n; AV-courage 1; 1

1) courage, confidence

2296 θαυμάζω thaumazo [thou-mad’-zo] from 2295 thauma admiration; v; TDNT-3:27,316; [{See TDNT 301 }] AV-marvel 29, wonder 14, have in admiration 1, admire 1, marvelled + 2258 1, vr wonder 1; 47

1) to wonder, wonder at, marvel

2) to be wondered at, to be had in admiration

2304 θεῖος theios thi’-os from 2316; adj; TDNT-3:122,322; {See TDNT 305} AV-divine 2, Godhead 1; 3

1) a general name of deities or divinities as used by the Greeks

2) spoken of the only and true God, trinity

2a) of Christ

2b) Holy Spirit

2c) the Father

2307 ~θέλημα~ thelema \@thel’-ay-mah\@ from the prolonged form of 2309; TDNT-3:52,318; {See TDNT 303} n n AV-will 62, desire 1, pleasure 1; 64

1) what one wishes or has determined shall be done

1a) of the purpose of God to bless mankind through Christ

1b) of what God wishes to be done by us

1b1) commands, precepts

2) will, choice, inclination, desire, pleasure

2309. θελω thelo thel’-o; or εθελω ethelo eth-el’-o; in certain tenses θελεω theleo thel-eh’-o; and εθελεω etheleo eth-el-eh’-o; which are otherwise obsolete; apparently strengthened from the alternate form of 138; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas 1014 properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in: —  desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, -ling[-ly]). ‭ 2315 θεόπνευστος theopneustos [theh-op’-nyoo-stos] from 2316 theos a god or goddess, and a presumed derivative of 4154 pneo to blow; adj; TDNT- 6:453,876; [{See TDNT 643 }] AV-given by inspiration of God 1; 1

1) inspired by God

1a) the contents of the scriptures

2316 ~θεός~ theos \@theh’-os\@ of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with 3588) the supreme Divinity; TDNT-3:65,322; {See TDNT 305} n m AV-God 1320, god 13, godly 3, God-ward + 4214 2, misc 5; 1343

1) a god or goddess, a general name of deities or divinities

2) the Godhead, trinity

2a) God the Father, the first person in the trinity

2b) Christ, the second person of the trinity

2c) Holy Spirit, the third person in the trinity

3) spoken of the only and true God

3a) refers to the things of God

3b) his counsels, interests, things due to him

4) whatever can in any respect be likened unto God, or resemble him in any way

4a) God’s representative or viceregent

4a1) of magistrates and judges

2319 ~θεοστυγής~ theostuges \@theh-os-too-gace’\@ from 2316 and the base of 4767; ; adj AV-hater of God 1; 1

1) hateful to God, exceptionally impious and wicked

2322 ~θεραπεία~ therapeia \@ther-ap-i’-ah\@ from 2323 therapeuo which is commonly translated heal and cure but at least once translated worship; TDNT-3:131,331; {See TDNT 307} n f AV-household 2, healing 2; 4

1) service rendered by one to another

2) spec. medical service: curing, healing

3) household service

3a) body of attendants, servants, domestics

2323 ~θεραπεύω~ therapeuo \@ther-ap-yoo’-o\@ from the same as 2324 therapon the noun meaning "an attendant, servant: of God... the duties committed to him(Moses) by God; TDNT-3:128,331; {See TDNT 307} v AV-heal 38, cure 5, worship 1; 44

1) to serve, do service

2) to heal, cure, restore to health

2324 ~θεράπων~ therapon \@ther-ap’-ohn\@ apparently a participle from an otherwise obsolete derivative of the base of 2330 "summer"; TDNT-3:132,331; see the verb 2323 {See TDNT 307} n m AV-servant 1; 1

1) an attendant, servant: of God

1a) spoken of Moses discharging the duties committed to him by God

For Synonyms see entry 5834 & 5928

2334 θεωρέω theoreo [theh-o-reh’-o] from a derivative of 2300 (perhaps by add. of 3708); v; TDNT- 5:315,706; [{See TDNT 559 }] AV-see 40, behold 11, perceive 4, consider 1, look on 1; 57

1) to be a spectator, look at, behold

1a) to view attentively, take a view of, survey

1a1) to view mentally, consider

2) to see

2a) to perceive with the eyes, to enjoy the presence of one

2b) to discern, descry

2c) to ascertain, find out by seeing

• For Synonyms see entry 5848

‭2342. θηριον therion thay-ree’-on; diminutive from the same as 2339; a dangerous animal: —  (venomous, wild) beast. ‭ 2343 ~θησαυρίζω~ thesaurizo \@thay-sow-rid’-zo\@ from 2344; v AV-lay up 3, in store 1, lay up treasure 1, treasure up 1, heap treasure together 1, keep in store 1; 8

1) to gather and lay up, to heap up, store up

1a) to accumulate riches

1b) to keep in store, store up, reserve

2) metaph. so to live from day to day as to increase either the bitterness or the happiness of one’s consequent lot

2344 ~θησαυρός~ thesauros \@thay-sow-ros’\@ from 5087; n m AV-treasure 18; 18

1) the place in which good and precious things are collected and laid up

1a) a casket, coffer, or other receptacle, in which valuables are kept

1b) a treasury

1c) storehouse, repository, magazine

2) the things laid up in a treasury, collected treasures

2346 θλίβω thlibo [thlee’-bo] akin to the base of 5147 tribos a path worn way,; v; TDNT-3:139,334; [{See TDNT 311 }] AV-trouble 4, afflict 3, narrow 1, throng 1, suffer tribulation 1; 10

1) to press (as grapes), press hard upon

2) a compressed way

2a) narrow straitened, contracted

3) metaph. to trouble, afflict, distress

2347 θλῖψις thlipsis [thlip’-sis] from 2346 thlibo to press (as grapes), press hard upon a metaphor; n f; TDNT-3:139,334; [{See TDNT 311 }] AV-tribulation 21, affliction 17, trouble 3, anguish 1, persecution 1, burdened 1, to be afflicted + 1519 1; 45

1) a pressing, pressing together, pressure

2) metaph. oppression, affliction, tribulation, distress, straits

• For Synonyms see entry 5907

2348 ~θνήσκω~ thnesko \@thnay’-sko\@ a strengthened form of a simpler primary ~θανω~ thano \@than’-o\@ (which is used for it only in certain tenses); TDNT-3:7,312; {See TDNT 299} v AV-be dead 10, die 1, dead man 1, dead 1; 13

1) to die, to be dead

2) metaph. to be spiritually dead

2352 θραύω thrauo [throw’-o] a root word; v; AV-bruise 1; 1

1) to break, break in pieces, shatter, smite through

• For Synonyms see entry

See Definition for θραύω 2352-"to shatter," is suggestive of many fragments and minute dispersion

See Definition for κατάγνυμι 2608-"to break," denotes the destruction of a things unity or completeness

See Definition for ῥήγνυμι 4486-"rend asunder," makes pointed reference to the separation of the parts

2356 ~θρησκεία~ threskeia \@thrace-ki’-ah\@ from a derivative of 2357; n f AV-religion 3, worshipping 1; 4

1) religious worship

1a) esp. external, that which consists of ceremonies

1a1) religious discipline, religion

2357 θρησκός threskos [thrace’-kos] probably from the base of 2360 throeo to cry aloud; adj; TDNT-3:155,337; [{See TDNT 313 }] AV-religious 1; 1

1) fearing or worshipping God

2) to tremble

2a) trembling, fearful

• For Synonyms see entry 5895 see threskia religion.

2360 θροέω throeo [thro-eh’-o] from θρεομαι threomai (to wail); v; AV-trouble 3; 3

1) to cry aloud, make a noise by outcry

1a) in the NT, to trouble, frighten

1b) to be troubled in mind, to be frightened, alarmed

2362 θρόνος thronos [thron’-os] from thrao (to sit), a stately seat ("throne"); n m; TDNT-3:160,338; [{See TDNT 315 }] AV-throne 54, seat 7; 61

1) a throne seat

1a) a chair of state having a footstool

1b) assigned in the NT to kings, hence, kingly power or royalty

1b1) metaph. to God, the governor of the world

1b2) to the Messiah, Christ, the partner and assistant in the divine administration

1b2a) hence divine power belonging to Christ

1b3) to judges i.e. tribunal or bench

1b4) to elders

2372 ~θυμός~ thumos \@thoo-mos’\@ from 2380; TDNT-3:167,339; {See TDNT 316} n m AV-wrath 15, fierceness 2, indignation 1; 18

1) passion, angry, heat, anger forthwith boiling up and soon subsiding again

2) glow, ardour, the wine of passion, inflaming wine (which either drives the drinker mad or kills him with its strength)

2374 θύρα thura [thoo’-rah] apparently a root word [cf "door"]; n f; TDNT-3:173,340; [{See TDNT 317 }] AV-door 38, gate 1; 39

1) a door

1a) the vestibule

1b) used of any opening like a door, an entrance, way or passage into

1c) in a parable or metaphor

1c1) the door through which sheep go in and out, the name of him who brings salvation to those who follow his guidance

1c2) "an open door" is used of the opportunity of doing something

1c3) the door of the kingdom of heaven (likened to a palace) denotes the conditions which must be complied with in order to be received into the kingdom of God

2378 θυσία thusia [thoo-see’-ah] from 2380; n f; TDNT-3:180,342; [{See TDNT 318 }] AV-sacrifice 29; 29

1) a sacrifice, victim

2380 ~θύω~ thuo \@thoo’-o\@ a root word; TDNT-3:180,342; {See TDNT 318} v AV-kill 8, sacrifice 3, do sacrifice 2, slay 1; 14

1) to sacrifice, immolate

2) to slay, kill

2a) of the paschal lamb

3) slaughter

Top ofTheta Top of Page

Iota (Strong's 2383-2503)

2390 ~ἰάομαι~ iaomai \@ee-ah’-om-ahee\@ middle voice of apparently a primary verb; TDNT-3:194,344; {See TDNT 321} v AV-heal 26, make whole 2; 28

1) to cure, heal

2) to make whole

2a) to free from errors and sins, to bring about (one’s) salvation

2398 ~ἴδιος~ idios \@id’-ee-os\@ of uncertain affinity; ; adj AV-his own 48, their own 13, privately 8, apart 7, your own 6, his 5, own 5, not tr 1, misc 20; 113

1) pertaining to one’s self, one’s own, belonging to one’s self

• see 521 apaideutos, 62 agrammatos, and 2399 idiotes from 2398 idios, [2]

2399 ~ἰδιώτης~ idiotes \@id-ee-o’-tace\@ from 2398; TDNT-3:215,348; {See TDNT 322} n m AV-unlearned 3, ignorant 1, rude 1; 5

1) a private person as opposed to a magistrate, ruler, king

2) a common soldier, as opposed to a military officer

3) a writer of prose as opposed to a poet

4) in the NT, an unlearned, illiterate, man as opposed to the learned and educated: one who is unskilled in any art

• see 521 apaideutos, 62 agrammatos, and 2399 idiotes from 2398 idios, [3]

2405 ἱερατεία hierateia [hee-er-at-i’-ah] from the verb 2407 and 2409; n f; TDNT-3:251,349; [{See TDNT 325 }] AV-priest’s office 1, office of the priesthood 1; 2

1) the priesthood, the office of a priest

2406 ~ἱεράτευμα~ hierateuma \@hee-er-at’-yoo-mah\@ from 2407; TDNT-3:249,349; {See TDNT 325} n n AV-priesthood 2; 2

1) the office of a priest

2) the order or body of priests

2407 ~ἱερατεύω~ hierateuo \@hee-er-at-yoo’-o\@ prolongation from 2409; TDNT-3:248,349; {See TDNT 325} v AV-execute the priest’s office 1; 1

1) to be a priest, discharge the office of a priest, to be busied in sacred duties

2409 ἱερεύς hiereus [hee-er-yooce’] from 2413; n m; TDNT-3:257,349; [{See TDNT 325 }] AV-priest 31, high priest 1; 32

1) a priest, one who offers sacrifices and in general in busied with sacred rites

1a) referring to priests of Gentiles or the Jews,

2) metaph. of Christians, because, purified by the blood of Christ and brought into close intercourse with God, they devote their life to him alone and to Christ

2413 ~ἱερός~ hieros \@hee-er-os’\@ of uncertain affinity; adj AV-holy 2; 2

1) sacred, consecrated to the deity, pertaining to God

1a) sacred Scriptures, because inspired by God, treating of divine things and therefore to be devoutly revered

2416 ἱεροσυλέω hierosuleo [hee-er-os-ool-eh’-o] from 2417 guilty of sacrilege; v; TDNT-3:255,349; [{See TDNT 325 }] AV-commit sacrilege 1; 1

1) to commit sacrilege, to rob a temple

1a) in #Romans 2:22, where the meaning is, "thou who abhorrest idols and their contamination, doest yet not hesitate to plunder their shrines"

2424 Ἰησοῦς Iesous [ee-ay-sooce’] of Hebrew origin 03091 יֵשׁוּעַ‎ Jeshua, later form of <03091> יְהוֹשׁוּעַ‎; n pr m; TDNT-3:284,360; [{See TDNT 326 }] AV-Jesus 972, Jesus (Joshua) 2, Jesus (Justus) 1; 975 Jesus  = "Jehovah is salvation"

1) Jesus, the Son of God, the Saviour of mankind, God incarnate

2) Jesus Barabbas was the captive robber whom the Jews begged Pilate to release instead of Christ

3) Joshua was the famous captain of the Israelites, Moses’ successor (#Acts 7:45, Hebrews 4:8)

4) Jesus, son of Eliezer, one of the ancestors of Christ (#Luke 3:29)

5) Jesus, surnamed Justus, a Jewish Christian, an associate with Paul in the preaching of the gospel (# Colossians 4:11)

2425 ἱκανός hikanos [hik-an-os’] from hiko [hikano or hikneomai, akin to 2240 to come] (to arrive); adj; TDNT- 3:293,361; [{See TDNT 327 }] AV-many 11, much 6, worthy 5, long 4, sufficient 3, misc 12; 41

1) sufficient

1a) many enough, enough

1b) sufficient in ability, i.e. meet, fit

2440 ἱμάτιον himation [him-at’-ee-on] from a presumed derivative of ennumi (to put on); n n; AV-garment 30, raiment 12, clothes 12, cloke 2, robe 2, vesture 2, apparel 1, not tr 1; 62

1) a garment (of any sort)

1a) garments, i.e. the cloak or mantle and the tunic

2) the upper garment, the cloak or mantle

• For Synonyms see entry 5934

2441. ιματισμος himatismos him-at-is-mos’; from 2439; clothing: —  apparel (X -led), array, raiment, vesture.

2449 Ἰουδαία Ioudaia [ee-oo-dah’-yah] feminine of 2453 (with 1093 implied); n pr loc; TDNT-3:356,372; [{See TDNT 336 }] AV-Judaea 44; 44

• Judaea  = "he shall be praised"

1) in a narrower sense, to the southern portion of Palestine lying on this side of the Jordan and the Dead Sea, to distinguish it from Samaria, Galilee, Peraea, and Idumaea

2) in a broader sense, referring to all Palestine

2454 ~ʼΙουδαϊσμός~ Ioudaismos \@ee-oo-dah-is-mos’\@ from 2450; n m AV-Jews’ religion 2; 2

1) the Jewish faith and worship, religion of the Jews, Judaism

2469 Ἰσκαριώτης Iskariotes [is-kar-ee-o’-tace] of Hebrew origin probably אישׁ קריות‎ (if combined) or אישׁ‎, 0376 אִישׁ‎ and 07149 קִריָא city‎; n pr m; AV-Iscariot 11; 11

Iscariot  = "men of Kerioth"

1) the apostle who betrayed Jesus

2474 ~ʼΙσραήλ~ Israel \@is-rah-ale’\@ of Hebrew origin 03478 ^לארשׁי^; adj AV-Israel 70; 70 In the Hebrew the term Israel meant God prevails but when a person was call Israel it meant "he shall be a prince of God"

1) the name given to the patriarch Jacob (and borne by him in addition to his former name)

2) the family or descendants of Israel, the nation of Israel

3) Christians, the Israel of God (#Ga 6:16), for not all those who draw their bodily descent from Israel are true Israelites, i.e. are those whom God pronounces to be Israelites and has chosen to salvation

2476 ~ἵστημι~ histemi \@his’-tay-mee\@ see 4728 a prolonged form of a primary ~σταω~ stao \@stah’-o\@ (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); TDNT-7:638,1082; {See TDNT 744} v AV-stand 116, set 11, establish 5, stand still 4, stand by 3, misc 17, vr stand 2; 158

1) to cause or make to stand, to place, put, set

1a) to bid to stand by, [set up]

1a1) in the presence of others, in the midst, before judges, before members of the Sanhedrin;

1a2) to place

1b) to make firm, fix establish

1b1) to cause a person or a thing to keep his or its place

1b2) to stand, be kept intact (of family, a kingdom), to escape in safety

1b3) to establish a thing, cause it to stand

1b31) to uphold or sustain the authority or force of anything

1c) to set or place in a balance

1c1) to weigh: money to one (because in very early times before the introduction of coinage, the metals used to be weighed)

2) to stand

2a) to stand by or near

2a1) to stop, stand still, to stand immovable, stand firm

2a1a) of the foundation of a building

2b) to stand

2b1) continue safe and sound, stand unharmed, to stand ready or prepared

2b2) to be of a steadfast mind

2b3) of quality, one who does not hesitate, does not waiver

2478 ἰσχυρός ischuros [is-khoo-ros’] from 2479 ability, strength; adj; TDNT-3:397,378; [{See TDNT 338 }] AV-mighty 10, strong 9, strong man 5, boisterous 1, powerful 1, valiant 1; 27

1) strong, mighty

1a) of living beings

1a1) strong either in body or in mind

1a2) of one who has strength of soul to sustain the attacks of Satan, strong and therefore exhibiting many excellences

1b) on inanimate things

1b1) strong, violent, forcibly uttered, firm, sure

2479 ἰσχύς ischus [is-khoos’] from a derivative of is (force, cf. eschon, a form of 2192); n f; TDNT- 3:397,378; [{See TDNT 338 }] AV-strength 4, power 2, might 2, ability 1, mightily + 1722 1, mighty 1; 11

1) ability, force, strength, might

For Synonyms see entry 5820

Top of Iota Top of Page

Kappa (Strong's 2504-2974)

2504 κἀγώ kago [kag-o’] or καί ἐγώ dative κἀμοί kamoi [kam-oy’,] accusative κἀμέ kame [kam-eh’] from 2532 and 1473; conj; AV-and I 34, I also 17, so I 4, I 4, even I 3, me also 3, misc 7; 72

1) and I

2) I also, I as well, I likewise, in like manner I

3) even I, this selfsame I

2508 καθαίρω kathairo [kath-ah’-ee-ro] from 2513 clean; v; TDNT-3:413,381; [{See TDNT 342 }] AV-purge 2; 2

1) to cleanse, of filth impurity, etc

1a) to prune trees and vines from useless shoots

1b) metaph. from guilt, to expiate

2513 καθαρός katharos [kath-ar-os’] of uncertain affinity; adj; TDNT-3:413,381; [{See TDNT 342 }] AV-pure 17, clean 10, clear 1; 28

1) clean, pure

1a) physically

1a1) purified by fire

1a2) in a similitude, like a vine cleansed by pruning and so fitted to bear fruit

1b) in a levitical sense

1b1) clean, the use of which is not forbidden, imparts no uncleanness

1c) ethically

1c1) free from corrupt desire, from sin and guilt

1c2) free from every admixture of what is false, sincere genuine

1c3) blameless, innocent

1c4) unstained with the guilt of anything

• For Synonyms see entry 5840 & 5896

2516. καθεζομαὶ kathezomai kath-ed’-zom-ahee; from 2596 and the base of 1476; to sit down: —  sit. ‭

2519 ~καθηγητής~ kathegetes \@kath-ayg-ay-tace’\@ from a compound of 2596 and 2233; ; n m AV-master 3; 3

1) a guide

2) a master, teacher

2520 καθήκω katheko [kath-ay’-ko] from 2596 and 2240 heko to seek an intimacy; v; TDNT-3:437,385; [{See TDNT 344 }] AV-fit 1, convenient 1; 2

1) to come down

2) to come to, reach to

2a) it is becoming

2b) it is fit

• Kathēkonta are contrasted in Stoic ethics with katorthōma(see Acts 24:2). Kathēkon is a Greek concept, forged by the founder of Stoicism, Zeno of Citium. It may be translated as "appropriate behaviour", "befitting actions", or "convenient action for nature", or also "proper function". The term kathēkon was translated in Latin by Cicero as officium, and by Seneca as convenentia.(see Romans 1:28)
  Whatever the sages of Stoicism would do is what a human being should do as a right action (katorthōma), which is obedient to nature which is the primary sense of kathēkon. To Christianize the Stoic katorthoma, which is a duty of everyman, we must fulfill that duty with fervent charity as opposed to legal charity which feeds not the humility of the soul through daily sacrifice and love but degenerates the soul of the masses and their tyrants.

2521 ~κάθημαι~ kathemai \@kath’-ay-mahee\@ from 2596, and hemai (to sit, akin to the base of 1476); v AV-sit 82, sit down 3, sit by 2, be set down 1, dwell 1; 89

1) to sit down, seat one’s self

2) to sit, be seated, of a place occupied

2a) to have a fixed abode, to dwell

2523 ~καθίζω~ kathizo \@kath-id’-zo\@ another (active) form for 2516 sit; v AV-sit 26, sit down 14, set 2, be set 2, be set down 2, continue 1, tarry 1; 48

1) to make to sit down

1a) to set, appoint, to confer a kingdom on one

2) intransitively

2a) to sit down

2b) to sit

2b1) to have fixed one’s abode

2b2) to sojourn, to settle, settle down

• καθίσας (kathisas) — 11 Occurrences

Mark 9:35 

..."he sat down"" to make ruling.

Mark 12:41 

Jesus sat over against the treasury

[[Luke 5]):3 

 And he sat down, and taught

Luke 14:28 ... 31

 sitteth not down first, and counteth... and consulteth

Luke 16:6 

bill, and sit down quickly, and write

John 8:2 

him; and he sat down, and taught them.

Acts 12:21 

in royal apparel, sat upon his throne,

Acts 25:6 

 and the next day sitting on

[[Acts 25]):17 

 on the morrow I sat on

Ephesians 1:20 

 the dead, and set [him] at his own

2525 ~καθίστημι~ kathistemi \@kath-is’-tay-mee\@ from 2596 and 2476; v AV-make 8, make ruler 6, ordain 3, be 2, appoint 1, conduct 1, set 1; 22

1) to set, place, put

1a) to set one over a thing (in charge of it)

1b) to appoint one to administer an office

1c) to set down as, constitute, to declare, show to be

1d) to constitute, to render, make, cause to be

1e) to conduct or bring to a certain place

1f) to show or exhibit one’s self

1f1) come forward as

Ordain#An_Appointment_Ex_Officio

2532 καί kai [kahee] apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; conj; AV-and 8173, also 514, even 108, both 43, then 20, so 18, likewise 13, not tr. 350, misc 31, vr and 1; 9251

1) and, also, even, indeed, but

2540 ~καιρός~ kairos \@kahee-ros’\@ of uncertain affinity; TDNT-3:455,389; {See TDNT 348} n m AV-time 64, season 13, opportunity 2, due time 2, always + 1722 + 3956 2, not tr 1, misc 3; 87

1) due measure

2) a measure of time, a larger or smaller portion of time, hence:

2a) a fixed and definite time, the time when things are brought to crisis, the decisive epoch waited for

2b) opportune or seasonable time

2c) the right time

2d) a limited period of time

2e) to what time brings, the state of the times, the things and events of time

2549 κακία kakia kak-ee’-ah from 2556; TDNT-3:482,391; {See TDNT 351} n f AV-malice 6, maliciousness 2, evil 1, wickedness 1, naughtiness 1; 11

1) malignity, malice, ill-will, desire to injure

2) wickedness, depravity

2a) wickedness that is not ashamed to break laws

3) evil, trouble

• For Synonyms see entry 5855

2550 ~κακοήθεια~ kakoetheia \@kak-o-ay’-thi-ah\@ from a compound of 2556 and 2239; TDNT-3:485,391; {See TDNT 351} n f AV-malignity 1; 1

1) bad character, depravity of heart and life

2) malignant subtlety, malicious craftiness

2551 κακολογέω kakologeo [kak-ol-og-eh’-o] from a compound of 2556 evil and 3056 words, thing; v; TDNT-3:468,391; [{ See TDNT 350 }] AV-curse 2, speak evil of 2; 4

1) to speak evil of, revile, abuse, one

2) to curse

2552 κακοπάθεια kakopatheia [kak-op-ath’-i-ah] from a compound of 2556 and 3806; n f; TDNT-5:936,798; [{ See TDNT 606 }] AV-suffering affliction 1; 1

1) the suffering of evil, i.e. trouble, distress, afflicted

2553 ~κακοπαθέω~ kakopatheo \@kak-op-ath-eh’-o\@ from the same as 2552; TDNT-5:936,798; {See TDNT 606} v AV-endure hardness 1, suffer trouble 1, endure affliction 1, be afflicted 1; 4

1) to suffer (endure) evils (hardships, troubles)

2) to be afflicted

2554 κακοποιέω kakopoieo [kak-op-oy-eh’-o] from 2555 kakopoios meaning "an evil doer, malefactor" from kakos meaning "evil ...destructive"; v; TDNT-3:485,391; [{See TDNT 351 }] AV-do evil 3, evil doing 1; 4

1) to do harm

2) to do evil, do wrong

2555 κακοποιός kakopoios [kak-op-oy-os’] from 2556 and 4160; adj; TDNT-3:485,391; [{See TDNT 351 }] AV-evildoer 4, malefactor 1; 5

1) an evil doer, malefactor

2556 ~κακός~ kakos \@kak-os’\@ apparently a primary word; TDNT-3:469,391; {See TDNT 351} adj AV-evil 40, evil things 3, harm 2, that which is evil + 3458 2, wicked 1, ill 1, bad 1, noisome 1; 51

1) of a bad nature

1a) not such as it ought to be

2) of a mode of thinking, feeling, acting

2a) base, wrong, wicked

3) troublesome, injurious, pernicious, destructive, baneful

For Synonyms see entry 5908

2557 κακοῦργος kakourgos [kak-oor’-gos] from 2556 and the base of 2041; adj; TDNT-3:484,391; [{ See TDNT 351 }] AV-malefactor 3, evil doer 1; 4

1) a malefactor

2558 κακουχέω kakoucheo [kak-oo-kheh’-o] from a presumed compound of 2556 and 2192; v; AV-torment 1, suffer adversity 1; 2

1) to treat ill, oppress, plague

2559 κακόω kakoo [kak-o’-o] from 2556; v; TDNT-3:484,391; [{See TDNT 351 }] AV-entreat evil 2, make evil affected 1, vex 1, hurt 1, harm 1; 6

1) to oppress, afflict, harm, maltreat

2) to embitter, render evil affected

2560 κακῶς kakos [kak-oce’] from 2556; TDNT-4:1091,*; adv; AV-be sick + 2192 7, be diseased + 2192 2, evil 2, grievously 1, sore 1, miserable 1, amiss 1, sick people + 2192 1; 16

1) miserable, to be ill

2) improperly, wrongly

3) to speak ill of, revile, one

2564 καλέω kaleo [kal-eh’-o] akin to the base of 2753 to command; v; TDNT-3:487,394; [{See TDNT 352 }] AV-call 125, bid 16, be so named 1, named + 3686 1, misc 3; 146

1) to call

1a) to call aloud, utter in a loud voice

1b) to invite

2) to call i.e. to name, by name

2a) to give a name to

2a1) to receive the name of, receive as a name

2a2) to give some name to one, call his name

2b) to be called i.e. to bear a name or title (among men)

2c) to salute one by name

• For Synonyms see entry 5823

2570 καλός kalos [kal-os’] of uncertain affinity; adj; TDNT-3:536,402; [{See TDNT 353 }] AV-good 83, better 7, honest 5, meet 2, goodly 2, misc 3; 102

1) beautiful, handsome, excellent, eminent, choice, surpassing, precious, useful, suitable, commendable, admirable

1a) beautiful to look at, shapely, magnificent

1b) good, excellent in its nature and characteristics, and therefore well adapted to its ends

1b1) genuine, approved

1b2) precious

1b3) joined to names of men designated by their office, competent, able, such as one ought to be

1b4) praiseworthy, noble

1c) beautiful by reason of purity of heart and life, and hence praiseworthy

1c1) morally good, noble

1d) honourable, conferring honour

1e) affecting the mind agreeably, comforting and confirming

For Synonyms see entry 5893

2572 καλύπτω kalupto [kal-oop’-to] akin to 2813 klepto to steal and 2928 to conceal coceal; v; TDNT-3:536,405; [{See TDNT 354 }] AV-cover 5, hide 3; 8

1) to hide, veil

1a) to hinder the knowledge of a thing

2573 καλῶς kalos [kal-oce’] from 2570; adv; AV-well 30, good 2, full well 1, misc. 3; 36

1) beautifully, finely, excellently, well

1a) rightly, so that there shall be no room for blame, well, truly

1b) excellently, nobly, commendably

1c) honourably, in honour

1c1) in a good place, comfortable

1d) to speak well of one, to do good

1e) to be well (of those recovering health)

2588 καρδία kardia [kar-dee’-ah] prolonged from a primary kar (Latin, cor, "heart"); n f; TDNT- 3:605,415; [{See TDNT 359 }] AV-heart 159, broken hearted + 4937 1; 160

1) the heart

1a) that organ in the animal body which is the centre of the circulation of the blood, and hence was regarded as the seat of physical life

1b) denotes the centre of all physical and spiritual life

1b1) the vigour and sense of physical life

1b2) the centre and seat of spiritual life

1b2a) the soul or mind, as it is the fountain and seat of the thoughts, passions, desires, appetites, affections, purposes, endeavours

1b2b) of the understanding, the faculty and seat of the intelligence

1b2c) of the will and character

1b2d) of the soul so far as it is affected and stirred in a bad way or good, or of the soul as the seat of the sensibilities, affections, emotions, desires, appetites, passions

1c) of the middle or central or inmost part of anything, even though inanimate

2594 ~καρτερέω~ kartereo \@kar-ter-eh’-o\@ from a derivative of a word meaning dominion 2904 (transp.); TDNT-3:617,417; {See TDNT 361} v AV-endure 1; 1

1) to be steadfast

2596 ~κατά~ kata \@kat-ah’\@ a primary particle; ; prep AV-according to 107, after 61, against 58, in 36, by 27, daily + 2250 15, as 11, misc 165; 480

1) down from, through out

2) according to, toward, along

2615 ~καταδουλόω~ katadouloo \@kat-ad-oo-lo’-o\@ from 2596 and 1402 douloo "to make a slave of"; v AV-bring into bondage 2; 2

1) to bring into bondage, enslave

2) to enslave to one’s self, bring into bondage to one’s self

2621 ~κατάκειμαι~ katakeimai \@kat-ak’-i-mahee\@ from 2596 and 2749; TDNT-3:655,425; {See TDNT 378} v AV-lie 6, sit at meat 3, keep 1, sat down + 2258 1; 11

1) to have lain down, i.e. to lie prostrate

1a) of the sick

1b) of those at meals, to recline

2625 ~κατακλίνω~ kataklino \@kat-ak-lee’-no\@ from 2596 and 2827; ; v AV-sit down 1, sit at meat 1, make sit down 1; 3

1) in the NT in reference to eating, to make to recline

2) to recline (at a table)

2632 κατακρίνω katakrinō kat-ak-ree'-no from 2596 and 2919, From kata and krino; to judge against, i.e. Sentence -- condemn, damn. Verb; TDNT entry: 18:51,5

1 to give judgment against, to judge worthy of punishment, to condemn

a. by one's good example to render another's wickedness the

b. more evident and censurable

2. to judge against, that is, sentence: - condemn, damn.

2634 κατακυριεύω katakurieuo [kat-ak-oo-ree-yoo’-o] from 2596 according and 2961 "to be lord of, to rule, have dominion"; v; TDNT-3:1098,486; [{See TDNT 418 }] AV-exercise dominion over 1, overcome 1, be lord over 1, exercise lordship over 1; 4

1) to bring under one’s power, to subject one’s self, to subdue, master

2) to hold in subjection, to be master of, exercise lordship over

2637 ~κατάλαλος~ katalalos \@kat-al’-al-os\@ from 2596 and the base of 2980; TDNT-4:3,495; {See TDNT 423} adj AV-backbiter 1; 1

1) a defamer, evil speaker

2647 ~καταλύω~ kataluo \@kat-al-oo’-o\@ from 2596 and 3089; v AV-destroy 9, throw down 3, lodge 1, guest 1, come to nought 1, overthrow 1, dissolve 1; 17

1) to dissolve, disunite

1a) (what has been joined together), to destroy, demolish

1b) metaph. to overthrow i.e. render vain, deprive of success, bring to naught

1b1) to subvert, overthrow

1b1a) of institutions, forms of government, laws, etc., to deprive of force, annul, abrogate, discard

1c) of travellers, to halt on a journey, to put up, lodge (the figurative expression originating in the circumstance that, to put up for the night, the straps and packs of the beasts of burden are unbound and taken off; or, more correctly from the fact that the traveller’s garments, tied up when he is on the journey, are unloosed at it end)

‭2663. καταπαυσις katapausis kat-ap’-ow-sis; from 2664 katapauo from 2596 kata about and 3973 pauo cease; Pto settle down, i.e. (literally) to colonize, ; reposing down, i.e. (by Hebraism) abode: —  rest. ‭

2665 καταπέτασμα katapetasma [kat-ap-et’-as-mah] from a compound of 2596 and a congener of 4072; n n; TDNT- 3:628,420; [{See TDNT 367 }] AV-veil 6; 6

1) a veil spread out, a curtain

1a) the name given to the two curtains in the temple at Jerusalem, one of them at the entrance to the temple separated the Holy Place from the outer court, the other veiled the Holy of Holies from the Holy Place

2675 ~καταρτίζω~ katartizo \@kat-ar-tid’-zo\@ from 2596 and a derivative of 739; TDNT-1:475,80; {See TDNT 100} v AV-perfect 2, make perfect 2, mend 2, be perfect 2, fit 1, frame 1, prepare 1, restore 1, perfectly joined together 1; 13

1) to render, i.e. to fit, sound, complete

1a) to mend (what has been broken or rent), to repair

1a1) to complete

1b) to fit out, equip, put in order, arrange, adjust

1b1) to fit or frame for one’s self, prepare

1c) ethically: to strengthen, perfect, complete, make one what he ought to be

2686 κατασοφίζομαι katasophizomai [kat-as-of-id’-zom-ahee] middle voice from 2596 and 4679; v; AV-deal subtilly with 1; 1

1) to circumvent by artifice or fraud, conquer by subtle devices (sophistry)

2) to outwit

3) overreach

4) to deal craftily with

2690 καταστρέφω katastrepho [kat-as-tref’-o] from 2596 and 4762; v; TDNT-7:715,1093; [{See TDNT 752 }] AV-overthrow 2; 2

1) to turn over, turn under

1a) the soil with a plough

2) to overturn, overthrow, throw down

2698 ~κατατίθημι~ katatithemi \@kat-at-ith’-ay-mee\@ from 2596 and 5087; ; v AV-lay 1, show 1, do 1; 3

1) to lay down, deposit, lay up

2) to lay by or up for one’s self, for future use

3) to lay up favour for one’s self with any one, to gain favour with (to do something for one which may win favour)

2699 ~κατατομή~ katatome \@kat-at-om-ay’\@ from a compound of 2596 and temno (to cut); n f AV-concision 1; 1

1) to cut up, mutilation, spoiling

2729 κατισχύω katischuo [kat-is-khoo’-o] from 2596 and 2480; v; TDNT-3:397,378; [{See TDNT 338 }] AV-prevail against 1, prevail 1; 2

1) to be strong to another’s detriment, to prevail against

2) to be superior in strength

3) to overcome

4) to prevail

2735 κατόρθωμα katorthoma [kat-or’-tho-mah] from a compound of 2596 kata and a derivative of 3717 orthos upright [cf 1357]; n n; AV-very worthy deed 1; 1

1) a right action, a successful achievement

1a) of wholesome public measures or institutions

• Kathēkonta are contrasted in Stoic ethics with katorthōma(see Acts 24:2). Kathēkon is a Greek concept, forged by the founder of Stoicism, Zeno of Citium. It may be translated as "appropriate behaviour", "befitting actions", or "convenient action for nature", or also "proper function". The term kathēkon was translated in Latin by Cicero as officium, and by Seneca as convenentia.(see Romans 1:28)
  Whatever the sages of Stoicism would do is what a human being should do as a right action (katorthōma), which is obedient to nature which is the primary sense of kathēkon. To Christianize the Stoic katorthoma, which is a duty of everyman, we must fulfill that duty with fervent charity as opposed to legal charity which feeds not the humility of the soul through daily sacrifice and love but degenerates the soul of the masses and their tyrants.

2744 ~καυχάομαι~ kauchaomai \@kow-khah’-om-ahee\@ from some (obsolete) base akin to that of aucheo (to boast) and 2172; TDNT-3:645,423; {See TDNT 377} v AV-glory 23, boast 8, rejoice 4, make boast 2, joy 1; 38

1) to glory (whether with reason or without)

2) to glory on account of a thing

3) to glory in a thing

• The antitheses of humility.

2745 καύχημα kauchema [kow’-khay-mah] from 2744; n n; TDNT-3:645,423; [{See TDNT 377 }] AV-rejoicing 4, to glory 3, glorying 2, boasting 1, rejoice 1; 11

1) that of which one glories or can glory, matter or ground of glorying2) a glorying or boasting

2749 ~κεῖμαι~ keimai \@ki’-mahee\@ middle voice of a primary verb; TDNT-3:654,425; {See TDNT 378} v AV-lie 9, be laid 6, be set 6, be appointed 1, be 1, be made 1, laid up 1, there 1; 26

1) to lie

1a) of an infant

1b) of one buried

1c) of things that quietly cover some spot

1c1) of a city situated on a hill

1d) of things put or set in any place, in ref. to which we often use "to stand"

1d1) of vessels, of a throne, of the site of a city, of grain and other things laid up together, of a foundation

2) metaph.

2a) to be (by God’s intent) set, i.e. destined, appointed

2b) of laws, to be made, laid down

2c) lies in the power of the evil one, i.e. is held in subjection by the devil

2753 ~κελεύω~ keleuo \@kel-yoo’-o\@ from a primary kello (to urge on); ; v AV-command 24, at (one’s) command 1, give commandment 1, bid 1; 27

1) to command, to order

2756 ~κενός~ kenos \@ken-os’\@ apparently a primary word; TDNT-3:659,426; {See TDNT 380} adj AV-vain 9, in vain 4, empty 4, vain things 1; 18

1) empty, vain, devoid of truth

1a) of places, vessels, etc. which contain nothing

1b) of men

1b1) empty handed

1b2) without a gift

1c) metaph. destitute of spiritual wealth, of one who boasts of his faith as a transcendent possession, yet is without the fruits of faith

1d) metaph. of endeavours, labours, acts, which result in nothing, vain, fruitless, without effect

1d1) vain of no purpose

2760 ~κεντυρίων~ kenturion \@ken-too-ree’-ohn\@ of Latin origin; ; n m AV-centurion 3; 3

1) centurion, an officer in the Roman army

• Mark 15:39 And when the centurion <2760>, which stood over against him, saw that he so cried out, and gave up the ghost, he said, Truly this man was the Son of God.
• Mark 15:44 And Pilate marvelled if he were already dead: and calling unto him the centurion <2760>, he asked him whether he had been any while dead.
• Mark 15:45 And when he knew it of the centurion <2760>, he gave the body to Joseph.

2770 κερδαίνω kerdaino [ker-dah’-ee-no] from 2771 lucre ; v; TDNT-3:672,428; [{See TDNT 383 }] AV-gain 13, win 2, get gain 1, vr gain 1; 17

1) to gain, acquire, to get gain

2) metaph.

2a) of gain arising from shunning or escaping from evil (where we say "to spare one’s self," "be spared")

2b) to gain any one i.e. to win him over to the kingdom of God, to gain one to faith in Christ

2c) to gain Christ’s favour and fellowship

2771 κέρδος kerdos [ker’-dos] of uncertain affinity; n n; TDNT-3:672,428; [{See TDNT 383 }] AV-gain 2, lucre 1; 3

1) gain, advantage

2776 κεφαλή kephale [kef-al-ay’] from the primary kapto (in the sense of seizing); n f; TDNT- 3:673,136,429; [{See TDNT 168 }] [{See TDNT 382 }] AV-head 76; 76

1) the head, both of men and often of animals. Since the loss of the head destroys life, this word is used in the phrases relating to capital and extreme punishment.

2) metaph. anything supreme, chief, prominent

2a) of persons, master lord: of a husband in relation to his wife

2b) of Christ: the Lord of the husband and of the Church

2c) of things: the corner stone

2778 ~κῆνσος~ kensos \@kane’-sos\@ of Latin origin; ; n m AV-tribute 4; 4

1) census (among the Romans, denoting a register and valuation of property in accordance with which taxes were paid), in the NT the tax or tribute levied on individuals and to be paid yearly. (our capitation or poll tax)

2) the coin with which the tax is paid, tribute money

• Other words translated tribute in the New Testament include 5411 and 1323.

2784 ~κηρύσσω~ kerusso \@kay-roos’-so\@ of uncertain affinity; TDNT-3:697,430; {See TDNT 385} v AV-preach 51, publish 5, proclaim 2, preached + 2258 2, preacher 1; 61

1) to be a herald, to officiate as a herald

1a) to proclaim after the manner of a herald

1b) always with the suggestion of formality, gravity and an authority which must be listened to and obeyed

2) to publish, proclaim openly: something which has been done

3) used of the public proclamation of the gospel and matters pertaining to it, made by John the Baptist, by Jesus, by the apostles and other Christian teachers

2801 κλάσμα klasma [klas’-mah] from 2806 klao break; n n; TDNT-3:726,437; [{See TDNT 389 }] AV-fragment 7, broken meat 2; 9

1) a fragment, broken piece

1a) remnants of food

2805 κλαυθμός klauthmos [klowth-mos’] from 2799 klaio to mourn; n m; TDNT-3:725,436; [{See TDNT 388 }] AV-weeping 6, wailing 2, weep 1; 9

1) weeping, lamentation

2807 κλείς kleis [klice] from 2808 kleio v shut metaph. to shut up compassion; n f; TDNT-3:744,439; [{See TDNT 390 }] AV-key 6; 6

1) a key

1a) since the keeper of the keys has the power to open and to shut

1b) metaph. in the NT to denote power and authority of various kinds

2808 κλείω kleio [kli’-o] a primary verb, see 2807; v; AV-shut 12, shut up 4; 16

1) to shut, shut up

2) metaph.

2a) to cause the heavens to withhold rain

2b) to shut up compassion so that it is like a thing inaccessible to one, to be devoid of pity towards one

2c) to obstruct the entrance into the kingdom of heaven

2812 ~κλέπτης~ kleptes \@klep’-tace\@ from 2813 klepto v. to steal; TDNT-3:754,441; {See TDNT 391} n m AV-thief 16; 16

1) an embezzler, pilferer

1a) the name is transferred to false teachers, who do not care to instruct men, but abuse their confidence for their own gain

• For Synonyms see entry 5856
• See Extortioner

2816 ~κληρονομέω~ kleronomeo \@klay-ron-om-eh’-o\@ from 2818; TDNT-3:767,442; {See TDNT 393} v AV-inherit 15, be heir 2, obtain by inheritance 1; 18

1) to receive a lot, receive by lot

1a) esp. to receive a part of an inheritance, receive as an inheritance, obtain by right of inheritance

1b) to be an heir, to inherit

2) to receive the portion assigned to one, receive an allotted portion, receive as one’s own or as a possession

3) to become partaker of, to obtain

2817. κληρονομια kleronomia klay-ron-om-ee’-ah; from 2818 kleronomos inheritor; heirship, i.e. (concretely) a patrimony or (genitive case) a possession: —  inheritance.

‭2818. κληρονομος kleronomos klay-ron-om’-os; from 2819 kleros patrimonial possession and the base of 3551 nomos regulitory priniples (in its original sense of partitioning, i.e. [reflexively] getting by apportionment); a sharer by lot, i.e. inheritor (literally or figuratively); by implication, a possessor: —  heir. ‭

2819 ~κλῆρος~ kleros \@klay’-ros\@ probably from 2806 (through the idea of using bits of wood, etc., for the purpose); n m AV-lot 8, part 2, inheritance 2, heritage 1; 13

1) an object used in casting or drawing lots, which was either a pebble, or a potsherd, or a bit of wood

1a) the lots of several persons concerned, inscribed with their names, were thrown together into a vase, which was then shaken, and he whose lot fell out first upon the ground was the one chosen

2) what is obtained by lot, allotted portion

2a) a portion of the ministry common to the apostles

2b) used of the part which one will have in eternal salvation

2b1) of salvation itself

2b2) the eternal salvation which God has assigned to the saints

2c) of persons

2c1) those whose care and oversight has been assigned to one [allotted charge], used of Christian churches, the administration of which falls to the lot of presbyters

lot Matthew 27:35, Mark 15:24, Luke 23:34, John 19:24, Acts 1:26, Acts 8:21
part Acts 1:17, Acts 1:25
inheritance Acts 26:18, Colossians 1:12, 1 Peter 5:3 heritage

2821 κλῆσις klesis [klay’-sis] from a shorter form of 2564; n f; TDNT-3:491,394; [{See TDNT 352 }] AV-calling 10, vocation 1; 11

1) a calling, calling to

2) a call, invitation

2a) to a feast

2b) of the divine invitation to embrace salvation of God

2825 κλίνη kline [klee’-nay] from 2827 incline; n n; AV-bed 9, table 1; 10

1) a small bed, a couch

2) a couch to recline on at meals

3) a couch on which a sick man is carried

2827 ~κλίνω~ klino \@klee’-no\@ a root word; ; v AV-lay 2, bow 1, bow down 1, be far spent 1, turn to fight 1, wear away 1; 7

1) transitively

1a) to incline, bow

1b) to cause to fall back

1c) to recline

1c1) in a place for repose

2) intransitively

2a) to incline one’s self

2a1) of the declining of the day

2828 κλισία klisia [klee-see’-ah] from a derivative of 2827 klino to lay or fall; n f; AV-company 1; 1

1) a hut erected to pass the night in

2) a tent

3) anything to recline on

3a) a chair in which to lean back the head

3b) a reclining chair

4) a company reclining

4a) a row or party of persons reclining at meal

2835 ~κοδράντης~ kodrantes \@kod-ran’-tace\@ of Latin origin; ; n m AV-farthing 2; 2

1) a quadrans (about the fourth part of an "as"); in the NT a coin equal to one half the Attic chalcus worth about 3/8 of a cent

• Matthew 5:26 Verily I say unto thee, Thou shalt by no means come out thence, till thou hast paid the uttermost farthing <2835>.
• Mark 12:42 And there came a certain poor widow, and she threw in two mites, which make a farthing <2835>.

2837 κοιμάω koimao [koy-mah’-o] from 2749 to lie, or set, metaphor "in the power of the evil one, i.e. is held in subjection by the devil"; v; AV-sleep 10, fall asleep 4, be asleep 2, fall on sleep 1, be dead 1; 18

1) to cause to sleep, put to sleep

2) metaph.

2a) to still, calm, quiet

2b) to fall asleep, to sleep

2c) to die

2838 κοίμησις koimesis [koy’-may-sis] from 2837 koimao sleep; n f; AV-taking of rest 1; 1

1) a reposing, taking rest

2) a lying, reclining

2839 ~κοινός~ koinos \@koy-nos’\@ probably from 4862; TDNT-3:789,447; {See TDNT 395} adj AV-common 7, unclean 3, defiled 1, unholy 1; 12

1) common

2) common i.e. ordinary, belonging to generality

2a) by the Jews, unhallowed, profane, Levitically unclean

It primarily meant "common, mutual, shared, joint".

2840 κοινόω koinoo [koy-no’-o] from 2839 adj. koinos common; v; TDNT-3:809,447; [{See TDNT 395 }] AV-defile 11, call common 2, pollute 1, unclean 1; 15

1) to make common

1a) to make (Levitically) unclean, render unhallowed, defile, profane

1b) to declare or count unclean

2842 ~κοινωνία~ koinonia \@koy-nohn-ee’-ah\@ from 2844 partaker ; TDNT-3:797,447; {See TDNT 395} n f AV-fellowship 12, communion 4, communication 1, distribution 1, contribution 1, to communicate 1; 20

1) fellowship, association, community, communion, joint participation, intercourse

1a) the share which one has in anything, participation

1b) intercourse, fellowship, intimacy

1b1) the right hand as a sign and pledge of fellowship (in fulfilling the apostolic office)

1c) a gift jointly contributed, a collection, a contribution, as exhibiting an embodiment and proof of fellowship

2844 ~κοινωνός~ koinonos \@koy-no-nos’\@ from 2839; TDNT-3:797,447; {See TDNT 395} n m AV-partaker 5, partner 3, fellowship 1, companion 1; 10

1) a partner, associate, comrade, companion

2) a partner, sharer, in anything

2a) of the altar in Jerusalem on which the sacrifices are offered

2a1) sharing in the worship of the Jews

2b) partakers of (or with) demons

2b1) brought into fellowship with them, because they are the authors of heathen worship

2849 κολάζω kolazo [kol-ad’-zo] from kolos (dwarf); v; TDNT-3:814,451; [{See TDNT 397 }] AV-punish 2; 2

1) to lop or prune, as trees and wings

2) to curb, check, restrain

3) to chastise, correct, punishment

4) to cause to be punished

2850. κολακεια kolakeia kol-ak-i’-ah; from a derivative of κολαξ kolax (a fawner); flattery: —  X flattering.

2853 ~κολλάω~ kollao \@kol-lah’-o\@ from kolla ("glue"); TDNT-3:822,452; {See TDNT 400} v AV-join (one’s) self 4, cleave 3, be joined 2, keep company 1, vr reach 1; 11

1) to glue, to glue together, cement, fasten together

2) to join or fasten firmly together

3) to join one’s self to, cleave to

2856 κολοβόω koloboo [kol-ob-o’-o] from a derivative of the base of 2849; v; TDNT-3:823,452; [{ See TDNT 401 }] AV-shorten 4; 4

1) to mutilate

2) in NT: to shorten, abridge, curtail

2865 ~κομίζω~ komizo \@kom-id’-zo\@ from a primary komeo (to tend, i.e. take care of); ; v AV-receive 10, bring 1; 11

1) to care for, take care of, provide for

2) to take up or carry away in order to care for and preserve

3) to carry away, bear off

4) to carry, bear, bring to, to carry away for one’s self, to carry off what is one’s own, to bring back

4a) to receive, obtain: the promised blessing

4b) to receive what was previously one’s own, to get back, receive back, recover

2875 κόπτω kopto [kop’-to] a root word; v; TDNT-3:830,453; [{See TDNT 405 }] AV-bewail 2, lament 2, cut down 2, wail 1, mourn 1; 8

1) to cut, strike, smite

2) to cut from, cut off

3) to beat one’s breast for grief

• For Synonyms see entry 5932

2878 ~κορβᾶν~ korban \@kor-ban’\@ and ~κορβανάς~ korbanas \@kor-ban-as’\@ of Hebrew and Aramaic origin respectively 07133 ^ןברק^; TDNT-3:860,459; {See TDNT 406} n m AV-treasury 1, corban 1; 2

1) a gift offered (or to be offered) to God

2) the sacred treasury

• Matthew 27:6 And the chief priests took the silver pieces, and said, It is not lawful for to put them into the treasury <2878>, because it is the price of blood.
• Mark 7:11 But ye say, If a man shall say to his father or mother, It is Corban <2878>, that is to say, a gift, by whatsoever thou mightest be profited by me; he shall be free.

2886 ~κοσμικός~ kosmikos \@kos-mee-kos’\@ from 2889 (in its secondary sense); TDNT-3:897,459; {See TDNT 407} adj AV-worldly 2; 2

1) of or belonging to the world

1a) relating to the universe

1b) earthly

1c) worldly, i.e. having the character of this present corrupt kosmizo

2888 ~κοσμοκράτωρ~ kosmokrator \@kos-mok-rat’-ore\@ from 2889 and 2902; n m AV-ruler 1; 1

1) lord of the world, prince of this age

1a) the devil and his demons

2889 ~κόσμος~ kosmos \@kos’-mos\@ probably from the base of 2865; TDNT-3:868,459; {See TDNT 407} n m AV-world 186, adorning 1; 187

1) an apt and harmonious arrangement or constitution, order, government

2) ornament, decoration, adornment, i.e. the arrangement of the stars, ‘the heavenly hosts’, as the ornament of the heavens. #1Pe 3:3

3) the world, the universe

4) the circle of the earth, the earth

5) the inhabitants of the earth, men, the human family

6) the ungodly multitude; the whole mass of men alienated from God, and therefore hostile to the cause of Christ

7) world affairs, the aggregate of things earthly

7a) the whole circle of earthly goods, endowments riches, advantages, pleasures, etc, which although hollow and frail and fleeting,stir desire, seduce from God and are obstacles to the cause of Christ

8) any aggregate or general collection of particulars of any sort

8a) the Gentiles as contrasted to the Jews {#Ro 11:12 etc}

8b) of believers only, {#Joh 1:29; 3:16; 3:17; 6:33; 12:47 1Co 4:9; 2Co 5:19} {See Pink_Sovereignity Appendix D, John 3:16 21}

• For Synonyms see entry 5921

2891 κοῦμι koumi [koo’-mee] of Aramaic origin 06966 קוּמִי‎; v; AV-cumi 1; 1

1) arise

2289 θανατόω thanatoo [than-at-o’-o] from 2288; v; TDNT-3:21,312; [{See TDNT 299 }] AV-put to death 4, cause to be put to death 3, kill 2, become dead 1, mortify 1; 11

1) to put to death

2) metaph.

2a) to make to die i.e. destroy, render extinct

2b) by death to be liberated from the bond of anything, literally to be made dead in relation to (something)

‭2902. κρατεω krateo krat-eh’-o; from kratos 2904 power, dominion; to use strength, i.e. seize or retain (literally or figuratively): —  hold (by, fast), keep, lay hand (hold) on, obtain, retain, take (by).

2904 ~κράτος~ kratos \@krat’-os\@ perhaps a primary word; TDNT-3:905,466; {See TDNT 410} n n AV-power 6, dominion 4, strength 1, mighty + 2596 1; 12

1) force, strength

2) power, might: mighty with great power

2a) a mighty deed, a work of power

3) dominion

For Synonyms see entry 5820

2907 ~κρέας~ kreas \@kreh’-as\@ perhaps a primary word; ; n n AV-flesh 2; 2

1) (the) flesh (of a sacrificed animal)

2908 ~κρεῖσσον~ kreisson \@krice’-son\@ neuter of an alternate form of 2909; ; adv AV-better 2; 2

1) better, i.e. greater advantage

2909 ~κρείττων~ kreitton \@krite’-tohn\@ comparative of a derivative of 2904; ; adj AV-better 17, best 1; 18

1) more useful, more serviceable, more advantageous

2) more excellent

2917 ~κρίμα~ krima \@kree’-mah\@ from 2919 krino judge to separate; n n AV-judgment 13, damnation 7, condemnation 5, be condemned 1, go to law + 2192 1, avenge + 2919 1; 28

1) a decree, judgments

2) judgment

2a) condemnation of wrong, the decision (whether severe or mild) which one passes on the faults of others

2b) in a forensic sense

2b1) the sentence of a judge

2b2) the punishment with which one is sentenced

2b3) condemnatory sentence, penal judgment, sentence

3) a matter to be judicially decided, a lawsuit, a case in court

• See judgement, precedent.

2919 ~κρίνω~ krino \@kree’-no\@ perhaps a primitive word; TDNT-3:921,469; {See TDNT 412} v AV-judge 88, determine 7, condemn 5, go to law 2, call in question 2, esteem 2, misc 8; 114

1) to separate, put asunder, to pick out, select, choose

2) to approve, esteem, to prefer

3) to be of opinion, deem, think, to be of opinion

4) to determine, resolve, decree

5) to judge

5a) to pronounce an opinion concerning right and wrong

5a1) to be judged, i.e. summoned to trial that one’s case may be examined and judgment passed upon it

5b) to pronounce judgment, to subject to censure

5b1) of those who act the part of judges or arbiters in matters of common life, or pass judgment on the deeds and words of others

6) to rule, govern

6a) to preside over with the power of giving judicial decisions, because it was the prerogative of kings and rulers to passjudgment

7) to contend together, of warriors and combatants

7a) to dispute

7b) in a forensic sense

7b1) to go to law, have suit at law

2922 ~κριτήριον~ kriterion \@kree-tay’-ree-on\@ from a presumed derivative of 2923; TDNT-3:943,469; {See TDNT 412} n n AV-to judge 1, judgment 1, judgment seat 1; 3

1) the instrument or means of trying or judging anything

1a) the rule by which one judges

2) the place where judgment is given

2a) the tribunal of a judge

2b) a bench of judges

3) the matter judged, thing to be decided, suit, case

1 Corinthians 6:2 Do ye not know that the saints shall judge the world? and if the world shall be judged by you, are ye unworthy to judge <2922> the smallest matters?

1 Corinthians 6:4 If then ye have judgments <2922> of things pertaining to this life, set them to judge who are least esteemed in the church.

James 2:6 But ye have despised the poor. Do not rich men oppress you, and draw you before the judgment seats <2922>?

2923 ~κριτής~ krites \@kree-tace’\@ from 2919; TDNT-3:942,469; {See TDNT 412} n m AV-judge 15, Judge 2; 17

1) one who passes or arrogates to himself, judgment on anything

1a) an arbiter

1b) of a Roman procurator administering justice

1c) of God passing judgment on men

1d) of the leaders or rulers of the Israelites

2927 κρυπτός kruptos [kroop-tos’] or κρυφαίος kruphaios [kroof-ay’-os] from 2928 krupto to conceal (that it may not become known); adj; TDNT-3:957,476; [{See TDNT 414 }] AV-secret 12, hid 3, hidden 3, inwardly 1; 19

1) hidden, concealed, secret

2932 ~κτάομαι~ ktaomai \@ktah’-om-ahee\@ a primary verb; ; v AV-possess 3, purchase 2, provide 1, obtain 1; 7 1) to acquire, get, or procure a thing for one’s self, to possess 1a) to marry a wife

2933 ~κτῆμα~ ktema \@ktay’-mah\@ from 2932; ; n n AV-possession 4; 4

1) a possession

1a) of property, lands, estates

Matthew 19:22 But when the young man heard that saying, he went away sorrowful: for he had great possessions <2933>.

Mark 10:22 And he was sad at that saying, and went away grieved: for he had great possessions <2933>.

Acts 2:45 And sold their possessions <2933> and goods, and parted them to all men, as every man had need.

Acts 5:1 But a certain man named Ananias, with Sapphira his wife, sold a possession <2933>,

2936 ~κτίζω~ ktizo \@ktid’-zo\@ probably akin to 2932 (through the idea of proprietor-ship of the manufacturer); v AV-create 12, Creator 1, make 1; 14

1) to make habitable, to people, a place, region, island

1a) to found a city, colony, state

2) to create

2a) of God creating the worlds

2b) to form, shape, i.e. to completely change or transform

2937 ~κτίσις~ ktisis \@ktis’-is\@ from 2936 to fabricate or make; n f AV-creature 11, creation 6, building 1, ordinance 1; 19

1) the act of founding, establishing, building etc

1a) the act of creating, creation

1b) creation i.e. thing created

1b1) of individual things, beings, a creature, a creation

1b1a) anything created

1b1b) after a rabbinical usage (by which a man converted from idolatry to Judaism was called)

1b1c) the sum or aggregate of things created

1c) institution, ordinance</Ref> which is also translated creature 11 times

2938 ~κτίσμα~ ktisma \@ktis’-mah\@ from 2936; n n AV-creature 4; 4

1) thing founded

2) created thing

2941 ~κυβέρνησις~ kubernesis \@koo-ber’-nay-sis\@ from kubernao (of Latin origin, to steer); TDNT-3:1035,486; {See TDNT 416} n f AV-government 1; 1 see also 2942

1) a governing, government

• 1 Corinthians 12:28 And God hath set some in the church, first apostles, secondarily prophets, thirdly teachers, after that miracles, then gifts of healings, helps, governments, diversities of tongues.

2942 ~κυβερνήτης~ kubernetes \@koo-ber-nay’-tace\@ from the same as 2941; ; n m AV-master 1, shipmaster 1; 2

1) steersman, helmsman, sailing master

2961 ~κυριεύω~ kurieuo \@ko-ree-yoo’-o\@ from 2962; TDNT-3:1097,486; {See TDNT 418} v AV-have dominion over 4, exercise lordship over 1, be Lord of 1, lords 1; 7

1) to be lord of, to rule, have dominion over

2) of things and forces

2a) to exercise influence upon, to have power over

2962 ~κύριος~ kurios \@koo’-ree-os\@ from kuros (supremacy); TDNT-3:1039,486; {See TDNT 418} n m AV-Lord 667, lord 54, master 11, sir 6, Sir 6, misc 4; 748

1) he to whom a person or thing belongs, about which he has power of deciding; master, lord

1a) the possessor and disposer of a thing

1a1) the owner; one who has control of the person, the master

1a2) in the state: the sovereign, prince, chief, the Roman emperor

1b) is a title of honour expressive of respect and reverence, with which servants greet their master

1c) this title is given to: God, the Messiah

• For Synonyms see entry 5830

2963 ~κυριότης~ kuriotes \@koo-ree-ot’-ace\@ from 2962; TDNT-3:1096,486; {See TDNT 418} n f AV-dominion 3, government 1; 4

1) dominion, power, lordship

2) in the NT: one who possesses dominion

• See Ephesians 1:21, Colossians 1:16, 2 Peter 2:10, Jude 1:8

2964 ~κυρόω~ kuroo \@koo-ro’-o\@ from the same as 2962; v AV-confirm 2; 2 1) to make valid 2) to confirm publicly or solemnly, to ratify

2965 ~κύων~ kuon \@koo’-ohn\@ a root word related to 420; n m AV-dog 5; 5

1) a dog

2) metaph. a man of impure mind, an impudent man. ... scavenging canine; (figuratively) a spiritual predator who feeds off others. [A loose dog was disdained in ancient times – viewed as a "mooch pooch" that ran about as a scavenger.]

• Matthew 7:6 dogs ...swine,; Luke 16:21 licked his sores; Philippians 3:2 Beware of dogs; 2 Peter 2:22 vomit/the mire; Revelation 22:15 without are dogs.

2970 ~κῶμος~ komos \@ko’-mos\@ from 2749; ; n m AV-revelling 2, rioting 1; 3

1) a revel, carousal

1a) a nocturnal and riotous procession of half drunken and frolicsome fellows who after supper parade through the streets with torches and music in honour of Bacchus or some other deity, and sing and play before houses of male and female friends; hence used generally of feasts and drinking parties that are protracted till late at night and indulge in revelry

• For Synonyms see entry 5937

Top of Kappa Top of Page

Template:Lamda Top of Lamda Top of Page

Mu (Strong's 3092-3475)

3093 Μαγδαλά Magdala [mag-dal-ah’] or Μαγαδάν of Aramaic origin, cf. 04026 מִגְדָּל‎ tower; n pr loc; AV-Magdala 1; 1 Magdala  = "a tower"

1) a place on the western shore of the Lake of Galilee, about 3 miles (5 km.) south of Tiberias

3097 ~μάγος~ magos \@mag’-os\@ of foreign origin [[גמ־בר^, [[07248^; TDNT-4:356,547; {See TDNT 457} n m AV-wise man 4, sorcerer 2; 6

1) a magus

1a) the name given by the Babylonians (Chaldeans), Medes, Persians, and others, to the wise men, teachers, priests, physicians, astrologers, seers, interpreters of dreams, augers, soothsayers, sorcerers etc.

1b) the oriental wise men (astrologers) who, having discovered by the rising of a remarkable star that the Messiah had just been born, came to Jerusalem to worship him

1c) a false prophet and sorcerer

3101 ~μαθητής~ mathetes \@math-ay-tes’\@ from 3129; TDNT-4:415,552; {See TDNT 464} n m AV-disciple 268, vr disciple 1; 269

1) a learner, pupil, disciple

3106 μακαρίζω makarizo [mak-ar-id’-zo] from the adj. 3107; v; TDNT-4:362,548; [{See TDNT 459 }] AV-call blessed 1, count happy 1; 2

1) to pronounce blessed

• As the verb makaeizo means to "count as happy" or as a noun makarismos is used meaning "regarding as happy, blessed, or enviable" while others see it as a "happy calling, the act of pronouncing happy" or "blessing regarding as happy..." See 3107.
• Distinguished from the Greek noun eulogia also said to mean means "blessed", adj. 2127, or v. 2128, n. 2129.

3107 μακάριος makarios [mak-ar’-ee-os] a prolonged form of the poetical makar (meaning the same); adj; TDNT- 4:362,548; [{See TDNT 459 }] AV-blessed 44, happy 5, happier 1; 50

1) blessed, happy

• The ancient Greek adjective for "blessed" or "happy" is makarios, "which was originally used to describe those who lived in another world." They had "had achieved a state of happiness and contentment in life that was beyond all cares, labors, and even death." The verb makaeizo means "count as happy" or as a noun makarismos has a definition of "a declaration of blessedness" in its "Usage: regarding as happy, blessed, or enviable" while others see it as a "happy calling, the act of pronouncing happy" or "regarding as happy blessed or enviable".
• * Distinguished from the Greek noun eulogia also said to mean "blessed", adj. 2127 eulogeo or v. 2128 eulogetos, n. 2129 eulogia = to praise...to consecrate,.

3108 μακαρισμός makarismos [mak-ar-is-mos’] from 3106 a verb makaeizo means "count as happy"; n m; TDNT-4:362,548; [{See TDNT 459 }] AV-blessedness 3; 3

1) declaration of blessedness

2) to utter a declaration of blessedness upon one

3) to pronounce one blessed

• Distinguished from the Greek noun eulogia also said to mean means "blessed", adj. 2127, or v. 2128, n. 2129.

3114 ~μακροθυμέω~ makrothumeo \@mak-roth-oo-meh’-o\@ from the same as 3116; TDNT-4:374,550; {See TDNT 462} v AV-be patient 3, have patience 2, have long patience 1, bear long 1, suffer long 1, be longsuffering 1, patiently endure 1; 10

1) to be of a long spirit, not to lose heart

1a) to persevere patiently and bravely in enduring misfortunes and troubles

1b) to be patient in bearing the offenses and injuries of others

1b1) to be mild and slow in avenging

1b2) to be longsuffering, slow to anger, slow to punish

3115 ~μακροθυμία~ makrothumia \@mak-roth-oo-mee’-ah\@ from the same as 3116; TDNT-4:374,550; {See TDNT 462} n f AV-longsuffering 12, patience 2; 14

1) patience, endurance, constancy, steadfastness, perseverance

2) patience, forbearance, longsuffering, slowness in avenging wrongs

For Synonyms see entry 5861

3119 μαλακία malakia [mal-ak-ee’-ah] from 3120 malakos soft, metaph. in a bad sense effeminate... homosexual; n f; TDNT-4:1091,655; [{See TDNT 527 }] AV-disease 3; 3

1) softness

2) in the NT infirmity, debility, bodily weakness, sickness

3120 ~μαλακός~ malakos \@mal-ak-os’\@ of uncertain affinity; ; adj AV-soft 3, effeminate 1; 4

1) soft, soft to the touch

2) metaph. in a bad sense

2a) effeminate

2a1) of a catamite

2a2) of a boy kept for homosexual relations with a man

2a3) of a male who submits his body to unnatural lewdness

2a4) of a male prostitute

3129 ~μανθάνω~ manthano \@man-than’-o\@ prolongation from a primary verb, another form of which, matheo, is used as an alternate in certain tenses; TDNT-4:390,552; {See TDNT 464} v AV-learn 24, understand 1; 25

1) to learn, be appraised

1a) to increase one’s knowledge, to be increased in knowledge

1b) to hear, be informed

1c) to learn by use and practice

1c1) to be in the habit of, accustomed to

see also 521 apaideutos, 62 agrammatos, and 2399 idiotes from 2398 idios, [4]

3134 ~μαρὰν ἀθά~ maran atha \@mar’-an ath’-ah\@ of Aramaic origin (meaning our Lord has come) ^אתא ןרמ^; TDNT-4:466,563; {See TDNT 466} interj AV-Maranatha 1; 1

1) our Lord cometh or will come

3136 Μάρθα Martha [mar’-thah] probably of Chaldean origin (meaning mistress) מָרְתָא‎; n pr f; AV-Martha 13; 13

• Martha  = "she was rebellious"

1) was the sister of Lazarus and Mary of Bethany

3137 Μαρία Maria [mar-ee’-ah] or Μαριάμ Mariam [mar-ee-am’] of Hebrew origin 04813 מִרְיָם‎; n pr f; AV-Mary the mother of Jesus 19, Mary Magdalene 13, Mary the sister of Martha 11, Mary the mother of James 9, Mary the mother of John Mark 1, Mary of Rome 1; 54

• Mary or Miriam  = "their rebellion"

1) Mary the mother of Jesus

2) Mary Magdalene, a women from Magdala

3) Mary, the sister of Lazarus and Martha

4) Mary of Cleophas the mother of James the less

5) Mary the mother of John Mark, a sister of Barnabas

6) Mary, a Roman Christian who is greeted by Paul in #Ro 16:6

3140 ~μαρτυρέω~ martureo \@mar-too-reh’-o\@ from 3144; v AV-bear witness 25, testify 19, bear record 13, witness 5, be a witness 2, give testimony 2, have a good report 2, misc 11; 79

1) to be a witness, to bear witness, i.e. to affirm that one has seen or heard or experienced something, or that he knows it because taught by divine revelation or inspiration

1a) to give (not to keep back) testimony

1b) to utter honourable testimony, give a good report

1c) conjure, implore

3141 ~μαρτυρία~ marturia \@mar-too-ree’-ah\@ from 3144; n f AV-witness 15, testimony 14, record 7, report 1; 37

1) a testifying

1a) the office committed to the prophets of testifying concerning future events

2) what one testifies, testimony, i.e. before a judge

3144 ~μάρτυς~ martus \@mar’-toos\@ of uncertain affinity; n m AV-witness 29, martyr 3, record 2; 34

1) a witness

1a) in a legal sense

1b) in a historical sense

1b1) one who is a spectator of anything, e.g. of a contest

1c) in an ethical sense

1c1) those who after his example have proved the strength and genuineness of their faith in Christ by undergoing a violent death

3150 ματαιολογία mataiologia [mat-ah-yol-og-ee’-ah] from 3151 an idle talker; 3152 μάταιος mataiosn useless; 3155 in vain, fruitless; TDNT-4:524,571; [{See TDNT 471 }] AV-vain jangling 1; 1

1) vain talking, empty talk

3152 μάταιος mataios [mat’-ah-yos] from the base of 3155 maten in vain, fruitlessly; adj; TDNT-4:519,571; [{See TDNT 471 }] AV-vain 5, vanities 1; 6

1) devoid of force, truth, success, result

2) useless, of no purpose

3155 μάτην maten [mat’-ane] accus. of a derivative of the base of 3145 massaomai to chew (through the idea of tentative manipulation, i.e. unsuccessful search, or else of punishment); adv; TDNT- 4:523,571; [{See TDNT 471 }] AV-in vain 2; 2

1) in vain, fruitlessly

3164 ~μάχομαι~ machomai \@makh’-om-ahee\@ middle voice of an apparently root word; TDNT-4:527,573; {See TDNT 473} v AV-strive 3, fight 1; 4

1) to fight

1a) of armed combatants, or those who engage in a hand to hand struggle

1b) of those who engage in a war of words, to quarrel, wrangle, dispute

1c) of those who contend at law for property and privileges

3173 μέγας megas [meg’-as] [including the prolonged forms, feminine megale, plural megaloi, etc., cf also 3176, 3187]; adj; TDNT-4:529,573; [{See TDNT 474 }] AV-great 150, loud 33, misc 12; 195

1) great

1a) of the external form or sensible appearance of things (or of persons)

1a1) in particular, of space and its dimensions, as respects

1a1a) mass and weight: great

1a1b) compass and extent: large, spacious

1a1c) measure and height: long

1a1d) stature and age: great, old

1b) of number and quantity: numerous, large, abundant

1c) of age: the elder

1d) used of intensity and its degrees: with great effort, of the affections and emotions of the mind, of natural events powerfully affecting the senses: violent, mighty, strong

2) predicated of rank, as belonging to

2a) persons, eminent for ability, virtue, authority, power

2b) things esteemed highly for their importance: of great moment, of great weight, importance

2c) a thing to be highly esteemed for its excellence: excellent

3) splendid, prepared on a grand scale, stately

4) great things

4a) of God’s preeminent blessings

4b) of things which overstep the province of a created being, proud (presumptuous) things, full of arrogance, derogatory to the majesty of God

3178 ~μέθη~ methe \@meth’-ay\@ apparently a root word; TDNT-4:545,576; {See TDNT 475} n f AV-drunkenness 3; 3

1) intoxication

2) drunkenness

For Synonyms see entry 5937

3183 ~μέθυσος~ methusos \@meth’-oo-sos\@ from 3184; TDNT-4:545,576; {See TDNT 475} n m AV-drunkard 2; 2

1) drunken, intoxicated

3184 ~μεθύω~ methuo \@meth-oo’-o\@ from another form of 3178; TDNT-4:545,576; {See TDNT 475} v AV-be drunken 5, have well drunk 1, be made drunk 1; 7

1) to be drunken

2) metaph. of one who has shed blood or murdered profusely

3187 μείζων meizon [mide’-zone] irregular comparative of 3173 megas -great also 3176 megistos greatest, AV; adj comparative; AV-greater 34, greatest 9, elder 1, more 1; 45

1) greater, larger, elder, stronger

3191 ~μελετάω~ meletao \@mel-et-ah’-o\@ from a presumed derivative of 3199; ; v AV-premeditate 1, imagine 1, meditate 1; 3

1) to care for, attend to carefully, practise

2) to meditate i.e. to devise, contrive

2a) used of the Greeks of the meditative pondering and the practice of orators and rhetoricians

3199 μέλω melo [mel’-o] a root word; v; AV-care 9, take care 1; 10

1) to care about

3306 ~μένω~ meno \@men’-o\@ a root word; v AV-abide 61, remain 16, dwell 15, continue 11, tarry 9, endure 3, misc 5; 120

1) to remain, abide

1a) in reference to place

1a1) to sojourn, tarry

1a2) not to depart

1a2a) to continue to be present

1a2b) to be held, kept, continually

1b) in reference to time

1b1) to continue to be, not to perish, to last, endure

1b1a) of persons, to survive, live

1c) in reference to state or condition

1c1) to remain as one, not to become another or different

2) to wait for, await one

3307 μερίζω merizo [mer-id’-zo] from 3313 meros part, portion; v; AV-divide 9, distribute 2, deal 1, be difference between 1, give part 1; 14

1) to divide

1a) to separate into parts, cut into pieces

1a1) to divide into parties, i.e. be split into factions

1b) to distribute

1b1) a thing among people

1b2) bestow, impart

• See 3309

3308 μέριμνα merimna [mer’-im-nah] from 3307 (through the idea of distraction); n f; TDNT-4:589,584; [{See TDNT 482 }] AV-care 6; 6

1) care, anxiety

3309 μεριμνάω merimnao [mer-im-nah’-o] from 3308 merimna "care" in the sense of "anxiety" from 3307 merizo "divide", distract; n f; merimnao v; TDNT-4:589,584; [{See TDNT 482 }] AV-take thought 11, care 5, be careful 2, have care 1; 19

1) to be anxious

1a) to be troubled with cares

2) to care for, look out for (a thing)

2a) to seek to promote one’s interests

2b) caring or providing for

3313 μέρος meros [mer’-os] from an obsolete but more primary form of meiromai (to get as a section or allotment); n n; TDNT-4:594,585; [{See TDNT 483 }] AV-part 24, portion 3, coast 3, behalf 2, respect 2, misc 9; 43

1) a part

1a) a part due or assigned to one

1b) lot, destiny

2) one of the constituent parts of a whole

2a) in part, partly, in a measure, to some degree, as respects a part, severally, individually

2b) any particular, in regard to this, in this respect

3323 ~Μεσσίας~ Messias \@mes-see’-as\@ of Hebrew origin 04899 ^חישׁמ^, see 5547 Christos; n m AV-Messias 2; 2 Messias =" anointed"

1) the Greek form of Messiah

2) a name of Christ

3326 ~μετά~ meta \@met-ah’\@ a primary preposition (often used adverbially); TDNT-7:766,1102; {See TDNT 763} prep AV-with 345, after 88, among 5, hereafter + 5023 4, afterward + 5023 4, against 4, not depart

3337 μεταλλάσσω metallasso [met-al-las’-so] from 3326 and 236; v; TDNT-1:259,40; [{See TDNT 50 }] AV-change 2; 2

1) to exchange, change

3339 μεταμορφόω metamorphoo [met-am-or-fo’-o] from 3326 and 3445; v; TDNT-4:755,607; [{See TDNT 503 }] AV-transfigure 2, transform 1, change 1; 4

1) to change into another form, to transform, to transfigure

1a) Christ appearance was changed and was resplendent with divine brightness on the mount of transfiguration

• For Synonyms see entry 5863

3340 ~μετανοέω~ metanoeo from 3326 and 3539; v AV-repent 34; 34

1) to change one’s mind, i.e. to repent

2) to change one’s mind for better, heartily to amend with abhorrence of one’s past sins

3345 ~μετασχηματίζω~ metaschematizo \@met-askh-ay-mat-id’-zo\@ from 3326 and a derivative of 4976; TDNT-7:957,1129; {See TDNT 777} v AV-transform 2, transfer in a figure 1, transform (one’s) self 1, change 1; 5

1) to change the figure of, to transform

3352 ~μετοχή~ metoche \@met-okh-ay’\@ from 3348; n f AV-fellowship 1; 1

1) a sharing, communion, fellowship

3392 ~μιαίνω~ miaino \@me-ah’-ee-no\@ perhaps a primary verb; v AV-defile 5; 5

1) to dye with another colour, to stain

2) to defile, pollute, sully, contaminate, soil

2a) to defile with sins

For Synonyms see entry 5864 & 5910

3393 ~μίασμα~ miasma \@mee’-as-mah\@ from 3392 ("miasma"); n n AV-pollution 1; 1

1) that which defiles, defilement

2) metaph., vices the foulness of which contaminates one in his intercourse with the ungodly mass of mankind

3402 ~μιμητής~ mimetes \@mim-ay-tace’\@ from 3401; TDNT-4:659,594; {See TDNT 495} n m AV-follower 7; 7

1) an imitator

3408 ~μισθός~ misthos \@mis-thos’\@ apparently a primary word; TDNT-4:695,599; {See TDNT 498} n m AV-reward 24, hire 3, wages 2; 29

1) dues paid for work

1a) wages, hire

2) reward: used of the fruit naturally resulting from toils and endeavours

2a) in both senses, rewards and punishments

2b) of the rewards which God bestows, or will bestow, upon good deeds and endeavours

2c) of punishments

3411 ~μισθωτός~ misthotos \@mis-tho-tos’\@ from 3409 meaning hire; adj AV-hireling 3, hired servant 1; 4 1) one hired, a hireling

3423 μνηστεύω mnesteuo [mnace-tyoo’-o] from a derivative of 3415; v; AV-espouse 3; 3

1) to woo her and ask her in marriage

2) to be promised in marriage, be betrothed

3428 ~μοιχαλίς~ moichalis \@moy-khal-is’\@ a prolonged form of the feminine of 3432; TDNT-4:729,605; {See TDNT 499} n f AV-adulterous 3, adulteress 3, adultery 1; 7

1) an adulteress

2) as the intimate alliance of God with the people of Israel was likened to a marriage, those who relapse into idolatry are said to commit adultery or play the harlot

2a) fig. equiv. to faithless to God, unclean, apostate

3435. μολυνω moluno mol-oo’-no; probably from 3189 melas black; to soil (figuratively): —  defile.

ἐμολύνθησαν (emolynthēsan) —

3438 μονή mone [mon-ay’] from 3306 meno to remain or to wait for; n f; TDNT-4:579,581; [{See TDNT 481 }] AV-mansion 1, abode 1; 2

1) a staying, abiding, dwelling, abode

2) to make an (one’s) abode

3) metaph. of the God the Holy Spirit indwelling believers

3439 μονογενής monogenes [mon-og-en-ace’] from 3441 only and 1096 be; adj; TDNT-4:737,607; [{See TDNT 502 }] AV-only begotten 6, only 2, only child 1; 9

1) single of its kind, only

1a) used of only sons or daughters (viewed in relation to their parents)

1b) used of Christ, denotes the only begotten son of God

3453 ~μυέω~ mueo \@moo-eh’-o\@ from the base of 3466; v AV-instruct 1; 1

1) to initiate into the mysteries

2) to teach fully, instruct

2a) to accustom one to a thing

2b) to give one an intimate acquaintance with a thing

3454 ~μῦθος~ muthos \@moo’-thos\@ perhaps from the same as 3453 (through the idea of tuition); n m AV-fable 5; 5

1) a speech, word, saying

2) a narrative, story

2a) a true narrative

2b) a fiction, a fable

2b1) an invention, a falsehood

see Was_Jesus_rich

3466 ~μυστήριον~ musterion \@moos-tay’-ree-on\@ from a derivative of muo (to shut the mouth); n n AV-mystery 27; 27

1) hidden thing, secret, mystery

1a) generally mysteries, religious secrets, confided only to the initiated and not to ordinary mortals

1b) a hidden or secret thing, not obvious to the understanding

1c) a hidden purpose or counsel

1c1) secret will

1c1a) of men

1c1b) of God: the secret counsels which govern God in dealing with the righteous, which are hidden from ungodly and wicked men but plain to the godly

2) in rabbinic writings, it denotes the mystic or hidden sense

2a) of an OT saying

2b) of an image or form seen in a vision

2c) of a dream

see | Mysteries of the Universe

3470 μῶμος momos [mo’-mos] perhaps from 3201 memphomai find fault; n m; TDNT-4:829,619; [{See TDNT 510 }] AV-blemish 1; 1

1) blemish, blot, disgrace

1a) censure

1b) insult

1b1) of men who are a disgrace to society

3471 ~μωραίνω~ moraino \@mo-rah’-ee-no\@ from 3474; v AV-lose savour 2, become a fool 1, make foolish 1; 4

1) to be foolish, to act foolishly

2a) to make foolish

2a1) to prove a person or a thing foolish

2b) to make flat and tasteless

2b1) of salt that has lost its strength and flavour

3473 ~μωρολογία~ morologia \@mo-rol-og-ee’-ah\@ from a compound of 3474 foolish, impious, and 3004 speaking; TDNT-4:832,620; {See TDNT 511} n f AV-foolish talking 1; 1 Ephesians 5:4

1) foolish talking

3474 ~μωρός~ moros \@mo-ros’\@ probably from the base of 3466; adj AV-foolish 7, fool 5, foolishness 1; 13

1) foolish

2) impious, godless

Top of Mu Top of Page

Nu (Strong's 3476-3377)

3484 ~Ναΐν~ Nain \@nah-in’\@ probably of Hebrew origin, cf 04999 ^םיענ^; ; n pr loc AV-Nain 1; 1

Nain ="beauty"

1) a village in Galilee located at the north base of Little Hermon

3485 ~ναός~ naos \@nah-os’\@ from a primary naio (to dwell); TDNT-4:880,625; {See TDNT 514} n m AV-temple 45, a shrine 1; 46

1) used of the temple at Jerusalem, but only of the sacred edifice (or sanctuary) itself, consisting of the Holy place and the Holy of Holies (in classical Greek it is used of the sanctuary or cell of the temple, where the image of gold was placed which is distinguished from the whole enclosure)

2) any heathen temple or shrine

3) metaph. the spiritual temple consisting of the saints of all ages joined together by and in Christ

3487 νάρδος nardos [nar’dos] of foreign origin cf. נֵרְדְּ‎, 05373; n f; AV-spikenard + 4101 2; 2

1) nard, the head or spike of a fragrant East Indian plant belonging to the genus Valerianna, which yields a juice of delicious odour which the ancients used (either pure or mixed) in the preparation of a most precious ointment

2) nard oil or ointment

3489 ναυαγέω nauageo [now-ag-eh’-o] from a compound of 3491 and 71; v; TDNT-4:891,627; [{See TDNT 515 }] AV-suffer shipwreck 1, make shipwreck 1; 2

1) to suffer shipwreck

3495 ~νεανίσκος~ neaniskos \@neh-an-is’-kos\@ from the same as 3494; ; n m AV-young man 10; 10

1) a young man, youth

1a) used of a young attendant or servant

3499 νεκρόω nekroo [nek-ro’-o] from 3498 nekros dead; v; TDNT-4:894,627; [{See TDNT 516 }] AV-be dead 2, mortify 1; 3

1) to make dead, to put to death, slay

2) worn out

2a) of an impotent old man

3) to deprive of power, destroy the strength of

• different than 2289 thanatoo meaning put to death but translate put to death.

3507 νεφέλη nephele [nef-el’-ay] from 3509; n f; TDNT-4:902,628; [{See TDNT 518 }] AV-cloud 26; 26

1) a cloud

1a) used of the cloud which led the Israelites in the wilderness

For Synonyms see entry 5866

3508 Νεφθαλείμ Nephthaleim [nef-thal-ime’] of Hebrew origin 05321 נַפְתָּלִי‎; n pr m; AV-Nephthalim 2, Nephalim 1; 3 Naphtali  = "wrestling"

1) was the sixth son of Jacob, the second child borne to him by Bilhah, Rachel’s slave. His posterity form the tribe of Naphtali.

3509 νέφος nephos [nef’-os] apparently a root word; n n; TDNT-4:902,628; [{See TDNT 518 }] AV-cloud 1; 1

1) a cloud, a large dense multitude, a throng

1a) used to denote a great shapeless collection of vapour obscuring the heavens as opposed to a particular and definite masses of vapour with some form or shape

1b) a cloud in the sky

For Synonyms see entry 5866

3511 νεωκόρος neokoros [neh-o-kor’-os] from a form of 3485Naos temples and koreo (to sweep); n m; AV-worshipper 1; 1

1) one who sweeps and cleans a temple

2) one who has charge of a temple, to keep and adorn it, a sacristan

3) the worshipper of a deity

3a) word appears from coins still extant, it was an honourary title [temple-keeper or temple-warden] of certain cities, esp. in Asia Minor, or in which some special worship of some deity or even some deified human ruler had been established; used of Ephesus

3519 νησιον nesion nay-see’-on; dimin. of 3520; an islet: —  island.

3521 νηστεία nesteia [nace-ti’-ah] from 3522; n f; TDNT-4:924,632; [{See TDNT 521 }] AV-fasting 7, fast 1; 8

1) a fasting, fast

1a) a voluntary, as a religious exercise

1a1) of private fasting

1a2) the public fast as prescribed by the Mosaic Law and kept yearly on the great day of atonement, the tenth of the month of Tisri (the month Tisri comprises a part of our September and October); the fast accordingly, occurred in the autumn when navigation was usually dangerous on account of storms

1b) a fasting caused by want or poverty

3522 νηστεύω nesteuo [nace-tyoo’-o] from 3523 nestis; v; TDNT-4:924,632; [{See TDNT 521 }] AV-fast 21; 21

(the negative ne + esthio to eat or devour)

1) to abstain as a religious exercise from food and drink: either entirely, if the fast lasted but a single day, or from customary and choice nourishment, if it continued several days

3523 νῆστις nestis [nace’-tis] from the insep. negative particle ne- (not) and 2068 to eat, (consume) a thing; n f; TDNT-4:924,632; [{See TDNT 521 }] AV-fasting 2; 2

1) fasting, not having eaten

• See nesteia voluntary fasting from nesteuo abstain .

3525 ~νήφω~ nepho \@nay’-fo\@ of uncertain affinity; TDNT-4:936,633; {See TDNT 522} v AV-be sober 4, watch 2; 6

1) to be sober, to be calm and collected in spirit

2) to be temperate, dispassionate, circumspect

3528 ~νικάω~ nikao \@nik-ah’-o\@ from 3529 meaning victory; v AV-overcome 24, conquer 2, prevail 1, get the victory 1; 28

1) to conquer

1a) to carry off the victory, come off victorious

1a1) of Christ, victorious over all His foes

1a2) of Christians, that hold fast their faith even unto death against the power of their foes, and temptations andpersecutions

1a3) when one is arraigned or goes to law, to win the case, maintain one’s cause

3530 Νικόδημος Nikodemos [nik-od’-ay-mos] from 3534 nikos victory or to utterly vanquish and 1218 demos people; n pr m; AV-Nicodemus 5; 5

• Nicodemus= "conqueror"

1) a member of the Sanhedrin who took the part of Jesus

as a personal name it may mean "innocent of blood".

3535 Νινευΐ Nineui [nin-yoo-ee’] of Hebrew origin 05210 נִינְוֵה‎; n pr loc; AV-Nineve 1; 1

• Nineveh  = "offspring of ease: offspring abiding"

1) the capital of the ancient kingdom of Assyria

3539 ~νοιέω~ noieo \@noy-eh’-o\@ from 3563; v AV-understand 10, perceive 2, consider 1, think 1; 14 1) to perceive with the mind, to understand, to have understanding 2) to think upon, heed, ponder, consider

3540 νόημα noema [no’-ay-mah] from 3539 noieo to perceive with the mind, to understand,; n n; TDNT-4:960,636; [{See TDNT 525 }] AV-mind 4, device 1, thought 1; 6

1) a mental perception, thought

2) an evil purpose

3) that which thinks, the mind, thoughts or purposes

3551 ~νόμος~ nomos \@nom’-os\@ from a primary nemo (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); n m AV-law 197; 197

1) anything established, anything received by usage, a custom, a law, a command

1a) of any law whatsoever

1a1) a law or rule producing a state approved of God

1a1a) by the observance of which is approved of God

1a2) a precept or injunction

1a3) the rule of action prescribed by reason

1b) of the Mosaic law, and referring, acc. to the context. either to the volume of the law or to its contents

1c) the Christian religion

the law demanding faith, the moralinstruction given by Christ, esp. the precept concerning love

1d) the name of the more important part (the Pentateuch), is put for the entire collection of the sacred books of the OT

3554 νόσος nosos [nos’-os] of uncertain affinity; n f; TDNT-4:1091,655; [{See TDNT 527 }] AV-disease 6, sickness 5, infirmity 1; 12

1) disease, sickness

• misery, suffering, distress. madness, vice.

3557 ~νοσφίζομαι~ nosphizomai \@nos-fid’-zom-ahee\@ middle voice from nosphi (apart or clandestinely); ; v AV-keep back 2, purloin 1; 3

1) to set apart, separate, divide

2) to set apart or separate for one’s self

3) to purloin, embezzle, withdraw covertly and appropriate to one’s own use

3558 νότος notos [not’-os] of uncertain affinity; n m; AV-south 4, south wind 3; 7

1) the south wind

2) the south, the southern quarter

3563 ~νοῦς~ nous \@nooce\@ probably from the base of 1097; n m AV-mind 21, understanding 3; 24

1) the mind, comprising alike the faculties of perceiving and understanding and those of feeling, judging, determining

1a) the intellectual faculty, the understanding

1b) reason in the narrower sense, as the capacity for spiritual truth, the higher powers of the soul, the faculty of perceiving divine things, of recognising goodness and of hating evil

1c) the power of considering and judging soberly, calmly and impartially

2) a particular mode of thinking and judging, i.e thoughts, feelings, purposes, desires

For Synonyms see entry 5917

Top of Nu Top of Page

Xi (Strong's 3578-3587)

3581 ξένος xenos [xen’-os] apparently a primary word; adj; TDNT-5:1,661; [{See TDNT 532 }] AV-stranger 10, strange 3, host 1; 14

1) a foreigner, a stranger

1a) alien (from a person or a thing)

1b) without the knowledge of, without a share in

1c) new, unheard of

2) one who receives and entertains another hospitably

2a) with whom he stays or lodges, a host

• see 1927

3586 ξύλον xulon [xoo’-lon] from another form of the base of 3582 xestes a holding vessel; n n; TDNT-5:37,665; [{ See TDNT 533 }] AV-tree 10, staff 5, wood 3, stocks 1; 19

1) wood

1a) that which is made of wood

1a1) as a beam from which any one is suspended, a gibbet, a cross

1a2) a log or timber with holes in which the feet, hands, neck of prisoners were inserted and fastened with thongs

1a3) a fetter, or shackle for the feet

1a4) a cudgel, stick, staff

2) a tree

Top of Xi Top of Page

Omicron (Strong's 3588-3801)

3588 ~ὁ~ ho \@ho\@ including the feminine ~ἤ~ he \@hay,\@ and the neuter ~το~ to \@to\@ in all their inflections, the definite article; article AV-which 413, who 79, the things 11, the son 8, misc 32; 543

1) this, that, these, etc. Only significant renderings other than "the" counted

• STRONGS NT 3588: ὁ

ὁ, ἡ, τό, originally τος, τῇ, τό (as is evident from the forms τοι, ται for οἱ, αἱ in Homer and the Ionic writings), corresponds to our definite article the (German der, die, das), which is properly a demonstrative pronoun, which we see in its full force in Homer, and of which we find certain indubitable traces also in all kinds of Greek prose, and hence also in the N. T.

I. As a demonstrative pronoun; Latinhic, hacc, hoc; German der, die, das, emphatic; cf. Winers Grammar, § 17, 1; Buttmann, 101f (89f);

1. in the words of the poet Aratus of Soli, a third-century B.C.E. poet who lived in Cilicia, τοῦ γάρ καί γένος ἐσμεν,(“for we are also his children”) quoted by Paul in Acts 17:28.

3598 ~ὁδός~ hodos \@hod-os’\@ apparently a root word; TDNT-5:42,666; {See TDNT 535} n f AV-way 83, way side 8, journey 6, highway 3, misc 2; 102

1) properly

1a) a way

1a1) a travelled way, road

1b) a travellers way, journey, travelling

2) metaph.

2a) a course of conduct

2b) a way (i.e. manner) of thinking, feeling, deciding

• figuratively, a mode or mean (means and method): —  journey, (high-)way.

3609 ~οἰκεῖος~ oikeios \@oy-ki’-os\@ from 3624 "house"; TDNT-5:134,674; {See TDNT 539} adj AV-of the household 2, of (one’s) own house 1; 3

1) belonging to a house or family, domestic, intimate

1a) belonging to one’s household, related by blood, kindred

1b) belonging to the household of God

1c) belonging, devoted to, adherents of a thing

3614 ~οἰκία~ oikia \@oy-kee’-ah\@ from 3624; n f AV-house 92, at home 1, household 1, from the house 1; 95

1) a house

1a) an inhabited edifice, a dwelling

3609 ~οἰκεῖος~ oikeios \@oy-ki’-os\@ from 3624; TDNT-5:134,674; {See TDNT 539} adj AV-of the household 2, of (one’s) own house 1; 3

1) belonging to a house or family, domestic, intimate

1a) belonging to one’s household, related by blood, kindred

1b) belonging to the household of God

1c) belonging, devoted to, adherents of a thing

3617 ~οἰκοδεσπότης~ oikodespotes \@oy-kod-es-pot’-ace\@ from 3624 and 1203; TDNT-2:49,145; {See TDNT 178} n m AV-householder 4, goodman of the house 4, master of the house 3, goodman 1; 12

1) master of the house, householder

3618 ~οἰκοδομέω~ oikodomeo \@oy-kod-om-eh’-o\@ also ~οἰκοδόμος~ oikodomos \@oy-kod-om’-os\@ #Ac 4:11 from the same as 3619; v AV-build 24, edify 7, builder 5, build up 1, be in building 1, embolden 1; 39

1) to build a house, erect a building

1a) to build (up from the foundation)

1b) to restore by building, to rebuild, repair

2) metaph.

2a) to found, establish

2b) to promote growth in Christian wisdom, affection, grace, virtue, holiness, blessedness

2c) to grow in wisdom and piety

3619 ~οἰκοδομή~ oikodome \@oy-kod-om-ay’\@ feminine (abstract) of a compound of 3624 and the base of 1430; n f AV-edifying 7, building 6, edification 4, wherewith (one) may edify 1; 18

1) (the act of) building, building up

2) metaph. edifying, edification

2a) the act of one who promotes another’s growth in Christian wisdom, piety, happiness, holiness

3) a building (i.e. the thing built, edifice)

3620 ~οἰκοδομία~ oikodomia \@oy-kod-om-ee’-ah\@ from the same as 3619; ; n f AV-edifying 1; 1 1) (the act of) building, erection. Only appears in 1 Timothy 1:4

3622 οἰκονομία oikonomia oy-kon-om-ee’-ah from 3623; TDNT-5:151,674; {See TDNT 539 } n f AV-dispensation 4, stewardship 3; 7

1) the management of a household or of household affairs

1a) specifically, the management, oversight, administration, of other’s property

1b) the office of a manager or overseer, stewardship

1c) administration, dispensation

3623 ~οἰκονόμος~ oikonomos \@oy-kon-om’-os\@ from 3624 oikos meaning house and the base of 3551 nomos meaning law; TDNT-5:149,674; {See TDNT 539} n m AV-steward 8, chamberlain 1, governor 1; 10

1) the manager of household or of household affairs

1a) esp. a steward, manager, superintendent (whether free-born or as was usually the case, a freed-man or a slave) to whom the head of the house or proprietor has intrusted the management of his affairs, the care of receipts and expenditures, and the duty of dealing out the proper portion to every servant and even to the children not yet of age

1b) the manager of a farm or landed estate, an overseer

1c) the superintendent of the city’s finances, the treasurer of a city (or of treasurers or quaestors of kings)

2) metaph. the apostles and other Christian teachers and bishops and overseers

3624 ~οἶκος~ oikos \@oy’-kos\@ of uncertain affinity; n m AV-house 104, household 3, home + 1519 2, at home + 1722 2, misc 3; 114

1) a house

1a) an inhabited house, home

1b) any building whatever

1b1) of a palace

1b2) the house of God, the tabernacle

1c) any dwelling place

1c1) of the human body as the abode of demons that possess it

1c2) of tents, and huts, and later, of the nests, stalls, lairs, of animals

1c3) the place where one has fixed his residence, one’s settled abode, domicile

2) the inmates of a house, all the persons forming one family, a household

2a) the family of God, of the Christian Church, of the church of the Old and New Testaments

3) stock, family, descendants of one

3625 ~οἰκουμένη~ oikoumene \@oy-kou-men’-ay\@ feminine participle present passive of 3611 (as noun, by implication of 1093); TDNT-5:157,674; {See TDNT 539} n f AV-world 14, earth 1; 15

1) the inhabited earth

1a) the portion of the earth inhabited by the Greeks, in distinction from the lands of the barbarians

1b) the Roman empire, all the subjects of the empire

1c) the whole inhabited earth, the world

1d) the inhabitants of the earth, men

2) the universe, the world

3636 ὀκνηρός okneros [ok-nay-ros’] from 3635; adj; TDNT-5:166,681; [{See TDNT 542 }] AV-slothful 2, grievous 1; 3

1) sluggish, slothful, backward

3642 ὀλιγόψυχος oligopsuchos [ol-ig-op’-soo-khos] from 3641 Small and 5590 breath of life; adj; TDNT-9:665,1342; [{See TDNT 854 }] AV-feebleminded 1; 1

1) fainthearted

3654 ὅλως holos [hol’-oce] from 3650 holos all; adv; AV-at all 2, commonly 1, utterly 1; 4

1) wholly, altogether

3661 ~ὁμοθυμαδόν~ homothumadon \@hom-oth-oo-mad-on’\@ from a compound of the base of 3674 and 2372; adv AV-with one accord 11, with one mind 1; 12 1) with one mind, with one accord, with one passion

++++

A unique Greek word, used 10 of its 12 New Testament occurrences in the Book of Acts, helps us understand the uniqueness of the Christian community. Homothumadon is a compound of two words meaning to "rush along" and "in unison". The image is almost musical; a number of notes are sounded which, while different, harmonise in pitch and tone. As the instruments of a great concert under the direction of a concert master, so the Holy Spirit blends together the lives of members of Christ’s church which was including only those who were called out.

3670 ~ὁμολογέω~ homologeo \@hom-ol-og-eh’-o\@ from a compound of the base of 3674 en with and 3056 logos; v. AV-confess 17, profess 3, promise 1, give thanks 1, confession is made 1, acknowledgeth 1; 24

1) to say the same thing as another, i.e. to agree with, assent

2) to concede

2a) not to refuse, to promise

2b) not to deny

2b1) to confess

2b2) declare

2b3) to confess, i.e. to admit or declare one’s self guilty of what one is accused of

3) to profess

3a) to declare openly, speak out freely

3b) to profess one’s self the worshipper of one

4) to praise, celebrate

• or see homologia 3671 i.e. what one professes [confesses].

3671 ~ὁμολογία~ homologia \@hom-ol-og-ee’-ah\@ from the same as 3670; n f. AV-profession 4, confession 1, professed 1; 6

1) profession

1a) subjectively: whom we profess to be ours

1b) objectively: profession [confession] i.e. what one professes ... confess

3674 ~ὁμοῦ~ homou \@hom-oo’\@ genitive case of homos (the same, akin to 260) as adv; ; adv AV-together 3; 3 1) together: of persons assembled together

3679 ὀνειδίζω oneidizo [on-i-did’-zo] from 3681 oneidos reproach akin to 3686 onoma named from ginosko know and oninemi to be useful, to profit, advantage; v; TDNT-5:239,693; [{See TDNT 553 }] AV-upbraid 3, reproach 3, revile 2, cast in (one’s) teeth 1, suffer reproach 1; 10

1) to reproach, upbraid, revile

1a) of deserved reproach

1b) of undeserved reproach, to revile

1c) to upbraid, cast (favours received) in one’s teeth

3681 ὄνειδος oneidos [on’-i-dos] probably akin to the base of 3686 onoma named from 1097 ginosko know and oninemi 3685 to be useful, to profit, advantage; n n; TDNT-5:238,693; [{See TDNT 553 }] AV-reproach 1; 1

1) reproach

2) shame

3685 ὀνίνημι oninemi [on-in’-ay-mee] a prolonged form of an apparently primary verb (onomai, to slur), for which another prolonged form (onao) is used as an alternate in some tenses [unless indeed it be identical with the base of 3686 onoma name through the idea of notoriety]; v; AV-have joy 1; 1

1) to be useful, to profit, help

2) to receive profit or advantage, be helped [or have joy]

• Philemon 1:20 Yea, brother, let <3685> me have joy <3685> of thee in the Lord: refresh my bowels in the Lord.

3686 ~ὄνομα~ onoma \@on’-om-ah\@ from a presumed derivative of the base of 1097 ginosko to know, learn (cf 3685); TDNT-5:242,694; {See TDNT 554} n n AV-name 193, named 28, called 4, surname + 2007 2, named + 2564 1, not tr 1; 229

1) name: univ. of proper names

2) the name is used for everything which the name covers, everything the thought or feeling of which is aroused in the mind by mentioning, hearing, remembering, the name, i.e. for one’s rank, authority, interests, pleasure, command, excellences, deeds etc.

3) persons reckoned up by name

4) the cause or reason named: on this account, because he suffers as a Christian, for this reason

3688 ὄνος onos [on’-os] apparently a root word; n m/f; TDNT-5:283,700; [{See TDNT 555 }] AV-ass 6; 6

1) an ass

3700 ὀπτάνομαι optanomai [op-tan’-om-ahee] or ὄπτομαι optomai [op-tom-ahee] a (middle voice) prolonged form of the primary (middle voice) ὄπτομαι optomai [op’-tom-ahee,] which is used for it in certain tenses, and both as alternate of 3708; v; TDNT-5:315,706; [{See TDNT 559 }] AV-see 37, appear 17, look 2, show (one’s) self 1, being seen 1; 58

1) to look at, behold

2) to allow one’s self to be seen, to appear

3709 ὀργή orge [or-gay’] from 3713; n f; TDNT-5:382,716; [{See TDNT 560 }] AV-wrath 31, anger 3, vengeance 1, indignation 1; 36

1) anger, the natural disposition, temper, character

2) movement or agitation of the soul, impulse, desire, any violent emotion, but esp. anger

3) anger, wrath, indignation

4) anger exhibited in punishment, hence used for punishment itself

4a) of punishments inflicted by magistrates

3710 ὀργίζω orgizo [or-gid’-zo] from 3709; v; TDNT-5:382,716; [{See TDNT 560 }] AV-be angry 5, be wroth 3; 8

1) to provoke, to arouse to anger

2) to be provoked to anger, be angry, be wroth

3716 ~ὀρθοποδέω~ orthopodeo \@or-thop-od-eh’-o\@ from a compound of 3717 and 4228; TDNT-5:451,727; {See TDNT 562} v AV-walk uprightly 1; Galatians 2:14

1) to walk in a straight course

2) metaph. to act uprightly

3717 ὀρθός orthos [or-thos’] probably from the base of 3735 ortho mountain; adj; TDNT-5:449,727; [{See TDNT 562 }] AV-upright 1, straight 1; 2

1) straight, erect

1a) upright

1b) straight, not crooked

‭3726. ορκιζω horkizo hor-kid’-zo; from 3727 horkos \@hor’-kos\@ from herkos a; to put on oath, i.e. make swear; by analogy, to solemnly enjoin: —  adjure, charge.

1 to force to take an oath, to administer an oath to

2 to adjure (solemnly implore)

• a fence, perhaps akin to horion ὅριον 3725 bound or limit

‭

3727 ~ὅρκος~ horkos \@hor’-kos\@ from herkos (a fence, perhaps akin to 3725); TDNT-5:457,729; {See TDNT 564} n m AV-oath 10; 10

1) that which has been pledged or promised with an oath

3729 ~ὁρμάω~ hormao \@hor-mah’-o\@ from 3730 meaning assault; TDNT-5:467,730; {See TDNT 565} v AV-run violently 3, run 1, rush 1; 5

1) to set in rapid motion, stir up, incite, urge on

2) to start forward impetuously, to rush

3731 ~ὅρμημα~ hormema \@hor’-may-mah\@ from 3730 meaning assault; TDNT-5:467,730; {See TDNT 565} n n AV-violence 1; 1

1) a rush, impulse

2) that which is impelled or hurried away by impulse

3735 ὄρος oros [or’-os] probably from an obsolete oro (to rise or "rear," perhaps akin to 142, cf 3733); n n; TDNT-5:475,732; [{See TDNT 566 }] AV-mountain 41, mount 21, hill 3; 65

1) a mountain

3744 ~ὀσμή~ osme \@os-may’\@ from 3605; TDNT-5:493,735; {See TDNT 569} n f AV-savour 4, odour 2; 6

1) a smell, odour see incense

3754 ὅτι hoti [hot’-ee] neuter of 3748 hostis as conjunction; demonst. that (sometimes redundant); conj; AV-that 612, for 264, because 173, how that 21, how 11, misc 212; 1293

1) that, because, since

3756 οὐ ou [oo] also (before a vowel) οὐκ ouk [ook] and (before an aspirate) οὐχ ouch [ookh] a primary word, the absolute negative [cf 3361] adverb; particle; AV-not 1210, no 147, cannot + 1410 57, misc 123; 1537

1) no, not; in direct questions expecting an affirmative answer

3762. ουδεις oudeis oo-dice’; including feminine ουδεμια oudemia oo-dem-ee’-ah; and neuter ουδεν ouden oo-den’; from 3761 and 1520; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:—any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.

3767 οὖν oun [oon] apparently a root word; particle; AV-therefore 263, then 197, so 18, and 11, now 9, wherefore 8, but 5, not tr 9, misc 6; 526

1) then, therefore, accordingly, consequently, these things being so

3772 οὐρανός ouranos [oo-ran-os’] perhaps from the same as 3735 (through the idea of elevation); the sky; n m; TDNT-5:497,736; [{See TDNT 571 }] AV-heaven 268, air 10, sky 5, heavenly + 1537; 284

1) the vaulted expanse of the sky with all things visible in it

1a) the universe, the world

1b) the aerial heavens or sky, the region where the clouds and the tempests gather, and where thunder and lightning are produced

1c) the sidereal or starry heavens

2) the region above the sidereal heavens, the seat of order of things eternal and consummately perfect where God dwells and other heavenly beings

3778 οὗτος houtos [hoo’-tos] including nominative masculine plural οὗτοι houtoi [hoo’-toy,] nominative feminine singular αὕτη haute [how’-tay] and nominative feminine plural αὗται hautai [how’-tahee]

from the article 3588 ὁ ho and 846 autos; pron;

AV-this 157, these 59, he 31, the same 28, this man 25, she 12, they 10, misc 34; 356

1) this, these, etc.

3779 οὕτω houto [hoo’-to] or (before a vowel) οὕτως houtos [hoo’-toce] from 3778 the article this or these; adv; AV-so 164, thus 17, even so 9, on this wise 6, likewise 4, after this manner 3, misc 10; 213

1) in this manner, thus, so

3784 ~ὀφείλω~ opheilo \@of-i’-lo\@ or (in certain tenses) its prolonged form ~ὀφειλέω~ opheileo \@of-i-leh’-o\@ probably from the base of 3786 (through the idea of accruing); v AV-ought 15, owe 7, be bound 2, be (one’s) duty 2 (Lu 17:10, ), be a debtor 1, be guilty 1, be indebted 1, misc 7; 36

1) to owe

1a) to owe money, be in debt for

1a1) that which is due, the debt

2) metaph. the goodwill due

3786 ~ὄφελος~ ophelos \@of’-el-os\@ from ophello (to heap up, i.e. accumulate or benefit); ; n n AV-it profiteth 2, it advantageth 1; 3

1) advantage, profit

• See 858

Top of Omicron Top of Page

Pi (Strong's 3802-4459)

3802 παγιδεύω pagideuō pag-id-yoo'-o from 3803 pagis snare, trap, TDNT entry: 14:55,8 Part(s) of speech: Verb

• Thayer Definition:

to ensnare, entrapof birdsmetaphorically of the attempt to elicit from one some remark which can be turned into an accusation against him

• Strong's Definition: From G3803; to ensnare (figuratively): - entangle.

3806 πάθος pathos [path’-os] from the alternate of 3958; n n; TDNT-5:926,798; [{See TDNT 606 }] AV-inordinate affection 1, affection 1, lust 1; 3

1) whatever befalls one, whether it be sad or joyous

1a) spec. a calamity, mishap, evil, affliction

2) a feeling which the mind suffers

2a) an affliction of the mind, emotion, passion

2b) passionate deed

2c) used by the Greeks in either a good or bad sense

2d) in the NT in a bad sense, depraved passion, vile passions

For Synonyms see entry 5845 & 5906

• See logos

3809 παιδεία paideia [pahee-di’-ah] from 3811 paideuo to train children or to chastise; n f; TDNT-5:596,753; [{See TDNT 579 }] AV-chastening 3, nurture 1, instruction 1, chastisement 1; 6

1) the whole training and education of children (which relates to the cultivation of mind and morals, and employs for this purpose now commands and admonitions, now reproof and punishment) It also includes the training and care of the body

2) whatever in adults also cultivates the soul, esp. by correcting mistakes and curbing passions.

2a) instruction which aims at increasing virtue

2b) chastisement, chastening, (of the evils with which God visits men for their amendment)

3813 παιδίον paidion [pahee-dee’-on] from dimin. of 3816; n n; TDNT-5:636,759; [{See TDNT 581 }] AV-child 25, little child 12, young child 10, damsel 4; 51

1) a young child, a little boy, a little girl

1a) infants

1b) children, little ones

1c) an infant

1c1) of a (male) child just recently born

1d) of a more advanced child; of a mature child;

1e) metaph. children (like children) in intellect

• For Synonyms see entry 5868 & 5943

3815 ~παίζω~ paizo \@paheed’-zo\@ from 3816; TDNT-5:625,758; {See TDNT 580} v AV-play 1; 1

1) to play like a child

2) to play, sport, jest

3) to give way to hilarity, esp. by joking singing, dancing

• see 1702

3816 ~παῖς~ pais \@paheece\@ perhaps from 3817 strike or wound; n m/f AV-servant 10, child 7, son (Christ) 2, son 1, manservant 1, maid 1, maiden 1, young man 1; 24

1) a child, boy or girl

1a) infants, children

2) servant, slave

2a) an attendant, servant, spec. a king’s attendant, minister

For Synonyms see entry 5868 & 5943

3817 ~παίω~ paio \@pah’-yo\@ a primary verb; to hit (as if by a single blow and less violently than 5180); ; v AV-smite 4, strike 1; 5

1) to strike, smite

2) to sting (to strike or wound with a sting)

3823 πάλη pale [pal’-ay] from pallo (to vibrate, another form for 906); n f; TDNT-5:721,770; [{See TDNT 584 }] AV-wrestle 1; 1

1) wrestling (a contest between two in which each endeavours to throw the other, and which is decided when the victor is able to hold his opponent down with his hand upon his neck)

1a) the term is transferred to the Christian’s struggle with the power of evil

3824 Original: παλιγγενεσία Transliteration: paliggenesia

Phonetic: pal-ing-ghen-es-ee'-ah

• Thayer Definition:

new birth, reproduction, renewal, recreation, regeneration

hence renovation, regeneration, the production of a new life consecrated to God, a radical change of mind for the better. The word often used to denote the restoration of a thing to its pristine state, its renovation, as a renewal or restoration of life after death

the renovation of the earth after the deluge

the renewal of the world to take place after its destruction by fire, as the * Stoics taught the signal and glorious change of all things (in heaven and earth) for the better, that restoration of the primal and perfect condition of things which existed before the fall of our first parents, which the Jews looked for in connection with the advent of the Messiah, and which Christians expected in connection with the visible return of Jesus from heaven.

• other uses

of Cicero's restoration to rank and fortune on his recall from exile

of the restoration of the Jewish nation after exile

of the recovery of knowledge by recollection

• Origin: from 3825 and 1078
• TDNT entry: 12:26,1
• Part(s) of speech: Noun Feminine
• Strong's Definition: From 3825 and 1078; (spiritual) rebirth (the state or the act), that is, (figuratively) spiritual renovation ; specifically Messianic restoration: - regeneration
  • The antitheses of degenerate.

3825 Original: πάλιν Transliteration: palin Phonetic: pal'-in

• Thayer Definition:

anew, again

renewal or repetition of the action

again, anew

again, i.e. further, moreover

in turn, on the other hand

• Origin: probably from the same as 3823 (through the idea of oscillatory repetition)

TDNT entry: None

Part(s) of speech: Adverb

• Strong's Definition: Probably from the same as 3823 palē wrestling from palo vibrate, [another form of ballō to throw or let go of a thing without caring where it falls] (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, that is, (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjugationally) furthermore or on the other hand: - again.
  • See 3824

3827 πάμπολυς pampolus [pam-pol-ooce] from 3956 pas all individually and 4183 polus many; adj; AV-very great 1; 1

1) very great

• similar to 3828 Παμφυλία Pamphulia "of many tribes"
• Mark 8:1 ¶ In those days the multitude being very great(ochlou pollou), and having nothing to eat, Jesus called his disciples [unto him], and saith unto them,
• Luke 8:4 ¶ And when much people were gathered together(ochlou pollou), and were come to him out of every city, he spake by a parable:
• Matthew 15:32 Then Jesus called his disciples [unto him], and said, I have compassion on the multitude (ochlon), because they continue with me now three days, and have nothing to eat: and I will not send them away fasting, lest they faint in the way.

3831 ~πανήγυρις~ paneguris \@pan-ay’-goo-ris\@ from 3956 and a derivative of 58; n f AV-general assembly 1; 1

1) a festal gathering of the whole people to celebrate public games or other solemnities

2) a public festal assembly

3834 πανουργία panourgia [pan-oorg-ee’-ah] from 3835 panourgos skilful, clever; n f; TDNT-5:722,770; [{See TDNT 586 }] AV-craftiness 3, subtlety 1, cunning craftiness 1; 5

1) craftiness, cunning

2) a specious or false wisdom

3) in a good sense, prudence, skill, in undertaking and carrying on affairs

3842 πάντοτε pantote [pan’-tot-eh] from 3956 pas meaning all and 3753 hote whenever; adv; AV-always 29, ever 6, alway 5, evermore 2; 42

1) at all times, always, ever

3844 ~παρά~ para \@par-ah’\@ a root word; TDNT-5:727,771; {See TDNT 587} prep AV-of 51, with 42, from 24, by  …  side 15, at 12, than 11, misc 45; 200

1) from, of at, by, besides, near

3846 ~παραβάλλω~ paraballo \@par-ab-al’-lo\@ from 3844 and 906; ; v AV-compare 1, arrive 1; 2

1) to throw before, cast to (as fodder for horses)

2) to put one thing by the side of another for the sake of comparison, to compare, liken

3) to put one’s self, betake one’s self into a place or to a person

3850 ~παραβολή~ parabole \@par-ab-ol-ay’\@ from 3846; n f AV-parable 46, figure 2, comparison 1, proverb 1; 50

1) a placing of one thing by the side of another, juxtaposition, as of ships in battle

2) metaphor.

2a) a comparing, comparison of one thing with another, likeness, similitude

2b) an example by which a doctrine or precept is illustrated

2c) a narrative, fictitious but agreeable to the laws and usages of human life, by which either the duties of men or the things of God, particularly the nature and history of God’s kingdom are figuratively portrayed

2d) a parable: an earthly story with a heavenly meaning

3) a pithy and instructive saying, involving some likeness or comparison and having preceptive or admonitory force

3a) an aphorism, a maxim

4) a proverb

5) an act by which one exposes himself or his possessions to danger, a venture, a risk

• Some will translate παροιμίαν paroimian as allegory and define it as "a byword, a parable, an allegory".

3852 παραγγελία paraggelia [par-ang-gel-ee’-ah] from 3853 to transmit; n f; TDNT-5:761,776; [{See TDNT 590 }] AV-commandment 2, charge 2, straitly 1; 5

1) announcement, a proclaiming or giving a message to

2) a charge, a command

3853 ~παραγγέλλω~ paraggello \@par-ang-gel’-lo\@ from 3844 and the base of 32; v AV-command 20, charge 6, give commandment 1, give charge 1, declare 1, give in charge 1, vr command 1; 31

1) to transmit a message along from one to another, to declare, announce

2) to command, order, charge

For Synonyms see entry 5844

3860 ~παραδίδωμι~ paradidomi \@par-ad-id’-o-mee\@ from 3844 and 1325; TDNT-2:169,166; {See TDNT 191} v AV-deliver 53, betray 40, deliver up 10, give 4, give up 4, give over 2, commit 2, misc 6; 121

1) to give into the hands (of another)

2) to give over into (one’s) power or use

2a) to deliver to one something to keep, use, take care of, manage

2b) to deliver up one to custody, to be judged, condemned, punished, scourged, tormented, put to death

2c) to deliver up treacherously

2c1) by betrayal to cause one to be taken

2c2) to deliver one to be taught, moulded

3) to commit, to commend

4) to deliver verbally

4a) commands, rites

4b) to deliver by narrating, to report

5) to permit allow

5a) when the fruit will allow that is the time when its ripeness permits

5b) gives itself up, presents itself

3862 ~παράδοσις~ paradosis \@par-ad’-os-is\@ from 3860 paradidomi the verb which is from the preposition to from 3844 para of and 1325 didomi to give; TDNT-2:172,166; {See TDNT 191} n f AV-tradition 12, ordinance 1; 13

1) giving up, giving over

1a) the act of giving up

1b) the surrender of cities

2) a giving over which is done by word of mouth or in writing, i.e. tradition by instruction, narrative, precept, etc.

2a) objectively, that which is delivered, the substance of a teaching

2b) of the body of precepts, esp. ritual, which in the opinion of the later Jews were orally delivered by Moses and orally transmitted in unbroken succession to subsequent generations, which precepts, both illustrating and expanding the written law, as they did were to be obeyed with equal reverence

• Thayer's Greek Lexicon "a giving over, giving up; i. e.

1. the act of giving up, the surrender: of cities, Polybius 9, 25, 5; Josephus, b. j. 1, 8, 6; χρημάτων, Aristotle, pol. 5, 7, 11, p. 1309{a}, 10.; 2. a giving over which is done by word of mouth or in writing..."

• See also 1325 grant, and 3970 patroparadotos used in 1 Peter 1:18

3868 ~παραιτέομαι~ paraiteomai \@par-ahee-teh’-om-ahee\@ from 3844 and the middle voice of 154; v AV-refuse 5, excuse 2, make excuse 1, avoid 1, reject 1, intreat 1; 11

1) to ask along side, beg to have near one

1a) to obtain by entreaty

1b) to beg from, to ask for, supplicate

2) to avert by entreaty or seek to avert, to deprecate

2a) to entreat that  …  not

2b) to refuse, decline

2c) to shun, avoid

2d) to avert displeasure by entreaty

2d1) to beg pardon, crave indulgence, to excuse

2d2) of one excusing himself for not accepting a weddinginvitation to a feast

3870 ~παρακαλέω~ parakaleo \@par-ak-al-eh’-o\@ from 3844 and 2564; v AV-beseech 43, comfort 23, exhort 21, desire 8, pray 6, intreat 3, misc 4, vr besought 1; 109

1) to call to one’s side, call for, summon

2) to address, speak to, (call to, call upon), which may be done in the way of exhortation, entreaty, comfort, instruction, etc.

2a) to admonish, exhort

2b) to beg, entreat, beseech

2b1) to strive to appease by entreaty

2c) to console, to encourage and strengthen by consolation, to comfort

2c1) to receive consolation, be comforted

2d) to encourage, strengthen

2e) exhorting and comforting and encouraging

2f) to instruct, teach

3874 ~παράκλησις~ paraklesis \@par-ak’-lay-sis\@ from 3870 beseech or comfort even exhort; TDNT-5:773,778; {See TDNT 592} n f AV-consolation 14, exhortation 8, comfort 6, intreaty 1; 29

1) a calling near, summons, (esp. for help)

2) importation, supplication, entreaty

3) exhortation, admonition, encouragement

4) consolation, comfort, solace; that which affords comfort or refreshment

4a) thus of the Messianic salvation (so the Rabbis call the Messiah the consoler, the comforter)

5) persuasive discourse, stirring address

5a) instructive, admonitory, conciliatory, powerful hortatory discourse

3875 ~παράκλητος~ parakletos \@par-ak’-lay-tos\@ a root word; n m AV-comforter 4, advocate 1; 5

1) summoned, called to one’s side, esp. called to one’s aid

1a) one who pleads another’s cause before a judge, a pleader, counsel for defense, legal assistant, an advocate

1b) one who pleads another’s cause with one, an intercessor

1b1) of Christ in his exaltation at God’s right hand, pleading with God the Father for the pardon of our sins

1c) in the widest sense, a helper, succourer, aider, assistant

1c1) of the Holy Spirit destined to take the place of Christ with the apostles (after his ascension to the Father), to lead them to a deeper knowledge of the gospel truth, and give them divine strength needed to enable them to undergo trials and persecutions on behalf of the divine kingdom

3879 ~παρακύπτω~ parakupto \@par-ak-oop’-to\@ from 3844 and 2955; v AV-stoop down 3, look 2; 5

1) to stoop to a thing in order to look at it

2) to look at with head bowed forward

3) to look into with the body bent

4) to stoop and look into

5) metaph. to look carefully into, inspect curiously

5a) of one who would become acquainted with something

3880. παραλαμβανω paralambano par-al-am-ban’-o; from 3844 and 2983; to receive near, i.e. associate with oneself (in any familiar or intimate act or relation); by analogy, to assume an office; figuratively, to learn: —  receive, take (unto, with).

‭

3890 παραμύθιον paramuthion [par-am-oo’-thee-on] from 3889 paramuthia persuaded; n n; TDNT-5:816,784; [{See TDNT 595 }] AV-comfort 1; 1

1) persuasive address

3900 ~παράπτωμα~ paraptoma \@par-ap’-to-mah\@ from [[3895] meaning fall away]; n n AV-trespass 9, offence 7, sin 3, fall 2, fault 2; 23

1) to fall beside or near something

2) a lapse or deviation from truth and uprightness

2a) a sin, misdeed

3927 ~παρεπίδημος~ parepidemos \@par-ep-id’-ay-mos\@ from 3844 (which is used to make the word tradition and ordinance we see as 3862, also 3970 of 1 Peter 1:18) and the base of 1927; TDNT-2:64,149; {See TDNT 183} adj AV-pilgrim 2, stranger 1; 3

1) one who comes from a foreign country into a city or land to reside there by the side of the natives

2) a stranger

3) sojourning in a strange place, a foreigner

4) in the NT metaph. in reference to heaven as the native country, one who sojourns on earth

3929 πάρεσις paresis [par’-es-is] from the verb pariemi 3935; n f; TDNT-1:509,88; [{See TDNT 115 }] AV-remission 1; 1

1) passing over, letting pass, neglecting, disregarding

3933 παρθένος parthenos [par-then’-os] of unknown origin; n f; TDNT-5:826,786; [{See TDNT 597 }] AV-virgin 14; 14

1) a virgin

1a) a marriageable maiden

1b) a woman who has never had sexual intercourse with a man

1c) one’s marriageable daughter

2) a man who has abstained from all uncleanness and whoredom attendant on idolatry, and so has kept his chastity

2a) one who has never had intercourse with women

3935 παρίημι pariemi [par-ee’-ay-mi] from 3844 and ιημι hiemi (to send eimi, to go); v; TDNT-1:509,88; [{ See TDNT 115 }] AV-hang down 1; 1

1) to let pass

1a) to pass by, neglect

1b) to disregard, omit

2) to relax, loose, let go

3) relaxed, unstrung, weakened, exhausted

3956 ~πᾶς~ pas \@pas\@ including all the forms of declension; adj AV-all 748, all things 170, every 117, all men 41, whosoever 31, everyone 28, whole 12, all manner of 11, every man 11, no + 3756 9, every thing 7, any 7, whatsoever 6, whosoever + 3739 + 302 3, always + 1223 3, daily + 2250 2, any thing 2, no + 3361 2, not tr 7, misc 26; 1243

1) individually

1a) each, every, any, all, the whole, everyone, all things, everything

2) collectively

2a) some of all types

3958 πάσχω pascho [pas’-kho] including the forms πάθω (patho [path’-o)] and πένθω (pentho [pen’-tho]), used only in certain tenses for it apparently a root word; v; TDNT-5:904,798; [{See TDNT 606 }] AV-suffer 39, be vexed 1, passion + 3588 1, feel 1; 42

1) to be affected or have been affected, to feel, have a sensible experience, to undergo

1a) in a good sense, to be well off, in good case

1b) in a bad sense, to suffer sadly, be in a bad plight

1b1) of a sick person

• see logos and pathos 3806

3960 πατάσσω patasso [pat-as’-so] probably prolongation from 3817; v; TDNT-5:939,804; [{See TDNT 607 }] AV-smite 9, strike 1; 10

1) to strike gently: as a part or a member of the body

2) to stroke, smite: with the sword, to afflict, to visit with evils, etc. as with a deadly disease

3) to smite down, cut down, to kill, slay

3962 ~πατήρ~ pater \@pat-ayr’\@ apparently a root word but with clearly Latin origins; n m AV-Father 267, father 150, parent 1; 418 see also Patronus, Pater Patriae, Parens patriae, or Conscripted fathers of Rome.

1) generator or male ancestor

1a) either the nearest ancestor: father of the corporeal nature, natural fathers, both parents

1b) a more remote ancestor, the founder of a family or tribe, progenitor of a people, forefather: so Abraham is called, Jacob and David

1b1) fathers i.e. ancestors, forefathers, founders of a nation

1c) one advanced in years, a senior

2) metaph.

2a) the originator and transmitter of anything

2a1) the authors of a family or society of persons animated by the same spirit as himself

2a2) one who has infused his own spirit into others, who actuates and governs their minds

2b) one who stands in a father’s place and looks after another in a paternal way

2c) a title of honour

2c1) teachers, as those to whom pupils trace back the knowledge and training they have received

2c2) the members of the Sanhedrin, whose prerogative it was by virtue of the wisdom and experience in which they excelled, to take charge of the interests of others

3) God is called the Father

3a) of the stars, the heavenly luminaries, because he is their creator, upholder, ruler

3b) of all rational and intelligent beings, whether angels or men, because he is their creator, preserver, guardian and protector

3b1) of spiritual beings and of all men

3c) of Christians, as those who through Christ have been exalted to a specially close and intimate relationship with God, and who no longer dread him as a stern judge of sinners, but revere him as their reconciled and loving Father

3d) the Father of Jesus Christ, as one whom God has united to himself in the closest bond of love and intimacy, madeacquainted with his purposes, appointed to explain and carry out among men the plan of salvation, and made to share also in his own divine nature

3d1) by Jesus Christ himself

3d2) by the apostles

• "The word Prater properly signifying a General or Captain from praire... those who were Commanders in chief being like wise Judges in civil Causes." The Great Historical, Geographical, Genealogical and Poetical Dictionary; Being a Curious Miscellany of Sacred and Prophane History ... Collected from the Best Historians, Chronologers and Lexicographers ... But More Especially Out of Lewis Morery, D.D. His Eighth Edition Corrected and Enlarged by Monsieur Le Clerc ... The First[-second] Volume, Volume 2

3968 πατρίς patris [pat-rece’] from 3962 Pater father; n f; AV-(one’s) own country 5, country 3; 8

1) one’s native country

1a) one’s fatherland, one’s own country, a fixed abode or home

1b) one’s own native place i.e. a city

• Distinguished from chōras
• patris of one's fathers

3970 ~πατροπαράδοτος~ patroparadotos \@pat-rop-ar-ad’-ot-os\@ from 3962 and a derivative of 3860 (in the sense of handing over or down; (3844 used to make the word 3862 tradition and ordinance) ); ; adj AV-received by tradition from (one’s) fathers 1; 1 1 Peter 1:18

1) handed down from one’s father’s or ancestors

3973 παύω pauo [pow’-o] a root verb ("pause"); v; AV-cease 12, leave 2, refrain 1; 15

1) to make to cease or desist

2) to restrain a thing or person from something

3) to cease, to leave off

4) have got release from sin

4a) no longer stirred by its incitements and seductions

3980 ~πειθαρχέω~ peitharcheo \@pi-tharkh-eh’-o\@ from a compound of 3982 and 757; TDNT-6:9,818; {See TDNT 611} v AV-obey 2, hearken unto 1, obey a magistrate 1; 4

1) to obey (a ruler or a superior)

3982 ~πείθω~ peitho \@pi’-tho\@ a primary verb;v AV-persuade 22, trust 8, obey 7, have confidence 6, believe 3, be confident 2, misc 7; 55

1) persuade

1a) to persuade, i.e. to induce one by words to believe

1b) to make friends of, to win one’s favour, gain one’s good will, or to seek to win one, strive to please one

1c) to tranquillise

1d) to persuade unto i.e. move or induce one to persuasion to do something

2) be persuaded

2a) to be persuaded, to suffer one’s self to be persuaded; to be induced to believe: to have faith: in a thing

2a1) to believe

2a2) to be persuaded of a thing concerning a person

2b) to listen to, obey, yield to, comply with

3) to trust, have confidence, be confident

3984 πεῖρα peira [pi’-rah] from the base of 4008 beyond, on the other side(through the idea of piercing); n f; TDNT- 6:23,822; [{See TDNT 613 }] AV-assay + 2983 1, trial 1; 2

1) a trial, experience, attempt

2) to attempt a thing, to make trial of a thing or of a person

3) to have a trial of a thing

4) to experience, learn to know by experience

3985 πειράζω peirazo [pi-rad’-zo] from 3984; v; TDNT-6:23,822; [{See TDNT 613 }] AV-tempt 29, try 4, tempter 2, prove 1, assay 1, examine 1, go about 1; 39

1) to try whether a thing can be done

1a) to attempt, endeavour

2) to try, make trial of, test: for the purpose of ascertaining his quality, or what he thinks, or how he will behave himself

2a) in a good sense

2b) in a bad sense, to test one maliciously, craftily to put to the proof his feelings or judgments

2c) to try or test one’s faith, virtue, character, by enticement to sin

2c1) to solicit to sin, to tempt

1c1a) of the temptations of the devil

2d) after the OT usage

2d1) of God: to inflict evils upon one in order to prove his character and the steadfastness of his faith

2d2) men are said to tempt God by exhibitions of distrust, as though they wished to try whether he is not justly distrusted

2d3) by impious or wicked conduct to test God’s justice and patience, and to challenge him, as it were to give proof of his perfections.

3993 πένης penes [pen’-ace] from a primary peno (to toil for daily subsistence); adj; TDNT- 6:37,824; [{See TDNT 614 }] AV-poor 1; 1

1) poor

• For Synonyms see entry 5870

3996 πενθέω pentheo [pen-theh’-o] from 3997 sorrow; v; TDNT-6:40,825; [{See TDNT 615 }] AV-mourn 7, wail 2, bewail 1; 10

1) to mourn

2) to mourn for, lament one

For Synonyms see entry 5932

4004 πεντήκοντα pentekonta [pen-tay’-kon-tah] multiplicative of 4002; adj; AV-fifty 7; 7

1) fifty

• In Mark 6:40 we see κατά πεντήκοντα with a word origin as

a cardinal number from pente and a modified form of deka which means ten. Literally 5x10

• See also 4849

4012 ~περί~ peri \@per-ee’\@ from the base of 4008 beyond, on the other side ; prep AV-of 148, for 61, concerning 40, about 31, as touching 5, touching 6, whereof + 3739 3, not tr 4, misc 33; 331

1) about, concerning, on account of, because of, around, near

4036 περίλυπος perilupos [per-il’-oo-pos] from 4012 and 3077; adj; TDNT-4:323,540; [{See TDNT 454 }] AV-exceeding sorrowful 2, very sorrowful 2, exceeding sorry 1; 5

1) very sad, exceedingly sorrowful

2) overcome with sorrow so much as to cause one’s death

4041 ~περιούσιος~ periousios \@per-ee-oo’-see-os\@ from the present participle feminine of a compound of 4012 and 1510; adj AV-peculiar 1; 1

1) that which is one’s own, belonging to one’s possessions

1a) a people selected by God from the other nations for his own possession

4043 ~περιπατέω~ peripateo \@per-ee-pat-eh’-o\@ from 4012 and 3961; v AV-walk 93, go 1, walk about 1, be occupied 1; 96

1) to walk

1a) to make one’s way, progress; to make due use of opportunities

1b) Hebrew for, to live

1b1) to regulate one’s life

1b2) to conduct one’s self

1b3) to pass one’s life

4046 ~περιποιέομαι~ peripoieomai \@per-ee-poy-eh’-om-ahee\@ middle voice from 4012 and 4160; ; v AV-purchase 2; 2

1) to make to remain over

2) to reserve, to leave or keep safe, lay by

3) to make to remain for one’s self

4) to preserve for one’s self

5) to get for one’s self, purchase

4047 ~περιποίησις~ peripoiesis \@per-ee-poy’-ay-sis\@ from 4046 (preserve for one’s self); ; n f AV-purchased possession 1, to obtain + 1519 1, obtaining 1, saving 1, peculiar + 1519 1; 5

1) a preserving, a preservation

2) possession, one’s own property

3) an obtaining

4059 περιτέμνω peritemno [per-ee-tem’-no] from 4012 and the base of 5114; v; TDNT-6:72,831; [{See TDNT 621 }] AV-circumcise 18; 18

1) to cut around

2) to circumcise

2a) cut off one’s prepuce (used of that well known rite by which not only the male children of the Israelites, on the eighth day after birth, but subsequently also "proselytes of righteousness" were consecrated to Jehovah and introduced into the number of his people)

2b) to get one’s self circumcised, present one’s self to be circumcised, receive circumcision

2c) since by the rite of circumcision a man was separated from the unclean world and dedicated to God, the word is transferred to denote the extinguishing of lusts and the removal of sins

4061 περιτομή peritome [per-it-om-ay’] from 4059; n f; TDNT-6:72,831; [{See TDNT 621 }] AV-circumcision 35, circumcised 1; 36

1) circumcised

1a) the act or rite of circumcision, "they of the circumcision" is a term used of the Jews

1a1) of Christians gathered from among the Jews

1a2) the state of circumcision

1b) metaph.

1b1) of Christians separated from the unclean multitude and truly consecrated to God

1b2) the extinction of passions and the removal of spiritual impurity

4066 περίχωρος perichoros [per-ikh’-o-ros] from 4012 peri of, for, and about and 5561 chora space or region; adj; AV-region round about 5, country round about 3, country about 1, region that lieth around about 1; 10

1) lying round about, neighbouring

1a) the region round about

1b) the region of Jordan

4073 πέτρα petra [pet’-ra] from the same as 4074 Πέτρος Petros; n f; TDNT-6:95,834; [{See TDNT 624 }] AV-rock 16; 16

1) a rock, cliff or ledge

1a) a projecting rock, crag, rocky ground

1b) a rock, a large stone

1c) metaph. a man like a rock, by reason of his firmness and strength of soul

4074 Πέτρος Petros [pet’-ros] apparently a primary word; n pr m; TDNT-6:100,835; [{See TDNT 625 }] AV-Peter 161, stone 1; 162

• Peter  = "a rock or a stone"

1) one of the twelve disciples of Jesus

4088 πικρία pikria [pik-ree’-ah] from 4089; n f; TDNT-6:122,839; [{See TDNT 629 }] AV-bitterness 4; 4

1) bitter gall

1a) extreme wickedness

1b) a bitter root, and so producing a bitter fruit

1c) metaph. bitterness, bitter hatred

4095 ~πίνω~ pino \@pee’-no\@ a prolonged form of ~πιω~ pio \@pee’-o;\@ which (together with another form ~ποω~ poo \@po’-o,\@ occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses; v AV-drink 68, drink of 7; 75

1) to drink

2) figuratively, to receive into the soul what serves to refresh strengthen, nourish it unto life eternal

4097 πιπράσκω piprasko [pip-ras’-ko] a reduplicated and prolonged form of πραω prao [prah’-o,] (which occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses), contracted from περαω perao (to traverse, from the base of 4008); v; TDNT-6:160,846; [{See TDNT 632 }] AV-sell 9; 9

1) to sell

1a) of price, one into slavery

1b) of the master to whom one is sold as a slave

2) metaph.

2a) sold under sin, entirely under the control of the love of sinning

2b) of one bribed to give himself up wholly to another’s will

• See as metaphors: 4202 n porneia "worship of idols", 4203 v porneuo "given to idolatry", 4204 n porne "Idolatry", 4205 n pornos.

4100 πιστεύω pisteuo [pist-yoo’-o] from 4102; v; TDNT-6:174,849; [{See TDNT 634 }] AV-believe 239, commit unto 4, commit to (one’s) trust 1, be committed unto 1, be put in trust with 1, be commit to one’s trust 1, believer 1; 248

1) to think to be true, to be persuaded of, to credit, place confidence in

1a) of the thing believed

1a1) to credit, have confidence

1b) in a moral or religious reference

1b1) used in the NT of the conviction and trust to which a man is impelled by a certain inner and higher prerogative and law of soul

1b2) to trust in Jesus or God as able to aid either in obtaining or in doing something: saving faith

1bc) mere acknowledgment of some fact or event: intellectual faith

2) to entrust a thing to one, i.e. his fidelity

2a) to be intrusted with a thing

4102 ~πίστις~ pistis \@pis’-tis\@ from 3982; TDNT-6:174,849; {See TDNT 634} n f AV-faith 239, assurance 1, believe + 1537 1, belief 1, them that believe 1, fidelity 1; 244

1) conviction of the truth of anything, belief; in the NT of a conviction or belief respecting man’s relationship to God and divine things, generally with the included idea of trust and holy fervour born of faith and joined with it

1a) relating to God

1a1) the conviction that God exists and is the creator and ruler of all things, the provider and bestower of eternal salvation through Christ

1b) relating to Christ

1b1) a strong and welcome conviction or belief that Jesus is the Messiah, through whom we obtain eternal salvation in the kingdom of God

1c) the religious beliefs of Christians

1d) belief with the predominate idea of trust (or confidence) whether in God or in Christ, springing from faith in the same

2) fidelity, faithfulness

2a) the character of one who can be relied on

4103 ~πιστός~ pistos \@pis-tos’\@ from 3982; adj AV-faithful 53, believe 6, believing 2, true 2, faithfully 1, believer 1, sure 1; not tr 1; 67

1) trusty, faithful

1a) of persons who show themselves faithful in the transaction of business, the execution of commands, or the discharge of official duties

1b) one who kept his plighted faith, worthy of trust

1c) that can be relied on

2) easily persuaded

2a) believing, confiding, trusting

2b) in the NT one who trusts in God’s promises

2b1) one who is convinced that Jesus has been raised from the dead

2b2) one who has become convinced that Jesus is the Messiah and author of salvation

See infidel

4105 ~πλανάω~ planao \@plan-ah’-o\@ from 4106; v AV-deceive 24, err 6, go astray 5, seduce 2, wander 1, be out of the way 1; 39

1) to cause to stray, to lead astray, lead aside from the right way

1a) to go astray, wander, roam about

2) metaph.

2a) to lead away from the truth, to lead into error, to deceive

2b) to be led into error

2c) to be led aside from the path of virtue, to go astray, sin

2d) to sever or fall away from the truth

2d1) of heretics

2e) to be led away into error and sin

4106 ~πλάνη~ plane \@plan’-ay\@ from 4108 planos (as abstractly); n f AV-error 7, to deceive 1, deceit 1, delusion 1; 10

1) a wandering, a straying about

1a) one led astray from the right way, roams hither and thither

2) metaphor

2a) mental straying

2a1) error, wrong opinion relative to morals or religion

2b) error which shows itself in action, a wrong mode of acting

2c) error, that which leads into error, deceit or fraud

4108 ~πλάνος~ planos \@plan’-os\@ of uncertain affinity; adj AV-deceiver 4, seducing 1; 5

1) wandering, roving

2) misleading, leading into error

2a) a vagabond, "tramp," imposter

2b) corrupter, deceiver

4111 ~πλάσσω~ plasso \@plas’-so\@ a root word; TDNT-6:254,862; {See TDNT 636} v AV-form 2; 2

1) to form, mould (something from clay, wax, etc.)

1a) used of a potter

4119 ~πλείων~ pleion \@pli-own\@ neuter ~πλείον~ pleion \@pli’-on\@ or ~πλέον~ pleon \@pleh’-on\@ comparative of 4183; ; adj AV-more 23, many 12, greater 5, further + 1909 3, most 2, more part 2, not tr 1, misc 8; 56

1) greater in quantity

1a) the more part, very many

2) greater in quality, superior, more excellent

4122 πλεονεκτέω pleonekteo [pleh-on-cek-teh’-o] from 4123 covetous, greedy of gain; v; TDNT-6:266,864; [{See TDNT 638 }] AV-make a gain 2, defraud 2, get an advantage 1; 5

1) to have more, or a greater part or share

1a) to be superior, excel, surpass, have an advantage over

2) to gain or take advantage of another, to overreach

4123 ~πλεονέκτης~ pleonektes \@pleh-on-ek’-tace\@ from 4119 and 2192; TDNT-6:266,864; {See TDNT 638} n m AV-covetous 4; 4

1) one eager to have more, esp. what belongs to others

2) greedy of gain, covetous

4124 ~πλεονεξία~ pleonexia \@pleh-on-ex-ee’-ah\@ from 4123; n f AV-covetousness 8, greediness 1, covetous practices 1; 10 1) greedy desire to have more, covetousness, avarice

4137 ~πληρόω~ pleroo \@play-ro’-o\@ from 4134⁹; v AV-fulfil 51, fill 19, be full 7, complete 2, end 2, misc 9; 90

1) to make full, to fill up, i.e. to fill to the full

1a) to cause to abound, to furnish or supply liberally

1a1) I abound, I am liberally supplied

2) to render full, i.e. to complete

2a) to fill to the top: so that nothing shall be wanting to full measure, fill to the brim

2b) to consummate: a number

2b1) to make complete in every particular, to render perfect

2b2) to carry through to the end, to accomplish, carry out, (some undertaking)

2c) to carry into effect, bring to realisation, realise

2c1) of matters of duty: to perform, execute

2c2) of sayings, promises, prophecies, to bring to pass, ratify, accomplish

2c3) to fulfil, i.e. to cause God’s will (as made known in the law) to be obeyed as it should be, and God’s promises (given through the prophets) to receive fulfilment

4139 ~πλησίον~ plesion \@play-see’-on\@ neuter of a derivative of pelas (near); adv AV-neighbour 16, near 1; 17

1) a neighbour

1a) a friend

1b) any other person, and where two are concerned, the other (thy fellow man, thy neighbour), according to the Jews, any member of the Hebrew nation and commonwealth

1c) according to Christ, any other man irrespective of nation or religion with whom we live or whom we chance to meet

4141 ~πλήσσω~ plesso \@place’-so\@ apparently another form of 4111 (through the idea of flattening out); ; v AV-smite 1; 1

1) to strike, smite

4145 πλούσιος plousios [ploo’-see-os] from 4149 πλοῦτος ploutos n. AV-22 riches; adj; TDNT-6:318,873; [{See TDNT 642 }] AV-rich 28; 28

1) wealthy, abounding in material resources

2) metaph. abounding, abundantly supplied

2a) abounding (rich) in Christian virtues and eternal possessions

4149 πλοῦτος ploutos [ploo’-tos] from the base of 4130; n m; TDNT-6:318,873; [{See TDNT 642 }] AV-riches 22; 22

1) riches, wealth

1a) abundance of external possessions

1b) fulness, abundance, plenitude

1c) a good i.e. that with which one is enrichedlink title

4151 ~πνεῦμα~ pneuma \@pnyoo’-mah\@ from 4154; 643} n n AV-Spirit 111, (Holy) Ghost 89, Spirit (of God) 13, Spirit (of the Lord) 5, (My) Spirit 3, Spirit (of truth) 3, Spirit (of Christ) 2, human (spirit) 49, (evil) spirit 47, spirit (general) 26, spirit 8, (Jesus’ own) spirit 6, (Jesus’ own) ghost 2, misc 21; 385

1) the third person of the triune God, the Holy Spirit, coequal, coeternal with the Father and the Son

1a) sometimes referred to in a way which emphasises his personality and character (the Holy Spirit)

1b) sometimes referred to in a way which emphasises his work and power (the Spirit of Truth)

1c) never referred to as a depersonalised force

2) the spirit, i.e. the vital principal by which the body is animated

2a) the rational spirit, the power by which the human being feels, thinks, decides

2b) the soul

3) a spirit, i.e. a simple essence, devoid of all or at leastall grosser matter, and possessed of the power of knowing, desiring, deciding, and acting

3a) a life giving spirit

3b) a human soul that has left the body

3c) a spirit higher than man but lower than God, i.e. an angel

3c1) used of demons, or evil spirits, who were conceived as inhabiting the bodies of men

3c2) the spiritual nature of Christ, higher than the highest angels and equal to God, the divine nature of Christ

4) the disposition or influence which fills and governs the soul of any one

4a) the efficient source of any power, affection, emotion, desire, etc.

5) a movement of air (a gentle blast)

5a) of the wind, hence the wind itself

5b) breath of nostrils or mouth For Synonyms see entry 5923

4152 πνευματικός pneumatikos [pnyoo-mat-ik-os’] from 4151 pneuma; adj; TDNT-6:332,876; [{See TDNT 643 }] AV-spiritual 26; 26

1) relating to the human spirit, or rational soul, as part of the man which is akin to God and serves as his instrument or organ

1a) that which possesses the nature of the rational soul

2) belonging to a spirit, or a being higher than man but inferior to God

3) belonging to the Divine Spirit

3a) of God the Holy Spirit

3b) one who is filled with and governed by the Spirit of God

4) pertaining to the wind or breath; windy, exposed to the wind, blowing

4155 πνίγω pnigo [pnee’-go] strengthened from 4154 pneo breath; v; TDNT-6:455,895; [{See TDNT 644 }] AV-take by the throat 1, choke 1; 2

1) to choke, strangle

1a) of thorns crowding out the seed in the field and hindering its growth

2) to wring one’s neck, throttle

‭4159. ποθεν pothen poth’-en; from the base of 4213 posis drink with enclitic adverb of origin; from which (as interrogative) or what (as relative) place, state, source or cause: —  whence. ‭

4165 ~ποιμαίνω~ poimaino \@poy-mah’-ee-no\@ from 4166; TDNT-6:485,901; {See TDNT 647} v AV-feed 6, rule 4, feed cattle 1; 11

1) to feed, to tend a flock, keep sheep

1a) to rule, govern

1a1) of rulers

1a2) to furnish pasture for food

1a3) to nourish

1a4) to cherish one’s body, to serve the body

1a5) to supply the requisites for the soul’s need

It does not mean to rule but to tend to the temporal needs. For Synonyms see entry 5824

4166 ~ποιμήν~ poimen \@poy-mane’\@ of uncertain affinity; n m AV-shepherd 15, Shepherd 2, pastor 1; 18

1) a herdsman, esp. a shepherd

1a) in the parable, he to whose care and control others have committed themselves, and whose precepts they follow

2) metaph.

2a) the presiding officer, manager, director, of any assembly: so of Christ the Head of the church; the NT uses the term bishop, overseers, 1985 pastors, 4166 elders, and presbyters 4245 interchangeably {#Ac 20:17,28 Eph 4:11 Tit 1:5,7 1Pe 5:1-4 etc.} 2a1) of the overseers of the Christian assemblies 2a2) of kings and princes

The tasks of a Near Eastern shepherd were:

• -to watch for enemies trying to attack the sheep
• -to defend the sheep from attackers
• -to heal the wounded and sick sheep
• -to find and save lost or trapped sheep
• -to love them, sharing their lives and so earning their trust.

4171 ~πόλεμος~ polemos \@pol’-em-os\@ from pelomai (to bustle); n m AV-war 12, battle 5, fight 1; 18

1) a war

2) a fight, a battle

3) a dispute, strife, quarrel... For Synonyms see entry 5938

4172 ~πόλις~ polis \@pol’-is\@ probably from the same as polemos 4171 meaning war, or perhaps from polus 4183 meaning many, much, large; n f AV-city 164; 164

1) a city

1a) one’s native city, the city in which one lives

1b) the heavenly Jerusalem

1b1) the abode of the blessed in heaven

1b2) of the visible capital in the heavenly kingdom, to come down to earth after the renovation of the world by fire

1c) the inhabitants of a city

4173 ~πολιτάρχης~ politarches \@pol-it-ar’-khace\@ from 4172 and 757; ; n m AV-ruler of the city 2; 2

1) a ruler of a city or citizens

4174 ~πολιτεία~ politeia \@pol-ee-ti’-ah\@ from 4177 ("polity"); TDNT-6:516,906; {See TDNT 649} n f AV-freedom 1, commonwealth 1; 2

1) the administration of civil affairs

2) a state or commonwealth

3) citizenship, the rights of a citizen

4175 ~πολίτευμα~ politeuma \@pol-it’-yoo-mah\@ from 4176; n n AV-conversation 1; 1

1) the administration of civil affairs or of a commonwealth

2) the constitution of a commonwealth, form of government and the laws by which it is administered

3) a state, commonwealth 3a) the commonwealth of citizens

4176 ~πολιτεύομαι~ politeuomai \@pol-it-yoo’-om-ahee\@ middle voice of a derivative of 4177 polites "the inhabitant of any city or country" from the word polis; v AV-live 1, let (one’s) conversation be 1; 2

1) to be a citizen

2) to administer civil affairs, manage the state

3) to make or create a citizen 3a) to be a citizen 3b) to behave as a citizen 3b1) to avail one’s self of or recognise the laws 3b2) to conduct one’s self as pledged to some law of life"

4177 ~πολίτης~ polites \@pol-ee’-tace\@ from 4172; n m AV-citizen 3; 3

1) a citizen

1a) the inhabitant of any city or country

1b) the association of another in citizenship

1b1) a fellow citizen, fellow countryman

4183 ~πολύς~ polus \@pol-oos’\@ including the forms from the alternate pollos; TDNT-6:536,910; {See TDNT 650} adj AV-many 210, much 73, great 59, misc 23; 365 1) many, much, large

4185 πολυτελής poluteles [pol-oo-tel-ace’] from 4183 many, much, and 5056 end; adj; AV-very precious 1, costly 1, of great price 1; 3

1) precious

1a) requiring very great outlay, very costly

1b) excellent, of surpassing value

4189 πονηρία poneria pon-ay-ree’-ah from 4190; TDNT-6:562,912; {See TDNT 652} n f AV-wickedness 6, iniquity 1; 7

1) depravity, iniquity, wickedness

2) malice

3) evil purposes and desires

For Synonyms see entry 5855

4190 ~πονηρός~ poneros \@pon-ay-ros’\@ from a derivative of 4192; adj AV-evil 51, wicked 10, wicked one 6, evil things 2, misc 7; 76

1) full of labours, annoyances, hardships

1a) pressed and harassed by labours

1b) bringing toils, annoyances, perils; of a time full of peril to Christian faith and steadfastness; causing pain and trouble

2) bad, of a bad nature or condition

2a) in a physical sense: diseased or blind

2b) in an ethical sense: evil wicked, bad

For Synonyms see entry 5908

++++ The word is used in the nominative case in #Mt 6:13. This usually denotes a title in the Greek. Hence Christ is saying, deliver us from "The Evil," and is probably referring to Satan the adversary of The Way of God.

4192 πόνος ponos [pon’-os] from the base of 3993 penes poor; n m; AV-pain 3; 3

1) great trouble, intense desire

2) pain

• For Synonyms see entry 5860 & 5936

4198 ~πορεύομαι~ poreuomai \@por-yoo’-om-ahee\@ middle voice from a derivative of the same as 3984; TDNT-6:566,915; {See TDNT 653} v AV-go 117, depart 11, walk 9, go (one’s) way 8, misc 9; 154

1) to lead over, carry over, transfer

1a) to pursue the journey on which one has entered, to continue on one’s journey

1b) to depart from life

1c) to follow one, that is: become his adherent

1c1) to lead or order one’s life

For Synonyms see entry 5818

4202 ~πορνεία~ porneia \@por-ni’-ah\@ from 4203; TDNT-6:579,918; {See TDNT 654} n f AV-fornication 26; 26

1) illicit sexual intercourse

1a) adultery, fornication, homosexuality, lesbianism, intercourse with animals etc.

1b) sexual intercourse with close relatives; #Le 18:6-23

1c) sexual intercourse with a divorced man or woman; #Mr 10:11,12

2) metaph. the worship of idols

2a) of the defilement of idolatry, as incurred by eating the sacrifices offered to idols

• See as metaphors: 4202 n porneia "worship of idols", 4203 v porneuo "given to idolatry", 4204 n porne "Idolatry", 4205 n pornos from v piprasko 4097 a bribed to become the merchandise of another.
• Benson Commentary states : "The original word, πορνεια, implies criminal conversation of any kind whatever; and is used by the LXX., and by the writers of the New Testament, in the latitude which its correspondent word hath in the Hebrew language, namely, to denote all the different kinds of uncleanness committed, whether between men and women, or between men, or with beasts. Accordingly it is used in the plural number, chap. 1 Corinthians 7:2. Here the word signifies incest joined with adultery, the woman’s husband being still living, as appears from 2 Corinthians 7:12. In the Old Testament whoredom sometimes signifies idolatry, because the union of the Israelites with God as their king being represented by God himself as a marriage, their giving themselves up to idolatry was considered as adultery."

4203 ~πορνεύω~ porneuo \@porn-yoo’-o\@ from 4204; TDNT-6:579,918; {See TDNT 654} v AV-commit fornication 7, commit 1; 8

1) to prostitute one’s body to the lust of another

2) to give one’s self to unlawful sexual intercourse

2a) to commit fornication

3) metaph. to be given to idolatry, to worship idols

3a) to permit one’s self to be drawn away by another into idolatry

• See as metaphors: 4202 n porneia "worship of idols", 4203 v porneuo "given to idolatry", 4204 n porne "Idolatry", 4205 n pornos from v piprasko 4097 a bribed to become the merchandise of another.

4204 ~πόρνη~ porne \@por’-nay\@ from 4205; TDNT-6:579,918; {See TDNT 654} n f AV-harlot 8, whore 4; 12

1) a woman who sells her body for sexual uses

1a) a prostitute, a harlot, one who yields herself to defilement for the sake of gain

1b) any woman indulging in unlawful sexual intercourse, whether for gain or for lust

2) metaph. an idolatress

2a) of "Babylon" i.e. Rome, the chief seat of idolatry

• See as metaphors: 4202 n porneia "worship of idols", 4203 v porneuo "given to idolatry", 4204 n porne "Idolatry", 4205 n pornos from v piprasko 4097 a bribed to become the merchandise of another.

4205 πόρνος pornos [por’-nos] from pernemi (to sell, akin to the base of 4097 the price of a slave who sells himself for an advantage.]); n m; TDNT- 6:579,918; [{See TDNT 654 }] AV-fornicator 5, whoremonger 5; 10

1) a man who prostitutes his body to another’s lust for hire

2) a male prostitute

3) a man who indulges in unlawful sexual intercourse, a fornicator

• See as metaphors: 4202 n porneia "worship of idols", 4203 v porneuo "given to idolatry", 4204 n porne "Idolatry", 4205 n pornos from v piprasko 4097 a bribed to become the merchandise of another.

4210 πορφυροῦς porphurous [por-foo-rooce’] from 4209 purple or purple fish; adj; AV-purple 3; 3

1) purple, dyed in purple, made of purple fabric

4234 ~πρᾶξις~ praxis \@prax’-is\@ from 4238; TDNT-6:642,927; {See TDNT 657} n f AV-deed 4, work 1, office 1; 6

1) a doing, a mode of acting, a deal, a transaction

1a) the doings of the apostles

1b) in a bad sense, wicked deed, crime, wicked doings (our practices i.e. trickery)

2) a thing to be done, business

4235 ~πρᾷ ος~ praos \@prah’-os\@ see ~πραΰς~ a form of 4239, used in certain parts; ; adj AV-meek 1; 1

1) gentle, mild, meek

4236 ~πρᾳότης~ praotes \@prah-ot’-ace\@ see ~πραΰτης~ from 4235; TDNT- *, 798; {See TDNT 606} n f AV-meekness 9; 9

1) gentleness, mildness, meekness

For Synonyms see entry 5898 & 5899

4237 ~πρασιά~ prasia \@pras-ee-ah’\@ perhaps from prason (a leek, and so an onion-patch); ; n f AV-in ranks 1, not tr. 1; 2

1) a plot of ground, a garden bed

2) Hebrew idiom i.e. they reclined in ranks or divisions, so that several ranks formed, as it were separate plots

4238 πράσσω prasso [pras’-so] a root word; v; TDNT-6:632,927; [{See TDNT 657 }] AV-do 28, commit 5, exact 1, require 1, deed 1, keep 1, use arts 1; 38

1) to exercise, practise, to be busy with, carry on

1a) to undertake, to do

2) to accomplish, perform

2a) to commit, perpetrate

3) to manage public affairs, transact public business

3a) to exact tribute, revenue, debts

4) to act

• For Synonyms see entry 5871 & 5911

4239 πραΰς praus [prah-ooce’] apparently a primary word, see 4235; adj; TDNT-6:645,929; [{ See TDNT 658 }] AV-meek 3; 3

1) mildness of disposition, gentleness of spirit, meekness

Meekness toward God is that disposition of spirit in which we accept His dealings with us as good, and therefore without disputing or resisting. In the OT, the meek are those wholly relying on God rather than their own strength to defend them against injustice. Thus, meekness toward evil people means knowing God is permitting the injuries they inflict, that He is using them to purify His elect, and that He will deliver His elect in His time. (#Isa 41:17, Luke 18:1-8) Gentleness or meekness is the opposite to self-assertiveness and self-interest. It stems from trust in God’s goodness and control over the situation. The gentle person is not occupied with self at all. This is a work of the Holy Spirit, not of the human will. (#Galatians 5:23)

4245 ~πρεσβύτερος~ presbuteros \@pres-boo’-ter-os\@ comparative of presbus (elderly); adj AV-elder 64, old man 1, eldest 1, elder woman 1; 67

1) elder, of age,

1a) the elder of two people

1b) advanced in life, an elder, a senior 1b1) forefathers

2) a term of rank or office

2a) among the Jews

2a1) members of the great council or Sanhedrin (because in early times the rulers of the people, judges, etc., were selected from elderly men)

2a2) of those who in separate cities managed public affairs and administered justice

2b) among the Christians, those who presided over the assemblies; (or churches) the NT uses the term bishop, overseers, 1985 pastors, 4166 elders, and presbyters 4245 interchangeably {#Ac 20:17,28 Eph 4:11 Tit 1:5,7 1Pe 5:1-4 etc.}

2c) the twenty four members of the heavenly Sanhedrin or court seated on thrones around the throne of God

4246 ~πρεσβύτης~ presbutes \@pres-boo’-tace\@ from the same as 4245; n m AV-old man 1, aged man 1, aged 1; 3

1) an old man, an aged man

2) ambassador

4253 ~πρό~ pro \@pro\@ a primary preposition; prep AV-before 44, above 2, above  …  ago 1, or ever 1; 48 1) before

4263 ~πρόβατον~ probaton \@prob’-at-on\@ also diminutive ~προβάτιον~ probation \@pro-ba’-tee-on\@ probably from a presumed. derivative of 4260; TDNT-6:689,936; {See TDNT 661} n n AV-sheep 40, sheepfold + 833 1; 41

1) any four footed, tame animal accustomed to graze, small cattle (opp. to large cattle, horses, etc.), most commonly a sheep or a goat

1a) a sheep, and so always in the NT

4270 ~προγράφω~ prographo \@prog-raf’-o\@ from 4253 and 1125; TDNT-1:770,128; {See TDNT 164} v AV-write 1, write aforetime 1, write afore 1, evidently set forth 1, before ordain 1; 5

1) to write before (of time)

1a) of old set forth or designated before hand (in the scriptures of the OT)

2) to depict or portray openly

2a) to write before the eyes of all who can read

2b) to depict, portray, paint, before the eyes

4276 ~προελπίζω~ proelpizo \@pro-el-pid’-zo\@ from 4253 and 1679; TDNT-2:534,229; {See TDNT 237} v AV-first trust 1; Ephesians 1:12

1) to hope before

4289 πρόθυμος prothumos [proth’-oo-mos] from 4253 (pro= before)and 2372 (thumos = passion, angry, heat,); adj; TDNT-6:694,937; [{See TDNT 663 }] AV-ready 2, willing 1; 3

1) ready, willing

4291 προΐστημι proistemi [pro-is’-tay-mee] from 4253 and 2476; v; TDNT-6:700,938; [{See TDNT 664 }] AV-rule 5, maintain 2, be over 1; 8

1) to set or place before

1a) to set over

1b) to be over, to superintend, preside over

1c) to be a protector or guardian

1c1) to give aid

1d) to care for, give attention to

1d1) profess honest occupations

4307 πρόνοια pronoia [pron’-oy-ah] from 4306 pronoeo provide; n f; TDNT-4:1011,636; [{See TDNT 525 }] AV-providence 1, provision 1; 2

1) forethought, providential care

2) to make provision for a thing

• see free bread, the dainties of rulers, daily bread and Nimrod

4314 ~πρός~ pros \@pros\@ a strengthened form of 4253; TDNT-6:720,942; {See TDNT 666} prep AV-unto 340, to 203, with 43, for 25, against 24, among 20, at 11, not tr 6, misc 53, vr to 1; 726

1) to the advantage of

2) at, near, by

3) to, towards, with, with regard to

4334 προσέρχομαι proserchomai [pros-er’-khom-ahee] from 4314 and 2064 (including its alternate); v; TDNT- 2:683,257; [{See TDNT 259 }] AV-come 30, come to 25, come unto 19, go to 3, go unto 2, draw near 2, misc 5; 86

1) to come to, approach

2) draw near to

3) to assent to

4335 προσευχή proseuche [pros-yoo-khay’] from 4336 proseuchomai a verb; n f; TDNT-2:807,279; [{See TDNT 277 }] AV-prayer 36, pray earnestly + 4336 1; 37

1) prayer addressed to God

2) a place set apart or suited for the offering of prayer

2a) a synagogue

2b) a place in the open air where the Jews were wont to pray, outside the cities, where they had no synagogue

2b1) such places were situated upon the bank of a stream or the shore of a sea, where there was a supply of water for washing the hands before prayer

• For Synonyms see entry 5828 & 5883

4336 ~προσεύχομαι~ proseuchomai \@pros-yoo’-khom-ahee\@ from 4314 pros "to the advantage of" or for an advantage and 2172 euchomai "To wish", request or apply for; v AV-pray 83, make prayer 3, pray for 1; 87

1) to offer prayers, to pray

4337 προσέχω prosecho [pros-ekh’-o] from 4314 advantage and 2192 have; v; AV-beware 7, give heed to 5, take heed to 3, give heed unto 1, take heed 1, take heed unto 1, take heed whereunto + 3739 1, misc 5; 24

1) to bring to, bring near

1a) to bring a ship to land, and simply to touch at, put in

2) to turn the mind to, attend to be attentive

2a) to a person or a thing: of caring for, providing for

3) to attend to one’s self, i.e. to give heed to one’s self

3a) give attention to, take heed

4) to apply one’s self to, attach one’s self to, hold or cleave to a person or a thing

4a) to be given or addicted to

4b) to devote thought and effort to

4339 προσήλυτος proselutos [pros-ay’-loo-tos] from the alternate of 4334 proserchomai to draw near; adj; TDNT-6:727,943; [{See TDNT 668 }] AV-proselyte 4; 4

1) a newcomer

1a) a stranger, alien

2) a proselyte

2a) one who has come over from a Gentile religion to Judaism

• The Rabbis of the pharisees distinguished two classes of proselytes, proselytes of righteousness, who received circumcision and bound themselves to keep the whole of the Mosaic law and to comply with all the requirements of Judaism, and proselytes of the gate, who dwelt among the Jews, and although uncircumcised observed certain specific laws, esp. the seven precepts of Noah, i.e. against the seven chief sins, idolatry, blasphemy against God, homicide, unchastity, theft or plundering, rebellion against rulers and the use of "flesh with the blood thereof" which can be associated with covetous practices.

4342 ~προσκαρτερέω~ proskartereo \@pros-kar-ter-eh’-o\@ from the preposition pros and kartereo meaning steadfast; TDNT-3:618,417; {See TDNT 361} v AV-continue 4, continue instant 1, continue steadfastly 1, attend continually 1, give (one’s) self continually 1, wait on 1, wait on continually 1; 10

1) to adhere to one, be his adherent, to be devoted or constant to one

2) to be steadfastly attentive unto, to give unremitting care to a thing

3) to continue all the time in a place

4) to persevere and not to faint

5) to show one’s self courageous for

6) to be in constant readiness for one, wait on constantly

4343 ~προσκαρτέρησις~ proskarteresis \@pros-kar-ter’-ay-sis\@ from 4342; TDNT-3:619,417; {See TDNT 361} n f AV-perseverance 1; 1

1) perseverance

4352 ~προσκυνέω~ proskuneo \@pros-koo-neh’-o\@ from 4314 and a probable derivative of 2965 (meaning to kiss, like a dog licking his master’s hand); TDNT-6:758,948; {See TDNT 670} v AV-worship 60; 60

1) to kiss the hand to (towards) one, in token of reverence

2) among the Orientals, esp. the Persians, to fall upon the knees and touch the ground with the forehead as an expression of profound reverence

3) in the NT by kneeling or prostration to do homage (to one) or make obeisance, whether in order to express respect or to make supplication

3a) used of homage shown to men and beings of superior rank

3a1) to the Jewish high priests

3a2) to God

3a3) to Christ

3a4) to heavenly beings

3a5) to demons

• In the Old Testament, the common word for worship is shachah. Study Aboda.
• In the New Testament, the word for worship is proskuneo.
• The word worshipper does not appear in the Old Testament except as a translation of abad which clearly means to serve.

4353 προσκυνητής proskunetes [pros-koo-nay-tace’] from 4352 proskuneo from 4314 pros to the advantage of, and a probable derivative of 2965 kuon (meaning to kiss, like a dog [licking] his master’s hand);kuon is both a dog and a metaphor for a man of impure mind) n m; TDNT-6:766,948; [{See TDNT 670 }] AV-worshipper 1; 1

1) a worshipper

4367 ~προστάσσω~ prostasso \@pros-tas’-so\@ from 4314 and 5021; v AV-command 6, bid 1; 7

1) to assign or ascribe to, join to

2) to enjoin, order, prescribe, command

2a) to appoint, to define

Appears 7 times:

Matthew 1:24 Then Joseph being raised from sleep did as the angel of the Lord had bidden <4367> him, and took unto him his wife:

Matthew 8:4 And Jesus saith unto him, See thou tell no man; but go thy way, shew thyself to the priest, and offer the gift that Moses commanded <4367>, for a testimony unto them.

Matthew 21:6 And the disciples went, and did as Jesus commanded <4367> them, And brought the ass, and the colt,...

Kingdom context Matthew 21:5 "... thy King cometh unto thee, meek, and sitting upon an ass, and a colt the foal of an ass."

Mark 1:44 And saith unto him, See thou say nothing to any man: but go thy way, shew thyself to the priest, and offer for thy cleansing those things which Moses commanded <4367>, for a testimony unto them.

Luke 5:14 And he charged him to tell no man: but go, and shew thyself to the priest, and offer for thy cleansing, according as Moses commanded <4367>, for a testimony unto them.

Acts 10:33 Immediately therefore I sent to thee; and thou hast well done that thou art come. Now therefore are we all here present before God, to hear all things that are commanded <4367> thee of God.

Acts 10:48 And he commanded <4367> them to be baptized in the name of the Lord. Then prayed they him to tarry certain days.

4371 ~προσφάγιον~ prosphagion \@pros-fag’-ee-on\@ from a presumed derivative of a compound of 4314 and 5315; ; n n AV-meat 1; 1

1) anything eaten with bread

1a) spoken of fish boiled or broiled

4374 προσφέρω prosphero [pros-fer’-o] from 4314 pros and 5342 phero to carry (including its alternate); v; TDNT- 9:65,1252; [{See TDNT 827 }] AV-offer 22, bring unto 10, bring to 4, bring 3, offer up 3, offer unto 1, offer to 1, misc 4; 48

1) to bring to, lead to

1a) one to a person who can heal him or is ready to show him some kindness, one to a person who is to judge him

1b) to bring a present or a thing, to reach or hand a thing to one

1c) to put to

2) to be borne towards one, to attack, assail

2a) to behave one’s self towards one, deal with one

4380 προσωποληπτέω prosopolepteo [pros-o-pol-ape-teh’-o] from 4381; v; TDNT-6:779,950; [{See TDNT 672 }] AV-have respect to persons 1; 1

1) to respect the person (i.e. the external condition of man)

2) to have respect of persons, discriminate

• See Inclusive of 4380 prosopolepteo "to respect the person", 4381 prosopoleptes "respecter of persons", 4382 prosopolepsia n f "respect of persons", 4383 prosopon "the face", 678 aprosopoleptos without respect of persons.

Hebrew: 06440 PeiNunYodMem paniym Face or in front, from 06437 panah PeiNunHey to turn or look back.

Combinations: <01921>+<06440>, <04856>+<06440>, <05234>+<06440>, <05375>+<06440>.

4381 προσωπολήπτης prosopoleptes [pros-o-pol-ape’-tace] from 4383 prosopon "The face" and 2983 lambano "to take"; n m; TDNT-6:779,950; [{See TDNT 672 }] AV-respecter of persons 1; 1

1) an acceptor of persons

2) one who discriminates

• See also 4380 prosopolepteo "to respect the person", 4382 prosopolepsia n f "respect of persons", 678 aprosopoleptos without respect of persons.

Hebrew 06440 PeiNunYodMem paniym from 06437 panah PeiNunHey to turn or look back.

Combinations: <01921>+<06440>, <04856>+<06440>, <05234>+<06440>, <05375>+<06440>

4382 προσωποληψία prosopolepsia [pros-o-pol-ape-see’-ah] from 4381; n f; TDNT-6:779,950; [{See TDNT 672 }] AV-respect of persons 4; 4

1) respect of persons

2) partiality

2a) the fault of one who when called on to give judgment has respect of the outward circumstances of man and not to their intrinsic merits, and so prefers, as the more worthy, one who is rich, high born, or powerful, to another who does not have these qualities

• See 4380 prosopolepteo "to respect the person", 4381 prosopoleptes "respecter of persons", 4383 prosopon "the face", 678 aprosopoleptos without respect of persons.

Hebrew 06440 PeiNunYodMem paniym Face or in front, from 06437 panah PeiNunHey to turn or look back.

Combinations: <01921>+<06440>, <04856>+<06440>, <05234>+<06440>, <05375>+<06440>.

4383 πρόσωπον prosopon [pros’-o-pon] from 4314 and ops (the visage, from 3700); n n; TDNT-6:768,950; [{See TDNT 672 }] AV-face 55, person 7, presence 7, countenance 3, not tr 1, misc 5; 78

1) the face

1a) the front of the human head

1b) countenance, look

1b1) the face so far forth as it is the organ of sight, and by it various movements and changes) the index of the inward thoughts and feelings

1c) the appearance one presents by his wealth or property, his rank or low condition

1c1) outward circumstances, external condition

1c2) used in expressions which denote to regard the person in one’s judgment and treatment of men

2) the outward appearance of inanimate things

• See 4380 prosopolepteo "to respect the person", 4381 prosopoleptes "respecter of persons", 4382 prosopolepsia n f "respect of persons", 678 aprosopoleptos without respect of persons.

Hebrew: 06440 PeiNunYodMem paniym Face or in front, from 06437 panah PeiNunHey to turn or look back.

Combinations: <01921>+<06440>, <04856>+<06440>, <05234>+<06440>, <05375>+<06440>.

4394 ~προφητεία~ propheteia \@prof-ay-ti’-ah\@ from 4396 ("prophecy"); TDNT-6:781,952; {See TDNT 673} n f AV-prophecy 16, prophesying 3; 19

1) prophecy

1a) a discourse emanating from divine inspiration and declaring the purposes of God, whether by reproving and admonishing the wicked, or comforting the afflicted, or revealing things hidden; esp. by foretelling future events

1b) Used in the NT of the utterance of OT prophets

1b1) of the prediction of events relating to Christ’s kingdom and its speedy triumph, together with the consolations and admonitions pertaining to it, the spirit of prophecy, the divine mind, to which the prophetic faculty is due

1b2) of the endowment and speech of the Christian teachers called prophets

1b3) the gifts and utterances of these prophets, esp. of the predictions of the works of which, set apart to teach the gospel, will accomplish for the kingdom of Christ

4395 ~προφητεύω~ propheteuo \@prof-ate-yoo’-o\@ from 4396 an interpreter ; TDNT-6:781,952; {See TDNT 673} v AV-prophesy 28; 28

1) to prophesy, to be a prophet, speak forth by divine inspirations, to predict

1a) to prophesy

1b) with the idea of foretelling future events pertaining esp. to the kingdom of God

1c) to utter forth, declare, a thing which can only be known by divine revelation

1d) to break forth under sudden impulse in lofty discourse or praise of the divine counsels

1d1) under like prompting, to teach, refute, reprove, admonish, comfort others

1e) to act as a prophet, discharge the prophetic office

4396 ~προφήτης~ prophetes \@prof-ay’-tace\@ from a compound of 4253 and 5346; n m AV-prophet 149; 149

1) in Greek writings, an interpreter of oracles or of other hidden things

2) one who, moved by the Spirit of God and hence his organ or spokesman, solemnly declares to men what he has received by inspiration, especially concerning future events, and in particular such as relate to the cause and kingdom of God and to human salvation

2a) the OT prophets, having foretold the kingdom, deeds and death, of Jesus the Messiah.

2b) of John the Baptist, the herald of Jesus the Messiah

2c) of the illustrious prophet, the Jews expected before the advent of the Messiah

2d) the Messiah

2e) of men filled with the Spirit of God, who by God’s authority and command in words of weight pleads the cause of God and urges salvation of men

2f) of prophets that appeared in the apostolic age among Christians

2f1) they are associated with the apostles

2f2) they discerned and did what is best for the Christian cause, foretelling certain future events. (#Acts 11:27)

2f3) in the religious assemblies of the Christians, they were moved by the Holy Spirit to speak, having power to instruct, comfort, encourage, rebuke, convict, and stimulate, their hearers

3) a poet (because poets were believed to sing under divine inspiration)

3a) of Epimenides (#Tit 1:12)

4422 πτοέω ptoeo [pto-eh’-o] probably akin to the alternate of 4098 (through the idea of causing to fall) or to 4072 (through that of causing to fly away); v; AV-terrify 2; 2

1) to terrify

2) be terrified

For Synonyms see entry 5841

4439 πύλη pule [poo’-lay] apparently a primary word; n f; TDNT-6:921,974; [{See TDNT 680 }] AV-gate 10; 10

1) a gate

1a) of the larger sort

1a1) in the wall of either a city

1a2) a palace

1a3) a town

1a4) the temple

1a5) a prison

2) the gates of hell (likened to a vast prison)

3) metaph. the access or entrance into any state

4442 πῦρ pur [poor] a root word; n n; TDNT-6:928,975; [{See TDNT 681 }] AV-fire 73, fiery 1; 74

1) fire

4456 πωρόω poroo [po-ro’-o] apparently from poros (a kind of stone); v; TDNT-5:1025,816; [{ See TDNT 610 }] AV-hardened 3 (heart), blinded 2 (Romans 11:7, 2 Corinthians 3:14 ); 5

1) to cover with a thick skin, to harden by covering with a callus

2) metaph.

2a) to make the heart dull

2b) to grow hard, callous, become dull, lose the power of understanding

Top of Pi Top of Page

Rho (Strong's 4460-4517)

4461 ῥαββί rhabbi [hrab-bee’] of Hebrew origin 07227 רַבִּי‎ meaning many or great with pronominal suffix; n m; TDNT- 6:961,982; [{See TDNT 685 }] AV-Master (Christ) 9, Rabbi (Christ) 5, rabbi 3; 17

1) my great one, my honourable sir

2) Rabbi, a title used by the Jews to address their teachers (and also honour them when not addressing them)

4464. ραβδος rhabdos hrab’-dos; from the base of 4474 rhapizo (from a primary ρεπω rhepo (to let fall, "rap"); to slap: —  smite (with the palm of the hand)); a stick or wand (as a cudgel, a cane or a baton of royalty): —  rod, sceptre, staff.

4467 ῥᾳδιούργημα rhadiourgema [hrad-ee-oorg’-ay-mah] from a comparative of rhaidios (easy, i.e. reckless) and 2041; n n; TDNT-6:972,983; [{See TDNT 687 }] AV-lewdness 1; 1

1) a piece of knavery, rascality, villainy.See also 4468 mischief in Acts 13:10

4468 ῥᾳδιουργία rhadiourgia [hrad-ee-oorg-ee’-a] from the same as 4467; n f; TDNT-6:972,983; [{See TDNT 687 }] AV-mischief 1; 1

1) ease in doing, faculty

2) levity or easiness in thinking or acting

2a) love of a lazy effeminate life

3) unscrupulous, cunning, mischief

4469 ῥακά rhaka [rhak-ah’] of Aramaic origin, cf. 07386 רֵיק‎ empty; n; TDNT-6:973,983; [{ See TDNT 688 }] AV-Raca 1; 1 (See vanity)

1) empty, i.e. a senseless, empty headed man

2) a term of reproach used among the Jews in the time of Christ

4487 ῥῆμα rhema [hray’-mah] from 4483 Rheo speak; n n; TDNT-4:69,505; [{See TDNT 431 }] AV-word 56, saying 9, thing 3, no thing + 3756 1, not tr 1; 70

1) that which is or has been uttered by the living voice, thing spoken, word

1a) any sound produced by the voice and having definite meaning

1b) speech, discourse

1b1) what one has said

1c) a series of words joined together into a sentence (a declaration of one’s mind made in words)

1c1) an utterance

1c2) a saying of any sort as a message, a narrative

1c2a) concerning some occurrence

2) subject matter of speech, thing spoken of

2a) so far forth as it is a matter of narration

2b) so far as it is a matter of command

2c) a matter of dispute, case at law

• distinctly different than the word logos.

‭4491. ριζα rhiza hrid’-zah; apparently a primary word; meaning both a "root" (literally or figuratively): —  AV-root 17; 17

1 a root

2 that which like a root springs from a root, a sprout, shoot

3 metaph. offspring, progeny

• Often as a Metaphor see Matthew 3:10; Luke 3:9; Hebrews 12:15; etc. and seek to see and understand the legal charity of the welfare state and the Corban dependent upon the exercise of authority of Herod and the Pharisees which did not bear fruit.

‭

4496 ῥίπτω rhipto [hrip’-to] a primary verb (perhaps rather akin to the base of 4474, through the idea of sudden motion); v; TDNT-6:991,987; [{See TDNT 691 }] AV-cast down 2, cast 2, scatter abroad 1, cast out 1, throw 1; 7

1) to cast, throw

2) throw down

3) to cast forward or before

4) to set down (with the suggestion of haste and want of care)

5) to throw to the ground, prostrate

4505 ῥύμη rhume [hroo’-may] prolongation from 4506 rhuomai in its original sense "to draw to one’s self, to rescue, to deliver", akin to 4482 "to flow" (4511 a flowing issue);; n f; AV-street 3, lane 1; 4

1) a swing, rush, force, trail, of a body in motion

2) a tract of way in a town shut in by buildings on both sides

3) a street, a lane

4506 ῥύομαι rhuomai [rhoo’-om-ahee] middle voice of an obsolete verb, akin to 4482 rheo to flow (through the idea of a current, cf. 4511 a flowing issue); v; TDNT-6:998,988; [{See TDNT 693 }] AV-deliver 17, Deliverer 1; 18

1) to draw to one’s self, to rescue, to deliver

2) the deliverer

Top of Rho Top of Page

Sigma (Strong's 4518-4998)

number - 4519

orig_word - σαβαώθ

word_orig - of Hebrew origin (06635) in feminine plural

translit - Sabaoth

tdnt - None

phonetic - sab-ah-owth'

part_of_speech - Noun

st_def - of Hebrew origin (6635 in feminine plural); armies; sabaoth (i.e. tsebaoth), a military epithet of God:--sabaoth.

IPD_def - "Lord of Sabaoth" Lord of the armies of Israel, as those who are under the leadership and protection of Jehovah maintain his cause in war

English - sabaoth letter - s data - {"def":{"short":"armies; sabaoth (i.e., tsebaoth), a military epithet of God","long":["\"Lord of Sabaoth\"",["Lord of the armies of Israel, as those who are under the leadership and protection of Jehovah maintain his cause in war"]]},"deriv":"of Hebrew origin (H6635 in feminine plural)","pronun":{"ipa":"sɑ.βɑˈoθ","ipa_mod":"sɑ.vɑˈowθ","sbl":"sabaōth","dic":"sa-va-OHTH","dic_mod":"sa-va-OHTH"},"see":["H6635"]}

usages - Sabaoth

4531 σ αλεύω saleuo [sal-yoo’-o] from 4535; v; TDNT-7:65,996; [{See TDNT 698 }] AV-shake 10, move 1, shake together 1, that are shaken 1, which cannot be shaken + 3361 1, stir up 1; 15

1) a motion produced by winds, storms, waves, etc

1a) to agitate or shake

1b) to cause to totter

1c) to shake thoroughly, of a measure filled by shaking its contents together

2) to shake down, overthrow

2a) to cast down from one’s (secure and happy) state

2b) to move, agitate the mind, to disturb one

4540 Σαμάρεια Samareia [sam-ar’-i-ah] of Hebrew origin 08111 שֹׁמְרוֹן‎; n pr loc; TDNT-7:88,999; [{See TDNT 700 }] AV-Samaria 11; 11

Samaria = "guardianship"

1) a territory in Palestine, which had Samaria as its capital

4561 σάρξ sarx [sarx] probably from the base of 4563 saroosweep; n f; TDNT-7:98,1000; [{See TDNT 702 }] AV-flesh 147, carnal 2, carnally minded + 5427 1, fleshly 1; 151

1) flesh (the soft substance of the living body, which covers the bones and is permeated with blood) of both man and beasts

2) the body

2a) the body of a man

2b) used of natural or physical origin, generation or relationship

2b1) born of natural generation

2c) the sensuous nature of man, "the animal nature"

2c1) without any suggestion of depravity

2c2) the animal nature with cravings which incite to sin

2c3) the physical nature of man as subject to suffering

3) a living creature (because possessed of a body of flesh) whether man or beast

4) the flesh, denotes mere human nature, the earthly nature of man apart from divine influence, and therefore prone to sin and opposed to God

4566 ~Σατᾶν~ Satan \@sat-an’\@ of Hebrew origin 07854 ^ןטשׁ^, cf 4567; TDNT-7:151,1007; {See TDNT 703} n pr m AV-Satan 1; 1

1) adversary (one who opposes another in purpose or act), the name given to

1a) the prince of evil spirits, the inveterate adversary of God and Christ

1a1) he incites apostasy from God and to sin

1a2) circumventing men by his wiles

1a3) the worshippers of idols are said to be under his control

1a4) by his demons he is able to take possession of men and inflict them with diseases

1a5) by God’s assistance he is overcome

1a6) on Christ’s return from heaven he will be bound with chains for a thousand years, but when the thousand years are finished he will walk the earth in yet greater power, but shortly after will be given over to eternal punishment

1b) a Satan-like man

4567 ~Σατανᾶς~ Satanas \@sat-an-as’\@ of Aramaic origin corresponding to 4566 (with the definite affix); TDNT-7:151,1007; {See TDNT 703} n pr m AV-Satan 36; 36

1) adversary (one who opposes another in purpose or act), the name given to

1a) the prince of evil spirits, the inveterate adversary of God and Christ

1a1) he incites apostasy from God and to sin

1a2) circumventing men by his wiles

1a3) the worshippers of idols are said to be under his control

1a4) by his demons he is able to take possession of men and inflict them with diseases

1a5) by God’s assistance he is overcome

1a6) on Christ’s return from heaven he will be bound with chains for a thousand years, but when the thousand years are finished he will walk the earth in yet greater power, but shortly after will be given over to eternal punishment

1b) a Satan-like man

4576 ~σέβομαι~ sebomai \@seb’-om-ahee\@ middle voice of an apparently primary verb; v AV-worship 6, devout 3, religious 1; 10

1) to revere, to worship

• Not the same as latreuo, to serve, nor the common word proskuneo, homage.

4579 ~σείω~ seio \@si’-o\@ apparently a primary verb; TDNT-7:196,1014; {See TDNT 706} v AV-shake 3, move 1, quake 1; 5

1) to shake, agitate, cause to tremble

1a) of men, to be thrown into a tremor, to quake for fear

1b) metaph. to agitate the mind

4591 σημαίνω semaino [say-mah’-ee-no] from sema (a mark, of uncertain derivation); v; TDNT-7:262,1015; [{ See TDNT 707 }] AV-signify 6; 6

1) to give a sign, to signify, indicate

2) to make known

4592 σημεῖον semeion [say-mi’-on] from a presumed derivative of the base of 4591 semaino the verb to give a sign or to make known; n n; TDNT- 7:200,1015; [{See TDNT 707 }] AV-sign 50, miracle 23, wonder 3, token 1; 77

1) a sign, mark, token

1a) that by which a person or a thing is distinguished from others and is known

1b) a sign, prodigy, portent, i.e. an unusual occurrence, transcending the common course of nature

1b1) of signs portending remarkable events soon to happen

1b2) of miracles and wonders by which God authenticates the men sent by him, or by which men prove that the cause they are pleading is God’s

• 1411 δύναμις dunamis is also translated miracle 7 times but power 77 times.

4601 ~σιγάω~ sigao \@see-gah’-o\@ from 4602; ; v AV-hold (one’s) peace 4, keep silence 3, keep close 1, keep secret 1; 9

1) to keep silence, hold one’s peace

2) to be kept in silence, be concealed

• This is not the same silence we see in Matthew 22:34, Mark 1:25,

Mark 4:39, and 1 Peter 2:15. 5392 the Greek word φιμόω phimoo

• Nor is it the word ~ἡσυχία~ hesuchia 2271 meaning "the life of one who stays at home doing his own work, and does not officiously meddle with the affairs of others."
• We do see hesuchia in 1 Timothy 2:11-12 Let the woman learn in silence with all subjection. But I suffer not a woman to teach, nor to usurp authority over the man, but to be in silence."

4613 Σίμων Simon [see’-mone] of Hebrew origin 08095 שִׁמְעוֹן‎ Simeon = "heard"; n pr m; AV-Simon (Peter) 49, Simon (Zelotes) 4, Simon (father of Judas) 4, Simon (Magus) 4, Simon (the tanner) 4, Simon (the Pharisee) 3, Simon (of Cyrene) 3, Simon (brother of Jesus) 2, Simon (the leper) 2; 75

• Peter  = "a rock or stone"

1) Peter was one of the apostles

2) Simon called Zelotes or the Kanaites

3) Simon, father of Judas who betrayed Jesus.

4) Simon Magus, the Samaritan wizard

5) Simon the tanner, Ac. 10

6) Simon the Pharisee, #Lu 7:40-44

7) Simon of Cyrene who carried the cross of Christ

8) Simon the cousin of Jesus, the son of Cleophas

9) Simon the leper, so called to distinguish him from others of the same name

4620 σιτόμετρον sitometron sit-om’-et-ron from 4621 wheat or grain and 3358 measure; ; n n AV-portion of meat 1; 1

1) a measured ‘portion of’ grain or ‘food’

4624 ~σκανδαλίζω~ skandalizo \@skan-dal-id’-zo\@ ("scandalize") from 4625 skandalon figuratively, cause of sin, derivative of kampto a snare; TDNT-7:339,1036; {See TDNT 715} v AV-offend 28, make to offend 2; 30

1) to put a stumbling block or impediment in the way, upon which another may trip and fall, metaph. to offend

1a) to entice to sin

1b) to cause a person to begin to distrust and desert one whom he ought to trust and obey

1b1) to cause to fall away

1b2) to be offended in one, i.e. to see in another what I disapprove of and what hinders me from acknowledging his authority

1b3) to cause one to judge unfavourably or unjustly of another

1c) since one who stumbles or whose foot gets entangled feels annoyed

1c1) to cause one displeasure at a thing

1c2) to make indignant

1c3) to be displeased, indignant

4625 ~σκάνδαλον~ skandalon \@skan’-dal-on\@ ("scandal") probably from a derivative of 2578; TDNT-7:339,1036; {See TDNT 715} n n AV-offence 9, stumbling block 3, occasion of stumbling 1, occasion to fall 1, thing that offends 1; 15

1) the movable stick or trigger of a trap, a trap stick

1a) a trap, snare

1b) any impediment placed in the way and causing one to stumble or fall, (a stumbling block, occasion of stumbling) i.e. a rock which is a cause of stumbling

1c) fig. applied to Jesus Christ, whose person and career were so contrary to the expectations of the Jews concerning the Messiah, that they rejected him and by their obstinacy made shipwreck of their salvation

2) any person or thing by which one is (entrapped) drawn into error or sin

4644 σκληροτράχηλος sklerotrachelos [sklay-rot-rakh’-ay-los] from 4642 skleros meaning hard or harsh even violent and 5137 trachelos neck; adj; TDNT-5:1029,816; [{See TDNT 610 }] AV-stiffnecked 1; 1

1) stiffnecked

2) stubborn, headstrong, obstinate

4655 ~σκότος~ skotos \@skot’-os\@ from the base of 4639 [skia a shadow]; n n AV-darkness 32; 32

1) darkness

1a) of night darkness

1b) of darkened eyesight or blindness

2) metaph.

2a) of ignorance respecting divine things and human duties, and the accompanying ungodliness and immorality, together with their consequent misery in hell

2b) persons in whom darkness becomes visible and holds sway

4657 ~σκύβαλον~ skubalon \@skoo’-bal-on\@ neuter of a presumed derivative of 1519 and 2965 and 906; TDNT-7:445,1052; {See TDNT 725} n n AV-dung 1; 1

1) any refuse, as the excrement of animals, offscourings, rubbish, dregs

1a) of things worthless and detestable

4671 σοί soi [soy] dative case of 4771 σύ su thou (the second person singular); pronoun; AV-thee 200, thou 14, thy 4, thine own 1, not tr 2; 221

1) to you

4678 ~σοφία~ sophia \@sof-ee’-ah\@ from 4680 wise; TDNT-7:465,1056; {See TDNT 731} n f AV-wisdom 51; 51

1) wisdom, broad and full of intelligence; used of the knowledge of very diverse matters

1a) the wisdom which belongs to men

1a1) spec. the varied knowledge of things human and divine, acquired by acuteness and experience, and summed up in maxims and proverbs

1a2) the science and learning

1a3) the act of interpreting dreams and always giving the sagest advice

1a4) the intelligence evinced in discovering the meaning of some mysterious number or vision

1a5) skill in the management of affairs

1a6) devout and proper prudence in intercourse with men not disciples of Christ, skill and discretion in imparting Christian truth

1a7) the knowledge and practice of the requisites for godly and upright living

1b) supreme intelligence, such as belongs to God

1b1) to Christ

1b2) the wisdom of God as evinced in forming and executing counsels in the formation and government of the world and the scriptures

4679 σοφίζω sophizo [sof-id’-zo] from 4680 wise; v; TDNT-7:527,1056; [{See TDNT 731 }] AV-make wise 1, cunningly devised 1; 2

1) to make wise, teach

2) to become wise, to have understanding

2a) to invent, play the sophist (sophistry)

2b) to devise cleverly or cunningly

4680 ~σοφός~ sophos \@sof-os’\@ akin to saphes (clear); TDNT-7:465,1056; {See TDNT 731} adj AV-wise 22; 22

1) wise

1a) skilled, expert: of artificers

1b) wise, skilled in letters, cultivated, learned

1b1) of the Greek philosophers and orators

1b2) of Jewish theologians

1b3) of Christian teachers

1c) forming the best plans and using the best means for their execution. For Synonyms see entry 5872

4682 σπαράσσω sparasso [spar-as’-so] prolongation from spairo (to grasp, apparently strengthened from 4685 to draw out (sword) through the idea of spasmodic contraction); v; AV-tear 3, rend 1; 4

1) to convulse, tear

4686 σπεῖρα speira [spi’-rah] of immed. Latin origin, but ultimately a derivative of 138 haireomai to choose or elect in the sense of its cognate 1507 heilisso role together; n f; AV-band 7; 7

1) anything rolled into a circle or ball, anything wound, rolled up, folded together

2) a military cohort

2a) the tenth part of legion

2a1) about 600 men i.e. legionaries

2a2) if auxiliaries either 500 or 1000

2a3) a maniple, or the thirtieth part of a legion

2b) any band, company, or detachment, of soldiers

4695 ~σπιλόω~ spiloo \@spee-lo’-o\@ from 4696; ; v AV-spot 2; 2 1) to defile, spot

• James 3:6 And the tongue is a fire, a world of iniquity: so is the tongue among our members, that it defileth <4695> the whole body, and setteth on fire the course of nature; and it is set on fire of hell.
• Jude 1:23 And others save with fear, pulling them out of the fire; hating even the garment spotted <4695> by the flesh.

4696 ~σπίλος~ spilos \@spee’-los\@ of uncertain derivation; ; n m AV-defile 1, spot 1; 2

1) a spot

2) a fault, moral blemish

2a) of base and gluttonous men

• Ephesians 5:27 That he might present it to himself a glorious church, not having spot <4696>, or wrinkle, or any such thing; but that it should be holy and without blemish.
• 2 Peter 2:13 And shall receive the reward of unrighteousness, as they that count it pleasure to riot in the day time. Spots <4696> they are and blemishes, sporting themselves with their own deceivings while they feast with you;

4697 σπλαγχνίζομαι splagchnizomai [splangkh-nid’-zom-ahee] middle voice from 4698 splagchnon; v; TDNT-7:548,1067; [{See TDNT 734 }] AV-have compassion 7, be moved with compassion 5; 12

1) to be moved as to one’s bowels, hence to be moved with compassion, have compassion (for the bowels were thought to be the seat of love and pity)

4704 ~σπουδάζω~ spoudazo \@spoo-dad’-zo\@ from 4710; TDNT-7:559,1069; {See TDNT 735} v AV-endeavour 3, do diligence 2, be diligent 2, give diligence 1, be forward 1, labour 1, study 1; 11

1) to hasten, make haste

2) to exert one’s self, endeavour, give diligence

4705 σπουδαῖος spoudaios [spoo-dah’-yos] from 4710 earnestness, diligence; adj; TDNT-7:559,1069; [{See TDNT 735 }] AV-diligent 1; 1

1) active, diligent, zealous, earnest

2) very diligent

4707 σπουδαιότερος spoudaioteros [spoo-dah-yot’-er-os] comparative of 4705 active, diligent; adj; AV-more forward 1, more diligent 1; 2

1) active, diligent, zealous, earnest

2) very diligent

4710 ~σπουδή~ spoude \@spoo-day’\@ from 4692; TDNT-7:559,1069; {See TDNT 735} n f AV-diligence 5, haste 2, business 1 (Romans 12:11 ), care 1, forwardness 1, earnest care 1 (2 Corinthians 8:16), carefulness 1; 12

1) haste, with haste

2) earnestness, diligence

2a) earnestness in accomplishing, promoting, or striving after anything

2b) to give all diligence, interest one’s self most earnestly

4714 στασις stasis stas’-is; from the base of 2476 ιστημὶ histemi abide, continue; a standing (properly, the act), i.e. (by analogy) position (existence); by implication, a popular uprising; figuratively, controversy: —  dissension, insurrection, X standing, uproar. 9 times;

• Thayer Definition: Part(s) of speech: Noun Feminine

1. a standing, station, state

2. an insurrection strife,

3. insurrection

• Strong's Definition: a standing (properly the act), that is, (by analogy) position (existence); by implication a popular uprising ; figuratively controversy: - dissension, insurrection, X standing, uproar.

‭

4727 στενάζω stenazo [sten-ad’-zo] from 4728; v; TDNT-7:600,1076; [{See TDNT 740 }] AV-groan 3, sigh 1, with grief 1, grudge 1; 6

1) a sigh, to groan

• For Synonyms see entry 5804

4728 ~στενός~ stenos \@sten-os’\@ probably from the base of 2476; TDNT-7:604,1077; {See TDNT 741} adj AV-strait 3; 3 1) narrow, strait

4747 ~στοιχεῖον~ stoicheion \@stoy-khi’-on\@ from a presumed derivative of the base of 4748; TDNT-7:670,1087; {See TDNT 748} n n AV-element 4, rudiment 2, principle 1; 7

1) any first thing, from which the others belonging to some seriesor composite whole take their rise, an element, first principal e.g. the elements, rudiments, primary and fundamental principles of any art, science, or discipline {#He 5:12}

1a) the elements of religious training, or the cermonial precepts common alike to the worship of the Jews and of the Gentiles {#Ga 4:3,9}

1b) the ceremonial requirements esp. of the Jewish tradition, minutely set forth by theophists and false teachers, and fortified by specious arguments {#Col 2:8,20}

1c) the principles and practices of the old covanent world order {#2Pe 3:10,12}

4748 ~στοιχέω~ stoicheo \@stoy-kheh’-o\@ from a derivative of steicho (to range in regular line); TDNT-7:666,1087; {See TDNT 748} v AV-walk 4, walk orderly 1; 5

1) to proceed in a row as the march of a soldier, go in order

1a) metaph. to go on prosperously, to turn out well

2) to walk

2a) to direct one’s life, to live

• see 4747

4762 ~στρέφω~ strepho \@stref’-o\@ strengthened from the base of 5157; TDNT-7:714,1093; {See TDNT 752} v AV-turn 11, turn (one’s) self 2, turn (one) 1, turn again 1, turn back again 1, turn (one) about 1, be converted 1, vr turn 1; 19

1) to turn, turn around

2) to turn one’s self (i.e. to turn the back to one

2a) of one who no longer cares for another)

2b) metaph. to turn one’s self from one’s course of conduct, i.e. to change one’s mind

4771 σύ su [soo] the person pronoun of the second person singular; pronoun; AV-thou 178; 178

1) you

• see 4671 σοί soi to you.

4783 ~συγκατάθεσις~ sugkatathesis \@soong-kat-ath’-es-is\@ from 4784; ; v AV-agreement 1; 1

1) a putting together or joint deposit (of votes)

1a) hence approval, assent, agreement

• The Stoics held that the soul consists of eight parts. In addition to the eight parts of the soul, the human hêgemonikon, a faculty of the mind, itself was characterized by four basic powers: presentation [phantasia], impulse [hormê], assent [sugkatathesis], and reason [logos].

4784 ~συγκατατίθεμαι~ sugkatatithemai \@soong-kat-at-ith’-em-ahee\@ mid from 4862 and 2698; ; v AV-consented + 2258 1; 1

1) to deposit together with another

2) to deposit one’s vote in the urn with another

3) to consent to, vote for, agree with

4789 συγκληρονόμος sugkleronomos [soong-klay-ron-om’-os] from 4862; n m; TDNT-7:787,1102; [{See TDNT 763 }] and 2818; TDNT-3:767,442; [{See TDNT 393 }] AV-fellow heir 1, joint heir 1, heir together 1, heir with 1; 4

1) a fellow heir, a joint heir

2) one who obtains something assigned to himself with others, a joint participant

• Romans 8:17 And if children, then heirs; heirs of God, and joint-heirs <4789> with Christ; if so be that we suffer with [him], that we may be also glorified together.
• Ephesians 3:6 That the Gentiles should be fellowheirs <4789>, and of the same body, and partakers of his promise in Christ by the gospel:
• Hebrews 11:9 By faith he sojourned in the land of promise, as [in] a strange country, dwelling in tabernacles with Isaac and Jacob, the heirs with him <4789> of the same promise:
• 1 Peter 3:7 Likewise, ye husbands, dwell with [them] according to knowledge, giving honour unto the wife, as unto the weaker vessel, and as being heirs together <4789> of the grace of life; that your prayers be not hindered.

4791 ~συγκοινωνός~ sugkoinonos \@soong-koy-no-nos’\@ from 4862 and 2844; n m AV-partaker with + 1096 1, partaker with 1, partaker 1, companion 1; 4

1) participant with others in anything, joint partner

4802 συζητέω suzeteo [sood-zay-teh’-o] from 4862 sun with and 2212 zeteo seek; v; TDNT-7:747,1099; [{See TDNT 758 }] AV-question with 2, question 2, question one with another 1, enquire 1, dispute with 1, dispute 1, reason together 1, reason 1; 10

1) to seek or examine together

2) in the NT to discuss, dispute, question

4803 συζήτησις suzētēsis sood-zay'-tay-sis from 4802 συζητέω suzēteō to seek or examine together: TDNT entry: 19:28,1: Noun Feminine.

• Thayer Definition:

mutual questioning, disputation, discussion

• Strong's Definition: From G4802; mutual questioning, that is, discussion: - disputation (-ting), reasoning.

4818 συλλυπέω syllypoumenos being grieved From sun with and lupeo pain; to afflict jointly, i.e. (passive) sorrow at (on account of) someone -- be grieved

1. to affect with grief together: Aristotle, eth. Nic. 9, 11, 4, p. 1171b, 7.

2. Passive, present participle; to grieve with oneself(see σύν, II. 4 (so Fritzsche, DeWette, others; but others regard the Σιν as 'sympathetic'; cf. Meyer, Weiss, Morison, on Mark as below)), be inwardly grieved (Herodotus, Plato, Polybius, Diodorus): of the pain of indignation, ἐπί τίνι, Mark 3:5.

4824 συμβούλιον sumboulion [soom-boo’-lee-on] from a presumed derivative of 4825 sumboulos with + advice, or (by implication) purpose; n n; AV-counsel 5, council 2, consultation 1; 8

1) counsel, which is given, taken, entered upon

1a) consult, deliberate

2) a council

2a) an assembly of counsellors or persons in consultation (the governors and procurators of provinces had a board of assessors or advisers with whom they took council before rendering judgment)

• See also 4892 συνέδριον sunedrion.

4825 σύμβουλος sumboulos [soom’-boo-los] from 4862 sun with and 1012 boule counsel; n m; AV-counsellor 1; 1

1) an adviser, counsellor

4830 συμμέτοχος summetochos [soom-met’-okh-os] from 4862 and 3353; adj; TDNT-2:830,286; [{See TDNT 281 }] AV-partaker 2; 2

1) partaking together with one, a joint partaker

1a) of something

4844 ~συμπίνω~ sumpino \@soom-pee’-no\@ from 4862 and 4095; ; v AV-drink with 1; 1

1) to drink with

4847 ~συμπολίτης~ sumpolites \@soom-pol-ee’-tace\@ from 4862 and 4177; ; n m AV-fellowcitizens 1; 1

1) possessing the same citizenship with others, a fellow citizen

1a) of Gentiles as received into communion of the saints

1b) of the people consecrated to God

4848 συμπορεύομαι sumporeuomai [soom-por-yoo’-om-ahee] from 4862 sun with and 4198 poreuomai meaning to transfer to another leader; v; AV-go with 3, resort 1; 4

1) to go or journey together

2) to come together, to assemble

4849 ~συμπόσιον~ sumposion \@soom-pos’-ee-on\@ from a derivative of the alternate of 4844; ; n n AV-company 1, not tr. 1; Repeated twice in Mark 6:39

1) a drinking party, entertainment

1a) of the party itself, the guests

1b) rows of guests

"The symposium (or symposion) was an important part of ancient Greek culture from the 7th century BCE and was a party held in a private home where Greek males gathered to drink, eat and sing together. Various topics were also discussed such as philosophy, politics, poetry and the issues of the day."

" The equivalent of a Greek symposium in Roman society is the Latin convivium."

A Roman convivium according to Marcus Tullius Cicero for the republican period and Seneca suggest that ten to twelve was the maximum number.

Plato in his "Laws" endorses the benefits of the symposium as a means to test and promote virtue in citizens.

4851 συμφέρω sumphero [soom-fer’-o] from 4862 Sun with and 5342 phero carry (including its alternate); v; TDNT- 9:69,1252; [{See TDNT 827 }] AV-be expedient 7, profit 4, be profitable 3, bring together 1, be better 1, be good 1; 17

1) to bear or bring together

2) to bear together or at the same time

2a) to carry with others

2b) to collect or contribute in order to help

2c) to help, be profitable, be expedient

4857 συμφώνησις sumphonesis [soom-fo’-nay-sis] from 4856 to agree; n f; TDNT-9:304,1287; [{See TDNT 838 }] AV-concord 1; 1

1) concord, agreement

4861 ~σύμψυχος~ sumpsuchos \@soom’-psoo-khos\@ from 4862 and 5590; ; adj AV-of one accord 1; 1 1) of one mind, of one accord

++++

This word is made up of two words "sun" (together with) and psuchos (soul, self, inner life, or the seat of the feelings, desires, affections). So the word refers to being united in spirit or harmonious (A&G). Paul desired the Philippians to be united in their affections-one in Christ in all desires! Used only here in the NT. (Wayne Steury)

4862 ~σύν~ sun \@soon\@ a primary preposition denoting union; prep AV-with 123, beside 1, accompany + 2064 1; 125

1) with

1a) implies a coherence, the two who are with each other are intimately connected and goes very much further then ~μετά~ {See GrkEng 3326} which means being in the same place with a person

4863 ~συνάγω~ sunago \@soon-ag’-o\@ from 4862 (with) and 71 (bring); ; v AV-gather 15, be gathered together 12, gather together 9, come together 6, be gathered 4, be assembled 3, take in 3, misc 10; 62

1) to gather together, to gather

1a) to draw together, collect

1a1) of fishes

1a2) of a net in which they are caught

2) to bring together, assemble, collect

2a) to join together, join in one (those previously separated)

2b) to gather together by convoking

2c) to be gathered i.e. come together, gather, meet

3) to lead with one’s self

3a) into one’s home, i.e. to receive hospitably, to entertain

4864 ~συναγωγή~ sunagoge \@soon-ag-o-gay’\@ from (the reduplicated form of) 4863; TDNT-7:798,1107; {See TDNT 764} n f AV-synagogue 55, congregation 1, assembly 1; 57

1) a bringing together, gathering (as of fruits), a contracting

2) in the NT, an assembling together of men, an assembly of men

3) a synagogue

3a) an assembly of Jews formally gathered together to offer prayers and listen to the reading and expositions of the scriptures; assemblies of that sort were held every sabbath and feast day, afterwards also on the second and fifth days of every week; name transferred to an assembly of Christians formally gathered together for religious purposes

3b) the buildings where those solemn Jewish assemblies are held. Synagogues seem to date their origin from the Babylonian exile. In the times of Jesus and the apostles every town, not only in Palestine, but also among the Gentiles if it contained a considerable number of Jewish inhabitants, had at least one synagogue, the larger towns several or even many. These were also used for trials and inflicting punishment.

• For Synonyms see entry 5897

4871 ~συναλίζω~ sunalizo \@soon-al-id’-zo\@ from 4862 and halizo (to throng); ; v AV-assemble together 1; 1

1) to gather together, assemble

2) to be assembled, meet with

4873 ~συνανάκειμαι~ sunanakeimai \@soon-an-ak’-i-mahee\@ from 4862 and 345; TDNT-3:654,425; {See TDNT 378} v AV-sit at meat with 4, sit with 2, sit together with 1, sit down with 1, sit at table with 1; 9

1) to recline together, feast together

1a) of guests

4892 συνέδριον sunedrion [soon-ed’-ree-on] from a presumed derivative of a compound of 4862 and the base of 1476; n n; TDNT-7:860,1115; [{See TDNT 768 }] AV-council 22; 22

1) any assembly (esp. of magistrates, judges, ambassadors), whether convened to deliberate or pass judgment

2) any session or assembly or people deliberating or adjudicating

2a) the Sanhedrin, the great council at Jerusalem, consisting of the seventy one members, viz. scribes, elders, prominent members of the high priestly families and the high priest, the president of the assembly. The most important causes were brought before this tribunal, inasmuch as the Roman rulers of Judaea had left to it the power of trying such cases, and also of pronouncing sentence of death, with the limitation that a capital sentence pronounced by the Sanhedrin was not valid unless it was confirmed by the Roman procurator.

2b) a smaller tribunal or council which every Jewish town had for the decision of less important cases.

4893 ~συνείδησις~ suneidesis \@soon-i’-day-sis\@ from a prolonged form of 4894 "to understand with others"; n f AV-conscience 32; 32

1) the consciousness of anything

2) the soul as distinguishing between what is morally good and bad, prompting to do the former and shun the latter, commending one, condemning the other

2a) the conscience

4904 συνεργός sunergos [soon-er-gos’] from a presumed compound of 4862 with and the base of 2041 work; adj; TDNT- 7:871,1116; [{See TDNT 769 }] AV-fellowlabourer 4, helper 3, fellowhelper 2, fellowworkers 1, workfellow 1, labourer together with 1, companion in labour 1; 13

1) a companion in work, fellow worker

4905 συνέρχομαι sunerchomai [soon-er’-khom-ahee] from 4862 sun preposition with and 2064 v erchomai to come; v; TDNT-2:684,257; [{See TDNT 259 }] AV-come together 18, go with 4, come with 2, resort 2, come 2, come with + 2258 1, company with 1, accompany 1, assemble with 1; 32

1) to come together

1a) to assemble

1b) of conjugal cohabitation

2) to go (depart) or come with one, to accompany one

4920 συνίημι suniemi [soon-ee’-ay-mee] from 4862 with and hiemi (to send); v; TDNT-7:888,1119; [{See TDNT 771 }] AV-understand 24, consider 1, be wise 1; 26

1) to set or bring together

1a) in a hostile sense, of combatants

2) to put (as it were) the perception with the thing perceived

2a) to set or join together in the mind

2a1) i.e. to understand: the man of understanding

2a2) idiom for: a good and upright man (having the knowledge of those things which pertain to salvation)

For Synonyms see entry 5825

4921 συνιστάω sunistao [soon-is-tah’-o] or (strengthened) συνιστάνω sunistano [soon-is-tan’-o] or συνίστημι sunistemi [soon-is’-tay-mee] from 4862 sun with and 2476 histemi to cause or make to stand,(including its collat. forms); v; TDNT- 7:896,1120; [{See TDNT 772 }] AV-commend 10, approve 2, consist 1, make 1, stand 1, stand with 1; 16

1) to place together, to set in the same place, to bring or band together

1a) to stand with (or near)

2) to set one with another

2a) by way of presenting or introducing him

2b) to comprehend

3) to put together by way of composition or combination, to teach by combining and comparing

3a) to show, prove, establish, exhibit

4) to put together, unite parts into one whole

4a) to be composed of, consist

4929 συντάσσω suntasso [soon-tas-so] from 4862 and 5021; v; AV-appoint 2; 2 (Matthew 26:19 and Matthew 27:10)

1) to put in order with or together, to arrange

2) to (put together), constitute

2a) to prescribe, appoint

4930 συντέλεια sunteleia [soon-tel’-i-ah] from 4931 sunteleo; n f; TDNT-8:64,1161; [{See TDNT 785 }] AV-end 6; 6

1) completion, consummation, end

4934 ~συντίθεμαι~ suntithemai \@soon-tith’-em-ahee\@ middle voice from 4862 and 5087; ; v AV-agree 2, covenant 1, assent 1; 4

1) to put together with, to place together, to join together

1a) to place in one’s mind

1a1) to resolve, determine

1a2) to make an arrangement, to engage

1b) to assent to, to agree to

4937 συντρίβω suntribo [soon-tree’-bo] from 4862 and the base of 5147; v; TDNT-7:919,1124; [{See TDNT 774 }] AV-bruise 3, break 2, broken to shivers 1, brokenhearted + 2588 1, break in pieces 1; 8

1) break, to break in pieces, shiver

2) to tread down

2a) to put Satan under foot and (as a conqueror) trample on him

2b) to break down, crush

2b1) to tear one’s body and shatter one’s strength

4953 σύσσημον sussemon [soos’-say-mon] from a compound of 4862 and the base of 4591; n n; TDNT- 7:269,1015; [{See TDNT 707 }] AV-token 1; 1

1) a common sign or concerted signal

2) a sign given according to agreement

4961 ~συστρατιώτης~ sustratiotes \@soos-trat-ee-o’-tace\@ from 4862 with and 4757 soldier; TDNT-7:701,1091; {See TDNT 751} n m AV-fellowsoldier 2; 2

1) a fellow soldier

2) an associate in labours and conflicts for the cause of Christ

Philippians 2:25 Yet I supposed it necessary to send to you Epaphroditus, my brother, and companion in labour, and fellowsoldier <4961>, but your messenger, and he that ministered to my wants.

Philemon 1:2 And to our beloved Apphia, and Archippus our fellowsoldier <4961>, and to the church in thy house:

4964 συσχηματίζω suschematizo [soos-khay-mat-id’-zo] from 4862(with) and a derivative of 4976(manner of life); v; AV-conform to 1, fashion (one’s) self according to 1; 2

1) to conform one’s self (i.e. one’s mind and character) to another’s pattern, (fashion one’s self according to)

• For Synonyms see entry 5873

4972. σφραγιζω sphragizo sfrag-id’-zo; from 4973 sphragis which implies a mark of genuineness. literally or figuratively: —; to stamp seal up, stop. ‭signifies ownership (full authority) of the owner. Count: seal (22x), set to (one's) seal (1x), stop (1x), seal up (1x), set a seal (1x), variations of 'seal' (1x). 27x

1 to set a seal upon, mark with a seal, to seal

1 for security: from Satan

2 since things sealed up are concealed (as the contents of a letter), to hide, keep in silence, keep secret

3 in order to mark a person or a thing

1 to set a mark upon by the impress of a seal or a stamp

2 angels are said to be sealed by God

4 in order to prove, confirm, or attest a thing

1 to confirm authenticate, place beyond doubt

1 of a written document

2 to prove one's testimony to a person that he is what he professes to be

4973. σφραγις sphragis sfrag-ece’; probably strengthened from 5420 phrasso apparently a strengthening form of the base of 5424 phren which can mean the mind or part of the heart; a signet (as fencing in or protecting from misappropriation); by implication, the stamp impressed (as a mark of privacy, or genuineness), literally or figuratively: —  seal. AV-seal 16; 16

1) a seal

1a) the seal placed upon books

1b) a signet ring

1c) the inscription or impression made by a seal

1c1) of the name of God and Christ stamped upon their foreheads

1d) that by which anything is confirmed, proved, authenticated, as by a seal (a token or proof)

4982 ~σώζω~ sozo \@sode’-zo\@ from a primary sos (contraction for obsolete saos, "safe"); TDNT-7:965,1132; {See TDNT 779} v AV-save 93, make whole 9, heal 3, be whole 2, misc 3; 110

1) to save, keep safe and sound, to rescue from danger or destruction

1a) one (from injury or peril)

1a1) to save a suffering one (from perishing), i.e. one suffering from disease, to make well, heal, restore to health

1b1) to preserve one who is in danger of destruction, to save or rescue

1b) to save in the technical biblical sense

1b1) negatively

1b1a) to deliver from the penalties of the Messianic judgment

1b1b) to save from the evils which obstruct the reception of the Messianic deliverance

4983 ~σῶμα~ soma \@so’-mah\@ from 4982; TDNT-7:1024,1140; {See TDNT 780} n n AV-body 144, bodily 1, slave 1; 146

1) the body both of men or animals

1a) a dead body or corpse

1b) the living body

1b1) of animals

2) the bodies of planets and of stars (heavenly bodies)

3) is used of a (large or small) number of men closely united into one society, or family as it were; a social, ethical, mystical body

3a) so in the NT of the church

4) that which casts a shadow as distinguished from the shadow itself

4991 ~σωτηρία~ soteria \@so-tay-ree’-ah\@ feminine of a derivative of 4990 as (properly, abstract) noun; TDNT-7:965,1132; {See TDNT 779} n f AV-salvation 40, the (one) be saved 1, deliver + 1325 1, health 1, saving 1, that (one) be saved + 1519 1; 45

1) deliverance, preservation, safety, salvation

1a) deliverance from the molestation of enemies

1b) in an ethical sense, that which concludes to the souls safety or salvation

1b1) of Messianic salvation

2) salvation as the present possession of all true Christians

3) future salvation, the sum of benefits and blessings which the Christians, redeemed from all earthly ills, will enjoy after the visible return of Christ from heaven in the consummated and eternal kingdom of God.

• Fourfold salvation: saved from the penalty, power, presence and most importantly the pleasure of sin. (A.W. Pink)

4992 σωτήριον soterion [so-tay’-ree-on] neuter of the same as 4991 as (properly, concretely) noun; adj; TDNT- 7:1021,1132; [{See TDNT 779 }] AV-salvation 4, that brings salvation 1; 5

1) saving, bringing salvation

2) he who embodies this salvation, or through whom God is about to achieve it

3) the hope of (future) salvation

Top of Sigma Top of Page

Tau (Strong's 4999-5190)

5008 Ταλιθά talitha [tal-ee-thah’] of Aramaic origin, cf. 02924 טָלֶה‎ TetLamedHeytelah lamb said to be from טְלָא‎ tëla’ a lamb or spotted lamb; n f; AV-Talitha 1; 1

1) damsel, maiden

• Lamb in Hebrew is normally 03532 כֶּבֶשׂ‎ kebes, with the same letters used for 03533 כָּבַשׁ‎ kabash meaning subdue and 03534 כֶּבֶשׁ‎ kebesh translated in 2 Chronicles 9:18 as footstool.
• ט Tet Introversion - The Concealed power of good or paradoxically evil [to twist a snake... wheel To surround (gestation)] (Numeric value: 9)

5009 ταμεῖον tameion [tam-i’-on] contraction of a presumed derivative of tamias (a dispenser or distributor; n n; AV-closet 2, secret chamber 1, storehouse 1; 4

1) a storage chamber, storeroom

2) a chamber esp. an inner chamber

3) a secret room

5010 τάξις taxis [tax’-is] from 5021; n f; AV-order 10; 10

1) an arranging, arrangement

2) order

2a) a fixed succession observing a fixed time

3) due or right order, orderly condition

4) the post, rank, or position which one holds in civic or other affairs

4a) since this position generally depends on one’s talents, experience, resources

4a1) character, fashion, quality, style

5013 ~ταπεινόω~ tapeinoo \@tap-i-no’-o\@ from 5011; v AV-humble 6, abase 5, humble (one’s) self 2, bring low 1; 14

1) to make low, bring low

1a) to level, reduce to a plain

1b) metaph. to bring into a humble condition, reduce to meaner circumstances

1b1) to assign a lower rank or place to

1b2) to abase

1b3) to be ranked below others who are honoured or rewarded

1b4) to humble or abase myself by humble living

1c) to lower, depress

1c1) of one’s soul bring down one’s pride

1c2) to have a modest opinion of one’s self

1c3) to behave in an unassuming manner

1c4) devoid of all haughtiness

5015 ταράσσω tarasso [tar-as’-so] of uncertain affinity; v; AV-trouble 17; 17

1) to agitate, trouble (a thing, by the movement of its parts to and fro)

1a) to cause one inward commotion, take away his calmness of mind, disturb his equanimity

1b) to disquiet, make restless

1c) to stir up

1d) to trouble

1d1) to strike one’s spirit with fear and dread

1e) to render anxious or distressed

1f) to perplex the mind of one by suggesting scruples or doubts

5021 ~τάσσω~ tasso \@tas’-so\@ a prolonged form of a primary verb (which latter appears only in certain tenses); v AV-appoint 3, ordain 2, set 1, determine 1, addict 1; 8

1) to put in order, to station

1a) to place in a certain order, to arrange, to assign a place, to appoint

1a1) to assign (appoint) a thing to one

1b) to appoint, ordain, order

1b1) to appoint on one’s own responsibility or authority

1b2) to appoint mutually, i.e. agree upon

5023 ταῦτα tauta [tow’-tah] or τα αυτα nominative or accusative case neuter plural of 3778 houtos this, these; pron; [{ See TDNT 784 }] AV-these things 158, these 26, thus 17, that 7, these words 7, this 6, afterwards + 3326 4, misc 22; 247

1) these

5026 ταύτῃ taute [tow’-tay] and ταύτην tauten [tow’-tane] and ταύτης tautes [tow’-tace] dative case, accusative case and genitive case respectively of the feminine singular of 3778; pron; AV-this 105, that 4, the same 4, misc 9; 122

1) this, that, the same, see 3778 houtos from the article 3588 and 846.

5040 ~τεκνίον~ teknion \@tek-nee’-on\@ diminutive of 5043; n n AV-little children 9; 9

1) a little child

2) in the NT used as a term of kindly address by teachers to their disciples

5043 ~τέκνον~ teknon \@tek’-non\@ from the base of 5098; n n AV-child 77, son 21, daughter 1; 99

1) offspring, children

1a) child

1a) a male child, a son

1b) metaph.

1b1) the name transferred to that intimate and reciprocal relationship formed between men by the bonds of love, friendship, trust, just as between parents and children

1b2) in affectionate address, such as patrons, helpers,teachers and the like employ: my child

1b3) in the NT, pupils or disciples are called children of their teachers, because the latter by their instruction nourish the minds of their pupils and mould their characters

1b4) children of God: in the OT of "the people of Israel" as especially dear to God, in the NT, in Paul’s writings, all who are led by the Spirit of God and thus closely related to God

1b5) children of the devil: those who in thought and action are prompted by the devil, and so reflect his character

1c) metaph.

1c1) of anything who depends upon it, is possessed by a desire or affection for it, is addicted to it

1c2) one who is liable to any fate

1c2a) thus children of a city: it citizens and inhabitants

1c3) the votaries of wisdom, those souls who have, as it were, been nurtured and moulded by wisdom

1c4) cursed children, exposed to a curse and doomed to God’s wrath or penalty

For Synonyms see entry 5868 & 5943

5046 ~τέλειος~ teleios \@tel’-i-os\@ from 5056 definite point or goal; TDNT-8:67,1161; {See TDNT 785} adj AV-perfect 17, man 1, of full age 1; 19

1) brought to its end, finished

2) wanting nothing necessary to completeness

3) perfect

4) that which is perfect

4a) consummate human integrity and virtue

4b) of men

4b1) full grown, adult, of full age, mature

5047 ~τελειότης~ teleiotes \@tel-i-ot’-ace\@ from 5046; associated with 5048; TDNT-8:78,1161; {See TDNT 785} n f AV-perfectness 1, perfection 1; 2

1) perfection

1a) the state of the more intelligent

1b) moral and spiritual perfection

5048 ~τελειόω~ teleioo \@tel-i-o’-o\@ from 5046; TDNT-8:79,1161; {See TDNT 785} v AV-make perfect 12, perfect 4, finish 4, fulfil 2, be perfect 1, consecrate 1; 24

1) to make perfect, complete

1a) to carry through completely, to accomplish, finish, bring to an end

2) to complete (perfect)

2a) add what is yet wanting in order to render a thing full

2b) to be found perfect

3) to bring to the end (goal) proposed

4) to accomplish

4a) bring to a close or fulfilment by event

4a1) of the prophecies of the scriptures

• oikos teleios is the perfect marriage in Rome. “perfect community” (koinonia teleios) ,
• teleio ,a can be a complete adoption and has been asociated with redeemed.
  • Philo writes (Mos. 1.19). "And the princess, seeing him so advanced beyond his age, conceived for him an even greater fondness than before, and took [adopted] him for her son, having at an earlier time artificially enlarged the figure of her womb to make him pass as her real and not a supposititious child” (LCL, trans. F. H. Colson)."

Even Josephus writes,“Such was the child whom Thermuthis adopted as her son” (LCL, trans. Henry St. John Thackeray).

5055 τελέω teleo [tel-eh’-o] from 5056 telos meaning end; v; TDNT-8:57,1161; [{See TDNT 785 }] AV-finish 8, fulfil 7, accomplish 4, pay 2, perform 1, expire 1, misc 3; 26

1) to bring to a close, to finish, to end

1a) passed, finished

2) to perform, execute, complete, fulfil, (so that the thing done corresponds to what has been said, the order, command etc.)

2a) with special reference to the subject matter, to carry out the contents of a command

2b) with reference also to the form, to do just as commanded, and generally involving the notion of time, to perform the last act which completes a process, to accomplish, fulfil

3) to pay

3a) of tribute

"It is finished or paid" #Joh 19:30

• Christ satisfied God’s justice by dying for all to pay for the sins of the elect. These sins can never be punished again since that would violate God’s justice. Sins can only be punished once, either by a substitute or by yourself.

5056 τέλος telos [tel’-os] from a primary tello (to set out for a definite point or goal); n n; TDNT- 8:49,1161; [{See TDNT 785 }] AV-end 35, custom 3, uttermost 1, finally 1, ending 1, by (one’s) continual + 1519 1; 42

1) end

1a) termination, the limit at which a thing ceases to be (always of the end of some act or state, but not of the end of a period of time)

1b) the end

1b1) the last in any succession or series

1b2) eternal

1c) that by which a thing is finished, its close, issue

1d) the end to which all things relate, the aim, purpose

2) toll, custom (i.e. indirect tax on goods)

• For Synonyms see entry 5941

5057 ~τελώνης~ telones \@tel-o’-nace\@ from 5056 and 5608; n m AV-publican 22; 22

1) a renter or farmer of taxes

1a) among the Romans, usually a man of equestrian rank

2) a tax gatherer, collector of taxes or tolls, one employed by a publican or farmer general in the collection of taxes. The tax collectors were as a class, detested not only by the Jews, but by other nations also, both on account of their employment and of the harshness, greed, and deception, with which they did their job.

5058 ~τελώνιον~ telonion \@tel-o’-nee-on\@ from a presumed derivative of 5057 telones [publican, a tax gatherer, collector of taxes or tolls, one employed by a publican]; ; n n AV-receipt of custom 3; 3

1) customs, toll

2) toll house, place of toll, tax office

3) the place in which the tax collector sat to collect the taxes

• Appears also in:

Mark 2:14 And as he passed by, he saw Levi the son of Alphaeus sitting at the receipt of custom <5058>, and said unto him, Follow me. And he arose and followed him.

Luke 5:27 And after these things he went forth, and saw a publican, named Levi, sitting at the receipt of custom <5058>: and he said unto him, Follow me.

5059 τέρας teras [ter’-as] of uncertain affinity; n n; TDNT-8:113,1170; [{See TDNT 788 }] AV-wonder 16; 16

1) a prodigy, portent

2) miracle: performed by any one

5078 ~τέχνη~ techne \@tekh’-nay\@ from the base of 5088; ; n f AV-art 1, occupation 1, craft 1; 3

1) of the plastic art

2) of a trade

5079 ~τεχνίτης~ technites \@tekh-nee’-tace\@ from 5078; n m AV-craftsman 3, builder 1; 4

1) an artificer, craftsman, builders

5083 τηρέω tereo [tay-reh’-o] from teros (a watch, perhaps akin to 2334); v; TDNT-8:140,1174; [{See TDNT 790 }] AV-keep 57, reserve 8, observe 4, watch 2, preserve 2, keeper 1, hold fast 1; 75

1) to attend to carefully, take care of

1a) to guard

1b) metaph. to keep, one in the state in which he is

1c) to observe

1d) to reserve: to undergo something

For Synonyms see entry 5874

5087 ~τίθημι~ tithemi \@tith’-ay-mee\@ a prolonged form of a primary ~θεω~ theo \@theh’-o\@ (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); v AV-lay 28, put 18, lay down 12, make 10, appoint 6, kneel down + 1119 + 3588 5, misc 17; 96

1) to set, put, place

1a) to place or lay

1b) to put down, lay down

1b1) to bend down

1b2) to lay off or aside, to wear or carry no longer

1b3) to lay by, lay aside money

1c) to set on (serve) something to eat or drink

1d) to set forth, something to be explained by discourse

2) to make

2a) to make (or set) for one’s self or for one’s use

3) to set, fix establish

3a) to set forth

3b) to establish, ordain

5091 ~τιμάω~ timao \@tim-ah’-o\@ from 5093 timios meaning something precious and valuable; TDNT-8:169,1181; {See TDNT 792} v AV-honour 19, value 2; 21

1) to estimate, fix the value

1a) for the value of something belonging to one’s self

2) to honour, to have in honour, to revere, venerate

5092 ~τιμή~ time \@tee-may’\@ from 5099; TDNT-8:169,1181; {See TDNT 792} n f AV-honour 33, price 8, sum 1, precious 1; 43

1) a valuing by which the price is fixed

1a) of the price itself

1b) of the price paid or received for a person or thing bought or sold

2) honour which belongs or is shown to one

2a) of the honour which one has by reason of rank and state of office which he holds

2b) deference, reverence

5093 ~τίμιος~ timios \@tim’-ee-os\@ including the comparative ~τιμιώτερος~ timioteros \@tim-ee-o’-ter-os\@ and the superlative ~τιμιώτατος~ timiotatos \@tim-ee-o’-tat-os\@ from 5092 pric or value; ; adj AV-precious 8, most precious 2, more precious 1, dear 1, honourable 1, had in reputation 1; 14

1) as of great price, precious

2) held in honour, esteemed, especially dear

5099 ~τίνω~ tino \@tee’-no\@ strengthened for a primary ~τίω~ tio \@tee’-o\@ (which is only used as an alternate in certain tenses); ; v AV-be punished + 1349 1; 1

1) to pay, to recompense

2) to pay penalty, suffer punishment

5100 τὶς tis [tis] an enclitic indefinite pronoun; pron; AV-certain 104, some 73, any man 55, any 37, one 34, man 34, anything 24, a 9, certain man 7, something 6, somewhat 6, ought 5, some man 4, certain thing 2, nothing + 3756 2, divers 2, he 2, thing 1, another 2, not tr 17, misc 22; 448

1) a certain, a certain one

2) some, some time, a while

5102 ~τίτλος~ titlos \@tit’-los\@ of Latin origin; ; n m AV-title 2; 2

1) a title which is the result of a judicial procedure.

2) an inscription, giving the accusation or crime for which a criminal suffered

• John 19:19 And Pilate wrote a title <5102>, and put it on the cross. And the writing was, JESUS OF NAZARETH THE KING OF THE JEWS. This title <5102> then read many of the Jews: for the place where Jesus was crucified was nigh to the city: and it was written in Hebrew, and Greek, and Latin.

5114 τομώτερος tomoteros [tom-o’-ter-os] comparative of a derivative of the primary temno (to cut, more comprehensive or decisive than 2875, as if by a single stroke, whereas that implies repeated blows, like hacking); adj; AV-sharper 1; 1

1) sharper

5117 τόπος topos [top’-os] apparently a primary word; n m; TDNT-8:187,1184; [{See TDNT 794 }] AV-place 80, room 5, quarter 2, licence 1, coast 1, where 1, plain + 3977 1, rock + 5138 1; 92

1) place, any portion or space marked off, as it were from surrounding space

1a) an inhabited place, as a city, village, district

1b) a place (passage) in a book

2) metaph.

2a) the condition or station held by one in any company or assembly

2b) opportunity, power, occasion for acting

For Synonyms see entry 5875

5132 ~τράπεζα~ trapeza \@trap’-ed-zah\@ probably contracted from 5064 and 3979; TDNT-8:209,1187; {See TDNT 795} n f AV-table 13, bank 1, meat 1; 15

1) a table

1a) a table on which food is placed, an eating place

1a1) the table in the temple at Jerusalem on which the consecrated loaves were placed

1b) equiv. to the food placed upon the table

1b1) to set a table

1b2) put food before one

1c) a banquet, feast

2) the table or stand of a money changer, where he sits, exchanging different kinds of money for a fee (agio), and paying back with interest loans or deposits

5141 τρέμω tremo [trem’-o] strengthened from a primary treo (to "dread," "terrify"); v; AV-tremble 4; 4

1) tremble

2) to fear, be afraid

• For Synonyms see entry 5841

5147 τρίβος tribos [tree’-bos] from tribo (to "rub," akin to teiro, truo, and the base of 5131, 5134); n f; AV-path 3; 3

1) a worn way, a path

5158 τρόπος tropos [trop’-os] from the same as 5157; n m; AV-as + 3739 3, even as + 2596 + 3739 2, way 2, means 2, even as + 3739 1, in like manner as + 3639 1, manner 1, conversation 1; 13

1) a manner, way, fashion

1a) as, even as, like as

2) manner of life, character, deportment

5160 ~τροφή~ trophe \@trof-ay’\@ from 5142; ; n f AV-meat 11, food 2, some meat 2, not tr 1; 16

1) food, nourishment

5166 ~τρυγάω~ trugao \@troo-gah’-o\@ from a derivative of trugo (to dry) meaning ripe fruit (as if dry); ; v AV-gather 3; 3

1) to gather in ripe fruits

2) to gather the harvest or vintage

2a) of fruit gathered

5171 ~τρυφάω~ truphao \@troo-fah’-o\@ from 5172; ; v AV-live in pleasure 1; 1 James 5:5 Ye have lived in pleasure on the earth...

1) to live delicately, live luxuriously, be given to soft and luxurious life

• see James 5:5 "Ye have lived in pleasure on the earth".

see also 2 Peter 2:13 "pleasure to riot" and "sporting themselves" and Luke 7:25 "live delicately, are in kings’ courts."

5172 ~τρυφή~ truphe \@troo-fay’\@ from thrupto (to break up or [figuratively] enfeeble, especially the mind and body by indulgence); ; n f AV-delicately 1, to riot 1; 2

1) softness, effeminate, luxurious living

see 2 Peter 2:13 pleasure to "riot" and "sporting themselves" and Luke 7:25 "live delicately", are in kings’ courts.

5179 ~τύπος~ tupos \@too’-pos\@ from 5180; TDNT-8:246,1193; {See TDNT 800} n m AV-ensample 5, print 2, figure 2, example 2, pattern 2, fashion 1, manner 1, form 1; 16

1) the mark of a stroke or blow, print

2) a figure formed by a blow or impression

2a) of a figure or image

2b) of the image of the gods

3) form

3a) the teaching which embodies the sum and substance of religion and represents it to the mind, manner of writing, the contents and form of a letter

4) an example

4a) in the technical sense, the pattern in conformity to which a thing must be made

4b) in an ethical sense, a dissuasive example, a pattern of warning

4b1) of ruinous events which serve as admonitions or warnings to others

4c) an example to be imitated

4c1) of men worthy of imitation

4d) in a doctrinal sense

4d1) of a type i.e. a person or thing prefiguring a future (Messianic) person or thing

For Synonyms see entry 5919

5180 ~τύπτω~ tupto \@toop’-to\@ a primary verb (in a strengthened form); TDNT-8:260,1195; {See TDNT 801} v AV-smite 9, beat 3, strike 1, wound 1; 14

1) to strike, beat, smite

1a) with a staff, a whip, the fist, the hand

1b) of mourners, to smite their breast

2) to smite one on whom he inflicts punitive evil

3) to smite

3a) metaph. i.e. to wound, disquiet one’s conscience

Top of Tau Top of Page

Upsilon (Strong's 5191-5313)

5197 ~ὑβριστής~ hubristes \@hoo-bris-tace’\@ from 5195; TDNT-8:295,1200; {See TDNT 803} n m AV-despiteful 1, injurious 1; 2

1) an insolent man

2) one who, uplifted with pride, either heaps insulting language upon others or does them some shameful act of wrong

For Synonyms see entry 5885

5198 ~ὑγιαίνω~ hugiaino \@hoog-ee-ah’-ee-no\@ from 5199; TDNT-8:308,1202; {See TDNT 804} v AV-sound 6, be sound 1, be whole 1, whole 1, wholesome 1, be in health 1, safe and sound 1; 12

1) to be sound, to be well, to be in good health

2) metaph.

2a) of Christians whose opinions are free from any mixture of error

2b) of one who keeps the graces and is strong

5199 ~ὑγιής~ hugies \@hoog-ee-ace’\@ from the base of 837; TDNT-8:308,1202; {See TDNT 804} adj AV-whole 13, sound 1; 14

1) sound

1a) of a man who is sound in body

2) to make one whole i.e. restore him to health

3) metaph. teaching which does not deviate from the truth

5204 ὕδωρ hudor [hoo’-dore] genitive case ὕδατος hudatos [hoo’-dat-os,] etc. from the base of 5205; n n; TDNT-8:314,1203; [{See TDNT 805 }] AV-water 79; 79

1) water

1a) of water in rivers, in fountains, in pools

1b) of the water of the deluge

1c) of water in any of the earth’s repositories

1d) of water as the primary element, out of and through which the world that was before the deluge, arose and was compacted

1e) of the waves of the sea

1f) fig. used of many peoples

5205 ὑετός huetos [hoo-et-os’] from a primary huo (to rain); n m; AV-rain 6; 6

1) rain

5219 ὑπακούω hupakouo [hoop-ak-oo’-o] from 5259 and 191 listen; v; TDNT-1:223,34; [{See TDNT 43 }] AV-obey 18, be obedient to 2, hearken 1; 21

1) to listen, to harken

1a) of one who on the knock at the door comes to listen who it is, (the duty of a porter)

2) to harken to a command

2a) to obey, be obedient to, submit to

5223 ~ὕπαρξις~ huparxis \@hoop’-arx-is\@ from 5225 and 5224 huparchonta; ; n f AV-goods 1, substance 1; 2

1) possessions, goods, wealth, property

5224 ~ὑπάρχοντα~ huparchonta \@hoop-ar’-khon-tah\@ neuter plural of present participle active of 5225 as noun; ; v participle AV-goods 7, that (one) has 4, things which (one) possesses 2, substance 1; 14

1) possessions, goods, wealth, property

Matthew 19:21 Jesus said unto him, If thou wilt be perfect, go [and] sell that thou hast, and give to the poor, and thou shalt have treasure in heaven: and come [and] follow me.

Luke 14:33 So likewise, whosoever he be of you that forsaketh not all that he hath, he cannot be my disciple.

5225 ~ὑπάρχω~ huparcho \@hoop-ar’-kho\@ from 5259 and 756; ; v AV-be 42, have 2, live 1, after 1, not tr 2; 48 aee also 5224

1) to begin below, to make a beginning

1a) to begin

2) to come forth, hence to be there, be ready, be at hand

3) to be

5226 ὑπείκω hupeiko [hoop-i’-ko] from 5259 and eiko (to yield, be "weak"); v; AV-submit (one’s) self 1; 1

1) to resist no longer, but to give way, yield (of combatants)

2) metaph. to yield to authority and admonition, to submit

5242 ~ὑπερέχω~ huperecho \@hoop-er-ekh’-o\@ from 5228 and 2192; TDNT-8:523,1230; {See TDNT 814} v AV-higher 1, better 1, excellency 1, pass 1, supreme 1; 5

1) to have or hold over one

2) to stand out, rise above, overtop

2a) to be above, be superior in rank, authority, power

2a1) the prominent men, rulers

2b) to excel, to be superior, better than, to surpass

5244 ~ὑπερήφανος~ huperephanos \@hoop-er-ay’-fan-os\@ from 5228 and 5316; TDNT-8:525,1231; {See TDNT 815} adj AV-proud 5; 5

1) showing one’s self above others, overtopping, conspicuous above others, pre-eminent

2) with an overweening estimate of one’s means or merits, despising others or even treating them with contempt, haughty

For Synonyms see entry 5885

5247 ~ὑπεροχή~ huperoche \@hoop-er-okh-ay’\@ from 5242; TDNT-8:523,1230; {See TDNT 814} n f AV-excellency 1, authority 1; 2

1) elevation, pre-eminence, superiority

2) metaph. excellence

5253 ~ὑπερῷ ον~ huperoon \@hoop-er-o’-on\@ from a derivative of 5228; ; n n AV-upper chamber 3, upper room 1; 4

1) the highest part of the house, the upper rooms or story where the women resided

2) a room in the upper part of a house, sometimes built upon the flat roof of the house, whither Orientals were wont to retire in order to sup, meditate, pray

Acts 1:13 "And when they were come in, they went up into an upper room <5253>, where abode both Peter, and James, and John, and Andrew, Philip, and Thomas, Bartholomew, and Matthew, James the son of Alphaeus, and Simon Zelotes, and Judas the brother of James." verse 15 mentions 120 names and chapter two talk of Pentecost.

Acts 9:37 And it came to pass in those days, that she was sick, and died: whom when they had washed, they laid her in an upper chamber <5253>.

Acts 9:39 Then Peter arose and went with them. When he was come, they brought him into the upper chamber <5253>: and all the widows stood by him weeping, and shewing the coats and garments which Dorcas made, while she was with them.

Acts 20:8 And there were many lights in the upper chamber <5253>, where they were gathered together.

5257 ~ὑπηρέτης~ huperetes \@hoop-ay-ret’-ace\@ from 5259 and a derivative of eresso (to row); n m AV-officer 11, minister 5, servant 4; 20

1) servant

1a) an underrower, subordinate rower

1b) any one who serves with hands: a servant

1b1) in the NT of the officers and attendants of magistrates as  —  of the officer who executes penalties

1b2) of the attendants of a king, servants, retinue, the soldiers of a king, of the attendant of a synagogue

1b3) of any one ministering or rendering service

1c) any one who aids another in any work

1c1) an assistant

1c2) of the preacher of the gospel

For Synonyms see entry 5834 & 5928

5259 ~ὑπό~ hupo \@hoop-o’\@ a primary preposition; ; prep AV-of 116, by 42, under 48, with 14, in 1, not tr 6, misc 3; 230 1) by, under

5271 ~ὑποκρίνομαι~ hupokrinomai \@hoop-ok-rin’-om-ahee\@ middle voice from 5259 and 2919; v AV-feign 1; 1

1) to take up another’s statements in reference to what one has decided for one’s self

1a) to reply, answer

2) to make answer (speak) on the stage

2a) to impersonate anyone, play a part

3) to simulate, feign, pretend

5272 ~ὑπόκρισις~ hupokrisis \@hoop-ok’-ree-sis\@ from 5271; n f AV-hypocrisy 5, dissimulation 1, condemnation 1; 7

1) an answering

2) an answer

3) the acting of a stage player

4) dissimulation, hypocrisy

5273 ~ὑποκριτής~ hupokrites \@hoop-ok-ree-tace’\@ from 5271 pretend falsely; n m AV-hypocrite 20; 20

1) one who answers, an interpreter

2) an actor, stage player

3) a dissembler, pretender, hypocrite

5278 ~ὑπομένω~ hupomeno \@hoop-om-en’-o\@ from 5259 and 3306; v AV-endure 11, take patiently 2, tarry behind 1, abide 1, patient 1, suffer 1; 17

1) to remain

1a) to tarry behind

2) to remain i.e. abide, not recede or flee

2a) to preserve: under misfortunes and trials to hold fast to one’s faith in Christ

2b) to endure, bear bravely and calmly: ill treatments

5281 ~ὑπομονή~ hupomone \@hoop-om-on-ay’\@ from 5278; TDNT-4:581,581; {See TDNT 481} n f AV-patience 29, enduring 1, patient continuance 1, patient waiting 1; 32

1) steadfastness, constancy, endurance

1a) in the NT the characteristic of a man who is not swerved from his deliberate purpose and his loyalty to faith and piety by even the greatest trials and sufferings

1b) patiently, and steadfastly

2) a patient, steadfast waiting for

3) a patient enduring, sustaining, perseverance

For Synonyms see entry 5861

5287 ὑπόστασις hupostasis [hoop-os’-tas-is] from a compound of 5259 and 2476; n f; TDNT-8:572,1237; [{ See TDNT 820 }] AV-confidence 2, confident 1, person 1, substance 1; 5

1) a setting or placing under

1a) thing put under, substructure, foundation

2) that which has foundation, is firm

2a) that which has actual existence

2a1) a substance, real being

2b) the substantial quality, nature, of a person or thing

2c) the steadfastness of mind, firmness, courage, resolution

2c1) confidence, firm trust, assurance

5293 ~ὑποτάσσω~ hupotasso \@hoop-ot-as’-so\@ from 5259 and 5021; Tasso/Hupotasso in the Greek is a form of the Hebrew root, “KafNunAyin" 03665.”TDNT-8:39,1156; {See TDNT 784} v AV-put under 6, be subject unto 6, be subject to 5, submit (one’s) self unto 5, submit (one’s) self to 3, be in subjection unto 2, put in subjection under 1, misc 12; 40

1) to arrange under, to subordinate

2) to subject, put in subjection

3) to subject one’s self, obey

4) to submit to one’s control

5) to yield to one’s admonition or advice

6) to obey, be subject

A Greek military term meaning "to arrange [troop divisions] in a military fashion under the command of a leader". In non-military use, it was "a voluntary attitude of giving in, cooperating, assuming responsibility, and carrying a burden".

5297 ~ὑποφέρω~ hupophero \@hoop-of-er’-o\@ from 5259 and 5342; ; v AV-endure 2, bear 1; 3

1) to bear by being under, bear up (a thing placed on one’s shoulders)

2) to bear patiently, to endure

5310 ~ὕψιστος~ hupsistos \@hoop’-sis-tos\@ superlative from the base of 5311; TDNT-8:614,1241; {See TDNT 823} adv AV-highest 8, most high 5; 13

1) highest, most high

1a) of place: the highest regions

1b) of rank: the most high God

5311 ~ὕψος~ hupsos \@hoop’-sos\@ from a derivative of 5228; n n AV-on high 2, height 2, high 1, be exalted 1; 6

1) height

1a) of measurement

1b) of place, heaven

1c) metaph. rank, high station

5312 ~ὑψόω~ hupsoo \@hoop-so’-o\@ from 5311; v AV-exalt 14, lift up 6; 20

1) to lift up on high, to exalt

2) metaph.

2a) to raise to the very summit of opulence and prosperity

2b) to exalt, to raise to dignity, honour and happiness

Top of Upsilon Top of Page

Phi (Strong's 5314-5462)

5315 ~φάγω~ phago \@fag’-o\@ a primary verb (used as an alternate of 2068 in certain tenses); ; v AV-eat 94, meat 3; 97

1) to eat

2) to eat (consume) a thing

2a) to take food, eat a meal

2b) metaph. to devour, consume

5316 φαίνω phaino [fah’-ee-no] prolongation for the base of 5457 phos light; v; TDNT-9:1,1244; [{See TDNT 824 }] AV-appear 17, shine 10, be seen 2, seem 1, think 1; 31

1) to bring forth into the light, cause to shine, shed light

2) shine

2a) to shine, be bright or resplendent

2b) to become evident, to be brought forth into the light, come to view, appear

2b1) of growing vegetation, to come to light

2b2) to appear, be seen

2b3) exposed to view

2c) to meet the eyes, strike the sight, become clear or manifest

2c1) to be seen, appear

2d) to appear to the mind, seem to one’s judgment or opinion

• For Synonyms see entry 5837

5319 φανερόω phaneroo [fan-er-o’-o] from 5318 phaneros ; v; TDNT-9:3,1244; [{See TDNT 824 }] AV-make manifest 19, appear 12, manifest 9, show 3, be manifest 2, show (one’s) self 2, manifestly declare 1, manifest forth 1; 49

1) to make manifest or visible or known what has been hidden or unknown, to manifest, whether by words, or deeds, or in any other way

1a) make actual and visible, realised

1b) to make known by teaching

1c) to become manifest, be made known

1d) of a person

1d1) expose to view, make manifest, to show one’s self, appear

1e) to become known, to be plainly recognised, thoroughly understood

1e1) who and what one is

For Synonyms see entry 5812

5321 φανέρωσις phanerosis [fan-er’-o-sis] from 5319 phaneroo make known; n f; TDNT-9:6,1244; [{See TDNT 824 }] AV-manifestation 2; 2

1) manifestation

5328 ~Φαραώ~ Pharao \@far-ah-o’\@ of foreign origin 06547 ערפ^, n m AV-Pharaoh 5; 5 Pharaoh =" his nakedness" 1) was a common title of the native kings of Egypt

5331 ~φαρμακεία~ pharmakeia \@far-mak-i’-ah\@ from 5332 from pharmakon (a drug; n f AV-sorcery 2, witchcraft 1; 3

1) the use or the administering of drugs

2) poisoning

3) sorcery, magical arts, often found in connection with idolatry and fostered by it

4) metaph. the deceptions and seductions of idolatry

5332 ~φαρμακεύς~ pharmakeus \@far-mak-yoos’\@ from pharmakon (a drug, i.e. spell-giving potion); ; n m AV-sorcerer 1; 1

1) one who prepares or uses magical remedies

2) sorcerer

5336 ~φάτνη~ phatne \@fat’-nay\@ from pateomai (to eat); n f AV-manger 3, stall 1; 4

1) a crib, a manger

5337 φαῦλος phaulos [fow’-los] apparently a primary word; adj; AV-evil 4; 4

1) easy, slight, ordinary, mean, worthless, of no account

2) ethically, bad, base, wicked

• For Synonyms see entry 5908

5342 ~φέρω~ phero \@fer’-o\@ a primary verb (for which other and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only, namely, ~οιω~ oio \@oy’-o;\@ and ~ενεγκω~ enegko \@en-eng’-ko;\@ v AV-bring 34, bear 8, bring forth 5, come 3, reach 2, endure 2, carry 1, misc 9; 64

1) to carry

1a) to carry some burden

1a1) to bear with one’s self

1b) to move by bearing; move or, to be conveyed or borne, with

the suggestion of force or speed

1b1) of persons borne in a ship over the sea

1b2) of a gust of wind, to rush

1b3) of the mind, to be moved inwardly, prompted

1c) to bear up i.e. uphold (keep from falling)

1c1) of Christ, the preserver of the universe

2) to bear, i.e. endure, to endure the rigour of a thing, to bear patiently one’s conduct, or spare one (abstain from punishing or destroying)

3) to bring, bring to, bring forward

3a) to move to, apply

3b) to bring in by announcing, to announce

3c) to bear i.e. bring forth, produce; to bring forward in a speech

3d) to lead, conduct

5345 ~φήμη~ pheme \@fay’-may\@ from 5346; ; n f AV-fame 2; 2 1) fame, report

5346 ~φημί~ phemi \@fay-mee’\@ properly, the same as the base of 5457 and 5316; ; v AV-say 57, affirm 1; 58

1) to make known one’s thoughts, to declare

2) to say

5355 ~φθόνος~ phthonos \@fthon’-os\@ probably akin to the base of 5351; ; n m AV-envy 8, envying 1; 9

1) envy

2) for envy, i.e. prompted by envy

5356 φθορά phthora [fthor-ah’] from 5351 corrupt; n f; TDNT-9:93,1259; [{See TDNT 829 }] AV-corruption 7, to perish + 1519 1, destroy 1; 9

1) corruption, destruction, perishing

1a) that which is subject to corruption, what is perishable

1b) in the Christian sense, eternal misery in hell

2) in the NT, in an ethical sense, corruption i.e. moral decay

5360 φιλαδελφία philadelphia [fil-ad-el-fee’-ah] from 5361 philadelphos love as brethren; n f; TDNT-1:144,22; [{See TDNT 21 }] AV-brotherly love 3, brotherly kindness 2, love of the brethren 1; 6

1) love of brothers or sisters, brotherly love

2) in the NT the love which Christians cherish for each other as brethren

5368 ~φιλέω~ phileo \@fil-eh’-o\@ from 5384; TDNT-9:114,1262; {See TDNT 831} v AV-love 22, kiss 3; 25

1) to love

1a) to approve of

1b) to like

1c) sanction

1d) to treat affectionately or kindly, to welcome, befriend

2) to show signs of love

2a) to kiss

3) to be fond of doing

3a) be wont, use to do

• For Synonyms see entry 5914

5384 ~φίλος~ philos \@fee’-los\@ a primitive word; TDNT-9:146,1262; {See TDNT 831} adj AV-friend 29; 29

1) friend, to be friendly to one, wish him well

1a) a friend

1b) an associate

1c) he who associates familiarly with one, a companion

1d) one of the bridegroom’s friends who on his behalf asked the hand of the bride and rendered him various services in closing the marriage and celebrating the nuptials

5389 ~φιλοτιμέομαι~ philotimeomai \@fil-ot-im-eh’-om-ahee\@ middle voice from a compound of 5384 and 5092; ; v AV-strive 1, labour 1, study 1; 3

1) to be fond of honour

1a) to be actuated by love of honour

1b) from a love of honour to strive to bring something to pass

2) to be ambitious

2a) to strive earnestly, make it one’s aim

5399 φοβέω phobeo [fob-eh’-o] from 5401 n fear, dread, terror; v; TDNT-9:189,1272; [{See TDNT 833 }] AV-fear 62, be afraid 23, be afraid of 5, reverence 1, misc 2; 93

1) to put to flight by terrifying (to scare away)

1a) to put to flight, to flee

1b) to fear, be afraid

1b1) to be struck with fear, to be seized with alarm

1b1a) of those startled by strange sights or occurrences

1b1b) of those struck with amazement

1b2) to fear, be afraid of one

1b3) to fear (i.e. hesitate) to do something (for fear of harm)

1c) to reverence, venerate, to treat with deference or reverential obedience

• For Synonyms see entry 5841

5408 ~φόνος~ phonos \@fon’-os\@ from an obsolete primary pheno (to murder); ; n m AV-murder 8, slaughter 1, be slain + 599 1; 10

1) murder, slaughter

5411 ~φόρος~ phoros \@for’-os\@ from 5342; TDNT-9:78,1252; {See TDNT 827} n m AV-tribute 5; 5

1) tribute, esp. the annual tax levied upon houses, lands, and persons

For Synonyms see entry 5941

• Other words translated tribute in the New Testament include 2778 and 1323.

5413 φορτίον phortion [for-tee’-on] diminutive of 5414 phortos loading; n n; TDNT-9:84,1252; [{See TDNT 827 }] AV-burden 5; 5

1) a burden, load

1a) of the freight or lading of a ship

2) metaph.

2a) of burdensome rites

2b) of the obligations Christ lays upon his followers, and styles a "burden" by way of the contrast to the precepts of the Pharisees, the observance of which was most oppressive

2c) faults of the conscience which oppress the soul

• For Synonyms see entry 5819

5414 φόρτος phortos [for’-tos] from 5342 phero to carry; n m; AV-lading 1; 1

1) a load, burden

1a) of a ship

5423 ~φρεναπάτης~ phrenapates \@fren-ap-at’-ace\@ from 5424 and 539; ; n m AV-deceiver 1; 1

1) a mind deceiver, a seducer

5424 ~φρήν~ phren \@frane\@ probably from an obsolete phrao (to rein in or curb, cf 5420); TDNT-9:220,1277; {See TDNT 834} n f AV-understanding 2; 2

1) the midriff or diaphragm, the parts of the heart

2) the mind

2a) the faculty of perceiving and judging

5438 ~φυλακή~ phulake \@foo-lak-ay’\@ from 5442; TDNT-9:241,1280; {See TDNT 835} n f AV-prison 36, watch 6, imprisonment 2, hold 1, cage 1, ward 1; 47

1) guard, watch

1a) a watching, keeping watch

1a1) to keep watch

1b) persons keeping watch, a guard, sentinels

1c) of the place where captives are kept, a prison

1d) of the time (of night) during which guard was kept, a watch i.e. a period of time during which part of the guard was on duty, and at the end of which others relieved them. As the earlier Greeks divided the night commonly into three parts, so, previous to the exile, the Israelites also had three watches in a night; subsequently, however, after they became subject to the Romans, they adopted the Roman custom of dividing the night into four watches

5440 φυλακτήριον phulakterion [foo-lak-tay’-ree-on] neuter of a derivative of 5442; n n; AV-phylactery 1; 1

1) a fortified place provided with a garrison, a station for a guard or garrison

2) a preservative or safeguard, an amulet. The Jews used this word to describe small strips of parchment on which were written the following passages of the law of Moses, #Ex 13:1-10, 11-16; #De 6:4-9, 11:13-21, and which, enclosed in small cases, they were accustomed when engaged in prayer to wear fastened by a leather strap to the forehead and to the left arm over against the heart, in order that they might thus be solemnly reminded of the duty of keeping the commands of God in the head and in the heart, according to the directions given in #Ex 13:16, De 6:8, 11:18. These scrolls were thought to have the power, like amulets, to avert various evils and to drive away demons. The Pharisees were accustomed to widen, make broad, their phylacteries, that they might render them more conspicuous and show themselves to be more eager than the majority to be reminded of the law of God.

5442 ~φυλάσσω~ phulasso \@foo-las’-so\@ probably from 5443 through the idea of isolation; TDNT-9:236,1280; {See TDNT 835} v AV-keep 23, observe 2, beware 2, keep (one’s) self 1, save 1, be  …  ware 1; 30

1) to guard

1a) to watch, keep watch

1b) to guard or watch, have an eye upon: lest he escape

1c) to guard a person (or thing) that he may remain safe

1c1) lest he suffer violence, be despoiled, etc. to protect

1c2) to protect one from a person or thing

1c3) to keep from being snatched away, preserve safe and unimpaired

1c4) to guard from being lost or perishing

1c5) to guard one’s self from a thing

1d) to guard i.e. care for, take care not to violate

1d1) to observe

2) to observe for one’s self something to escape

2a) to avoid, shun flee from

2b) to guard for one’s self (i.e. for one’s safety’s sake) so as not to violate, i.e. to keep, observe (the precepts of the Mosaic law)

For Synonyms see entry 5874

5456 φωνή phone [fo-nay’] probably akin to 5316 phaino "to bring forth into the light", through the idea of disclosure, from 5457 φῶς phos light; n f; TDNT- 9:278,1287; [{See TDNT 838 }] AV-voice 131, sound 8, be noised abroad + 1096 1, noise 1; 141

1) a sound, a tone

1a) of inanimate things, as musical instruments

2) a voice

2a) of the sound of uttered words

3) speech

3a) of a language, tongue

Top of Phi Top of Page

Chi (Strong's 5463-5566)

5463 ~χαίρω~ chairo \@khah’-ee-ro\@ a primary verb; TDNT-9:359,1298; {See TDNT 840} v AV-rejoice 42, be glad 14, joy 5, hail 5, greeting 3, God speed 2, all hail 1, joyfully 1, farewell 1; 74

1) to rejoice, be glad

2) to rejoice exceedingly

3) to be well, thrive

4) in salutations, hail!

5) at the beginning of letters: to give one greeting, salute

5477 Χαναάν Chanaan [khan-ah-an’] of Hebrew origin 03667 כְּנַעַן‎; n pr loc; AV-Chanaan 2; 2 Canaan  = "lowland"

1) the land of Canaan

2) in a narrower sense: the part of Palestine lying west of the Jordan

) in a wider sense: all of Palestine

5479 ~χαρά~ chara \@khar-ah’\@ from 5463; TDNT-9:359,1298; {See TDNT 840} n f AV-joy 51, gladness 3, joyful 1, joyous 1, joyfulness 1, joyfully + 3326 1, greatly 1; 59

1) joy, gladness

1a) the joy received from you

1b) the cause or occasion of joy

1b1) of persons who are one’s joy

5481 χαρακτήρ charakter [khar-ak-tare’] from the same as 5482; n m; TDNT-9:418,1308; [{See TDNT 842 }] AV-express image 1; 1

1) the instrument used for engraving or carving

2) the mark stamped upon that instrument or wrought out on it

2a) a mark or figure burned in (#Le 13:28) or stamped on, an impression

2b) the exact expression (the image) of any person or thing, marked likeness, precise reproduction in every respect, i.e facsimile

• See Charagma

5483 ~χαρίζομαι~ charizomai \@khar-id’-zom-ahee\@ middle voice from 5485; v AV-forgive 11, give 6, freely give 2, deliver 2, grant 1, frankly forgive 1; 23

1) to do something pleasant or agreeable (to one), to do a favour to, gratify

1a) to show one’s self gracious, kind, benevolent

1b) to grant forgiveness, to pardon

1c) to give graciously, give freely, bestow

1c1) to forgive

1c2) graciously to restore one to another

1c3) to preserve for one a person in peril

5485 ~χάρις~ charis \@khar’-ece\@ from 5463; n f AV-grace 130, favour 6, thanks 4, thank 4, thank + 2192 3, pleasure 2, misc 7; 156

1) grace

1a) that which affords joy, pleasure, delight, sweetness, charm, loveliness: grace of speech

2) good will, loving-kindness, favour

2a) of the merciful kindness by which God, exerting his holy influence upon souls, turns them to Christ, keeps, strengthens, increases them in Christian faith, knowledge, affection, and kindles them to the exercise of the Christian virtues

3) what is due to grace

3a) the spiritual condition of one governed by the power of divine grace

3b) the token or proof of grace, benefit

3b1) a gift of grace

3b2) benefit, bounty

4) thanks, (for benefits, services, favours), recompense, reward

5486 ~χάρισμα~ charisma \@khar’-is-mah\@ from 5483; TDNT-9:402,1298; {See TDNT 840} n n AV-gift 15, free gift 2; 17

1) a favour with which one receives without any merit of his own

2) the gift of divine grace

3) the gift of faith, knowledge, holiness, virtue

4) the economy of divine grace, by which the pardon of sin and eternal salvation is appointed to sinners in consideration of the merits of Christ laid hold of by faith

5) grace or gifts denoting extraordinary powers, distinguishing certain Christians and enabling them to serve the church of Christ, the reception of which is due to the power of divine grace operating on their souls by the Holy Spirit

5500 χειροτονέω cheirotoneo [khi-rot-on-eh’-o] from a comparative of 5495 and teino (to stretch); v; TDNT- 9:437,1309; [{See TDNT 843 }] AV-ordain 3, choose 1; 4

1) to vote by stretching out the hand

2) to create or appoint by vote: one to have charge of some office or duty

3) to elect, create, appoint

5509. χιτων chiton khee-tone’; of foreign origin 03801; a tunic or shirt: —  clothes, coat, garment. See 5511. ‭

5511 χλαμύς chlamus [khlam-ooce’] of uncertain derivation; n f; AV-robe 2; 2 (only Matt.)

1) a chalamys, an outer garment usually worn over the tunic

2) a kind of short cloak worn by soldiers, military officers, magistrates, kings, emperors

• For Synonyms see entry 5934
• uncertain derivation; a military cloak: —  robe. See 5509 chiton of foreign origin כֻּתֹּנֶת‎, 03801 kuttoneth כתנת tunic, under-garment‎ (KafTavNunTav)

5514 ~Χλόη~ Chloe \@khlo’-ay\@ from apparently a primary word, "green"; ; n pr f AV-Chloe 1; 1 Chloe =" a green herb"

1) a Christian woman of Corinth

5515 ~χλωρός~ chloros \@khlo-ros’\@ from the same as 5514; ; adj AV-green 3, pale 1; 4

1) green

2) yellowish pale

5526 χορτάζω chortazo [khor-tad’-zo] from 5528 chortos the place where grass grows; v; AV-fill 12, be full 1, satisfy 1, feed 1; 15

1) to feed with herbs, grass, hay, to fill, satisfy with food, to fatten

1a) of animals

2) to fill or satisfy men

3) to fulfil or satisfy the desire of any one

5528 χόρτος chortos [khor’-tos] apparently a primary word; n m; AV-grass 12, blade 2, hay 1; 15

1) the place where grass grows and animals graze

2) grass, herbage, hay, provender

2a) of green grass

2b) of growing crops

5536 χρῆμα chrema [khray’-mah] a primitive word; see verb 5537; n n; TDNT-9:480,1319; [{See TDNT 848 }] AV-money 4, riches 3, 7

1) a thing, a matter, affair, event, business

1a) spec. money, riches

5537 χρηματίζω chrematizo [khray-mat-id’-zo] from 5536 chrema a thing, a matter, affair; v; TDNT-9:480,1319; [{See TDNT 848 }] AV-be warned of God 3, call 2, be admonished of God 1, reveal 1, speak 1, be warned from God 1; 9

1) to transact business, esp. to manage public affairs

1a) to advise or consult with one about public affairs

1b) to make answer to those who ask for advice, present enquiries or requests, etc.

1b1) of judges, magistrates, rulers, kings

2) to give a response to those consulting an oracle, to give a divine command or admonition, to teach from heaven

2a) to be divinely commanded, admonished, instructed

2b) to be the mouthpiece of divine revelations, to promulgate the commands of God

3) to assume or take to one’s self a name from one’s public business

3a) to receive a name or title, be called

5544 ~χρηστότης~ chrestotes \@khray-stot’-ace\@ from 5543; TDNT-9:489,1320; {See TDNT 849} n f AV-goodness 4, kindness 4, good 1, gentleness 1; 10

1) moral goodness, integrity

2) benignity, kindness

5547 ~Χριστός~ Christos \@khris-tos’\@ from 5548; adj AV-Christ 569; 569 Christ =" anointed"

1) Christ was the Messiah, the Son of God

2) anointed

5561 χώρα chora [kho’-rah] from a derivative of the base of 5490 chasma from primary chao (to "gape" or "yawn") a gaping opening, a chasm,through the idea of empty expanse; n f; AV-country 15, region 5, land 3, field 2, ground 1, coast 1; 27

1) the space lying between two places or limits

2) a region or country i.e. a tract of land

2a) the (rural) region surrounding a city or village, the country

2b) the region with towns and villages which surround a metropolis

3) land which is ploughed or cultivated, ground

• For Synonyms see entry 5875

5565 ~χωρίς~ choris \@kho-rece’\@ from 5561; ; adv AV-without 35, beside 3, by itself 1; 39

1) separate, apart

1a) without any

1b) besides

Top of Chi Top of Page

Psi (Strong's 5567-5597)

5571 ~ψευδής~ pseudes \@psyoo-dace’\@ from 5574; TDNT-9:594,1339; {See TDNT 852} adj AV-liar 2, false 1; 3

1) lying, deceitful, false

5574 ~ψεύδομαι~ pseudomai \@psyoo’-dom-ahee\@ middle voice of an apparently primary verb; TDNT-9:594,1339; {See TDNT 852} v AV-lie 11, falsely 1; 12

1) to lie, to speak deliberate falsehoods

2) to decieve one by a lie, to lie to

5578 ~ψευδοπροφήτης~ pseudoprophetes \@psyoo-dop-rof-ay’-tace\@ from 5571 pseudo meaning false or lie and 4396 prophetes in Greek writings, an interpreter of oracles or of other hidden things; TDNT-6:781,952; {See TDNT 673} n m AV-false prophet 11; 11

1) one who, acting the part of a divinely inspired prophet, utters falsehoods under the name of divine prophecies

2) a false prophet

5579 ψεῦδος pseudos [psyoo’-dos] from 5574; n n; TDNT-9:594,1339; [{See TDNT 852 }] AV-lie 7, lying 2; 9

1) a lie

2) conscious and intentional falsehood

3) in a broad sense, whatever is not what it seems to be

3a) of perverse, impious, deceitful precepts

5588 ~ψιθυριστής~ psithuristes \@psith-oo-ris-tace’\@ from the same as 5587; ; n m AV-whisperer 1; 1

1) a whisperer, secret slanderer, detractor

5590 ~ψυχή~ psuche \@psoo-khay’\@ from 5594; n f AV-soul 58, life 40, mind 3, heart 1, heartily + 1537 1, not tr 2; 105

1) breath

1a) the breath of life

1a1) the vital force which animates the body and shows itself in breathing

1a1a) of animals

1a1b) of men

1b) life

1c) that in which there is life

1c1) a living being, a living soul

2) the soul

2a) the seat of the feelings, desires, affections, aversions (our heart, soul etc.)

2b) the (human) soul in so far as it is constituted that by the right use of the aids offered it by God it can attain its highest end and secure eternal blessedness, the soul regarded as a moral being designed for everlasting life

2c) the soul as an essence which differs from the body and is not dissolved by death (distinguished from other parts of the body)

Top of Psi Top of Page

Omega (Strong's 5598-5624)

5602 ὧδε hode [ho’-deh] from an adverb form of 3592 ὅδε hode; adv; AV-here 44, hither 13, in this place 1, this place 1, there 1; 60

1) here, to this place, etc.

5604 ὠδίν odin [o-deen’] akin to 3601 odune consuming grief; n f; TDNT-9:667,1353; [{See TDNT 855 }] AV-sorrow 2, pain 1, travail 1; 4

1) the pain of childbirth, travail pain, birth pangs

2) intolerable anguish, in reference to the dire calamities precede the advent of the Messiah

5614. ωσαννα hosanna ho-san-nah’; of Hebrew origin [[[03467]] yasha YodShinAlef save and 04994 NunAlef now beseech] save, we pray; oh save!; hosanna (i.e. hoshia-na), an exclamation of adoration: —  hosanna

5617 Ὡσηέ Hosee [ho-say-eh’] of Hebrew origin 01954 הוֹשֵׁעַ‎; n pr m; AV-Osee 1; 1 Hosea  = "salvation"

1) the well known Hebrew prophet, Hosea , son of Beeri and contemporary with Isaiah

5622 ὠφέλεια opheleia [o-fel’-i-ah] from a derivative of the base of 5624 profitable; n f; AV-profit 1, advantage 1; 2

1) usefulness, advantage, profit

• 5622 n. opheleia; 5623 opheleo v.; 5624 ophelimos adj. See also dainties of rulers, wages of unrighteousness, benefits, Corban

5623 ὠφελέω opheleo [o-fel-eh’-o] from the same as 5622; v; AV-profit 11, prevail 2, better 1, advantage 1; 15

1) to assist, to be useful or advantageous, to profit

• 5622 n. opheleia; 5623 opheleo v.; 5624 ophelimos adj. See also dainties of rulers, wages of unrighteousness, benefits, Corban. 3786 ophelos, ophello to accumulate benefit, advantage.

Template:6437 Top of Omega Top of Page